*** empty log message ***
[emacs.git] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
blobbcaee1959668a53a0607580dcbec52ee82d62bf2
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4 \f
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (18335 54541))
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
10 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
11 Play 5x5.
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
14 squares you must fill the grid.
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
17 \\<5x5-mode-map>
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
19 Move up \\[5x5-up]
20 Move down \\[5x5-down]
21 Move left \\[5x5-left]
22 Move right \\[5x5-right]
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
31 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
33 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
34 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
36 \(fn)" t nil)
38 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
39 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
41 \(fn)" t nil)
43 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
44 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
46 \(fn)" t nil)
48 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
49 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
50 Mutate the result.
52 \(fn)" t nil)
54 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
55 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
57 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
58 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
59 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
60 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
62 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
64 ;;;***
66 ;;;### (autoloads nil "abbrev" "abbrev.el" (18335 54506))
67 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrev.el
68 (put 'abbrev-mode 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
70 ;;;***
72 ;;;### (autoloads (list-one-abbrev-table) "abbrevlist" "abbrevlist.el"
73 ;;;;;; (18335 54506))
74 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrevlist.el
76 (autoload 'list-one-abbrev-table "abbrevlist" "\
77 Display alphabetical listing of ABBREV-TABLE in buffer OUTPUT-BUFFER.
79 \(fn ABBREV-TABLE OUTPUT-BUFFER)" nil nil)
81 ;;;***
83 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
84 ;;;;;; (18369 28761))
85 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
87 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
88 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
89 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
90 extensions.
91 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
92 the file name.
94 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
96 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
97 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
99 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
100 \\{ada-mode-map}
102 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
103 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
105 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
106 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
108 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
109 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
111 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
113 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
114 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
116 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
117 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
119 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
120 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
121 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
122 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
123 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
125 If you use imenu.el:
126 Display index-menu of functions and procedures '\\[imenu]'
128 If you use find-file.el:
129 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
130 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
131 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
132 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
133 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
135 If you use ada-xref.el:
136 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
137 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
138 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'.
140 \(fn)" t nil)
142 ;;;***
144 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
145 ;;;;;; (18335 54541))
146 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
148 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
149 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
151 \(fn)" t nil)
153 ;;;***
155 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
156 ;;;;;; (18335 54541))
157 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
159 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
160 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
161 Completion is available.
163 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
165 ;;;***
167 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-merge add-log-current-defun change-log-mode
168 ;;;;;; add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry find-change-log
169 ;;;;;; prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address add-log-full-name
170 ;;;;;; add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log" "add-log.el" (18335
171 ;;;;;; 54506))
172 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
174 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
175 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
176 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
177 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
179 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
181 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
182 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
183 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
185 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
187 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
188 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
189 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
190 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
191 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
192 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
194 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
196 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
197 Prompt for a change log name.
199 \(fn)" nil nil)
201 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
202 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
204 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
205 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
206 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
207 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
209 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
210 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
211 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
213 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
214 current buffer to the complete file name.
215 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
217 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
219 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
220 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
221 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
222 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
224 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
225 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
227 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
229 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
230 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
231 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
233 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
234 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
235 the same person.
237 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
238 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
239 notices.
241 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
242 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
244 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY)" t nil)
246 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
247 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
248 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
249 the change log file in another window.
251 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
253 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
254 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
255 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
256 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
257 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
258 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
259 \\{change-log-mode-map}
261 \(fn)" t nil)
263 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes '(emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode) "\
264 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
266 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes '(c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode) "\
267 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
269 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes '(TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode tex-mode) "\
270 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
272 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
273 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
275 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
276 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
278 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
279 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
280 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
281 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
282 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
284 Has a preference of looking backwards.
286 \(fn)" nil nil)
288 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
289 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
290 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
291 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
292 or a buffer.
294 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
295 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
297 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
299 ;;;***
301 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-activate ad-add-advice ad-disable-advice
302 ;;;;;; ad-enable-advice ad-default-compilation-action ad-redefinition-action)
303 ;;;;;; "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (18335 54521))
304 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
306 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
307 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
308 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
309 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
310 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
311 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
312 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
313 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
314 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
315 interpreted as `error'.")
317 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
319 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
320 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
321 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
322 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
323 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
324 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
325 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
326 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
328 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
330 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
331 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
333 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
335 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
336 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
338 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
340 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
341 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
342 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
343 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
344 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
345 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
346 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
347 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
348 will be overwritten with the new one.
349 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
350 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
351 will clear the cache.
353 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
355 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
356 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
357 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
358 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
359 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
360 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
361 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
362 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
363 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
364 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
365 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
366 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
367 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
368 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
369 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
370 definition will always be cached for later usage.
372 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
374 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
375 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
376 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
378 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
379 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
380 BODY...)
382 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
383 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
384 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
385 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
386 see also `ad-add-advice'.
387 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
388 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
389 before/around/after-advices will be used.
390 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
391 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
392 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
393 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
394 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
395 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
397 Semantics of the various flags:
398 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
399 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
400 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
402 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
403 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
405 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
406 advised function should be compiled.
408 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
409 during activation until somebody enables it.
411 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
412 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
413 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
414 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
416 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
417 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
418 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
419 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
420 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
421 during preloading.
423 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
425 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
427 ;;;***
429 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
430 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
431 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (18335 54506))
432 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
434 (autoload 'align "align" "\
435 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
436 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
437 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
438 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
439 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
440 rule's `separate' attribute).
442 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
443 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
444 `separate' attribute set.
446 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
447 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
448 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
449 on the format of these lists.
451 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
453 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
454 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
455 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
456 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
457 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
458 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
459 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
460 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
461 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
462 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
463 options.
465 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
466 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
468 Fred (123) 456-7890
469 Alice (123) 456-7890
470 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
471 Joe (123) 456-7890
473 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
474 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
475 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
477 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
479 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
480 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
481 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
482 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
483 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
484 align that section.
486 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
488 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
489 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
490 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
491 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
492 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
493 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
494 been used to align that section.
496 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
498 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
499 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
500 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
501 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
502 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
503 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
504 to be colored.
506 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
508 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
509 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
511 \(fn)" t nil)
513 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
514 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
516 \(fn)" t nil)
518 ;;;***
520 ;;;### (autoloads (outlineify-sticky allout-mode) "allout" "allout.el"
521 ;;;;;; (18335 54506))
522 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
524 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
526 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable '(lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
528 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
530 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
532 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
534 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
536 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
538 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable '(lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
540 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
542 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
544 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p '(lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
546 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p '(lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
548 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
550 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable '(lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
552 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
554 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
556 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
557 Toggle minor mode for controlling exposure and editing of text outlines.
558 \\<allout-mode-map>
560 Optional prefix argument TOGGLE forces the mode to re-initialize
561 if it is positive, otherwise it turns the mode off. Allout
562 outline mode always runs as a minor mode.
564 Allout outline mode provides extensive outline oriented formatting and
565 manipulation. It enables structural editing of outlines, as well as
566 navigation and exposure. It also is specifically aimed at
567 accommodating syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For
568 an example, see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
569 outline.)
571 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
573 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
574 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
575 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
576 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
577 - easy topic encryption and decryption
578 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
579 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
580 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
582 and many other features.
584 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then explanation of
585 special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the outline
586 menubar additions for quick reference to many of the features, and see
587 the docstring of the function `allout-init' for instructions on
588 priming your emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
590 The bindings are dictated by the customizable `allout-keybindings-list'
591 variable. We recommend customizing `allout-command-prefix' to use just
592 `\\C-c' as the command prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with
593 any personal bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
594 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor on an
595 item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can invoke allout
596 commands with just the un-prefixed, un-control-shifted command letters.
597 This is described further in the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
599 Exposure Control:
600 ----------------
601 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
602 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
603 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
604 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
605 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
607 Navigation:
608 ----------
609 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
610 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
611 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
612 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
613 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
614 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
615 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
616 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
617 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
618 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
621 Topic Header Production:
622 -----------------------
623 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
624 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
625 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
627 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
628 ---------------------------------
629 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
630 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
631 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
632 current topic
633 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
634 its' offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
635 are alternated according to nesting depth.
636 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
637 the offspring are not affected.
638 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
640 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
641 ----------------------------------
642 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
643 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
644 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' kill-line, attending to outline structure.
645 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
646 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
647 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
648 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
649 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to allout-yank as yank-pop is to yank
651 Topic-oriented Encryption:
652 -------------------------
653 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
654 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
656 Misc commands:
657 -------------
658 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
659 and establish a default file-var setting
660 for `allout-layout'.
661 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
662 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
663 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
664 buffer with name derived from derived from that
665 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
666 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
667 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
668 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
669 format.
670 \\[eval-expression] (allout-init t) Setup Emacs session for outline mode
671 auto-activation.
673 Topic Encryption
675 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
676 symmetric and key-pair modes, passphrase timeout, passphrase
677 consistency checking, user-provided hinting for symmetric key
678 mode, and auto-encryption of topics pending encryption on save.
680 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
681 encrypted during file saves. If the contents of the topic
682 containing the cursor was encrypted for a save, it is
683 automatically decrypted for continued editing.
685 The aim of these measures is reliable topic privacy while
686 preventing accidents like neglected encryption before saves,
687 forgetting which passphrase was used, and other practical
688 pitfalls.
690 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
691 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
692 for details.
694 HOT-SPOT Operation
696 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
697 navigation and exposure control.
699 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
700 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
701 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
702 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
703 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
705 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
706 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
707 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
708 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
709 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
711 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]]) is
712 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
713 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
714 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
715 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
716 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
717 at the beginning of the current entry.
719 Extending Allout
721 Allout exposure and authoring activites all have associated
722 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
723 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
725 `allout-mode-hook'
726 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook'
727 `allout-exposure-change-hook'
728 `allout-structure-added-hook'
729 `allout-structure-deleted-hook'
730 `allout-structure-shifted-hook'
732 Terminology
734 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
736 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
737 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
738 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
739 CURRENT ITEM:
740 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
741 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
742 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
743 called the:
744 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
746 ANCESTORS:
747 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
748 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
749 of the ITEM.
750 OFFSPRING:
751 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
752 SUBTOPIC:
753 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
754 CHILD:
755 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
756 SIBLINGS:
757 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
759 Topic text constituents:
761 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
762 text.
763 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
764 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
765 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
766 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
767 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
768 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
769 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
770 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
771 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
772 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
773 the PREFIX.
775 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
776 of the ITEM.
777 PREFIX-LEAD:
778 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
779 It can be customized by changing the setting of
780 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
782 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
783 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
784 program code without interfering with processing of the text
785 (by emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
786 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
787 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
788 docstring for more detail.
789 PREFIX-PADDING:
790 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
791 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
792 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
793 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
794 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
795 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
796 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
797 provide a universal argugment (\\[universal-argument]) to the
798 TOPIC creation command, or when explictly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
799 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
800 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
801 more details.
802 EXPOSURE:
803 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
804 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
805 CONCEALED:
806 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
807 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
809 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
810 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
811 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
813 \(fn &optional TOGGLE)" t nil)
815 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
817 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
818 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
820 See doc-string for `allout-layout' and `allout-init' for details on
821 setup for auto-startup.
823 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
825 ;;;***
827 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
828 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (18369 28760))
829 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
831 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
833 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
834 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
835 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
836 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
837 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
838 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
840 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
842 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
843 Not documented
845 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
847 ;;;***
849 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
850 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (18335 54541))
851 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
853 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
854 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
855 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
856 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
857 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
858 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
859 in the current window.
861 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
863 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
864 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
865 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
867 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
869 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
870 Display one's birthday present in a new buffer.
871 You can specify the one's name by NAME; the default value is \"Sarah\".
873 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
875 ;;;***
877 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
878 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (18335 54506))
879 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
881 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
882 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
884 \(fn)" t nil)
886 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
887 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
889 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
890 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
891 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
892 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
894 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
895 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
897 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
899 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
901 ;;;***
903 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
904 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (18335 54541))
905 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
907 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
908 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
909 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
910 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
911 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
912 \\[yank].
914 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
915 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
916 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
917 the rules.
919 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
920 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
921 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
922 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
924 \(fn)" t nil)
926 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
927 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
928 \\{antlr-mode-map}
930 \(fn)" t nil)
932 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
933 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
934 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
936 \(fn)" nil nil)
938 ;;;***
940 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add
941 ;;;;;; appt-display-diary appt-display-duration appt-display-mode-line
942 ;;;;;; appt-msg-window appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time
943 ;;;;;; appt-issue-message) "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (18335 54521))
944 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
946 (defvar appt-issue-message t "\
947 Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
948 To be detected, the diary entry must have the format described in the
949 documentation of the function `appt-check'.")
951 (custom-autoload 'appt-issue-message "appt" t)
953 (defvar appt-message-warning-time 12 "\
954 Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
956 (custom-autoload 'appt-message-warning-time "appt" t)
958 (defvar appt-audible t "\
959 Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
961 (custom-autoload 'appt-audible "appt" t)
963 (defvar appt-visible t "\
964 Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.
965 This variable is only relevant if `appt-msg-window' is nil.")
967 (custom-autoload 'appt-visible "appt" t)
969 (defvar appt-msg-window t "\
970 Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.
971 If non-nil, this variable overrides `appt-visible'.")
973 (custom-autoload 'appt-msg-window "appt" t)
975 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t "\
976 Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.
977 This is in addition to any other display of appointment messages.")
979 (custom-autoload 'appt-display-mode-line "appt" t)
981 (defvar appt-display-duration 10 "\
982 The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.
983 Only relevant if reminders are to be displayed in their own window.")
985 (custom-autoload 'appt-display-duration "appt" t)
987 (defvar appt-display-diary t "\
988 Non-nil displays the diary when the appointment list is first initialized.
989 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
991 (custom-autoload 'appt-display-diary "appt" t)
993 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
994 Add an appointment for today at NEW-APPT-TIME with message NEW-APPT-MSG.
995 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
997 \(fn NEW-APPT-TIME NEW-APPT-MSG)" t nil)
999 (autoload 'appt-delete "appt" "\
1000 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments.
1002 \(fn)" t nil)
1004 (autoload 'appt-make-list "appt" "\
1005 Update the appointments list from today's diary buffer.
1006 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
1007 put in the appointments list (see examples in documentation of
1008 the function `appt-check'). We assume that the variables DATE and
1009 NUMBER hold the arguments that `diary-list-entries' received.
1010 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for.
1012 Any appointments made with `appt-add' are not affected by this
1013 function.
1015 For backwards compatibility, this function activates the
1016 appointment package (if it is not already active).
1018 \(fn)" nil nil)
1020 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
1021 Toggle checking of appointments.
1022 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1023 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1025 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1027 ;;;***
1029 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-documentation-property
1030 ;;;;;; apropos-command apropos-variable apropos-read-pattern) "apropos"
1031 ;;;;;; "apropos.el" (18335 54506))
1032 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1034 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
1035 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1036 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1037 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1039 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1040 kind of objects to search.
1042 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
1044 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
1045 Show user variables that match PATTERN.
1046 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1047 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1048 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1049 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1051 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1052 normal variables.
1054 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1056 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
1058 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
1059 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1060 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1061 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1062 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1063 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1065 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1066 noninteractive functions.
1068 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1069 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1071 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1072 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1074 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1076 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
1077 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1079 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1081 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
1082 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1083 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1084 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1086 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1087 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1088 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1089 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1091 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1092 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1094 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1096 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1098 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1099 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1100 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1101 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1102 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1103 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1105 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1106 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
1107 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1109 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1111 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1112 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1113 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1114 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1115 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1116 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1118 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
1119 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
1120 bindings.
1121 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1123 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1125 ;;;***
1127 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (18341
1128 ;;;;;; 12904))
1129 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1131 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1132 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1133 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1134 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1135 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1136 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1138 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1139 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1140 archive.
1142 \\{archive-mode-map}
1144 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1146 ;;;***
1148 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (18335 54506))
1149 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1151 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1152 Major mode for editing arrays.
1154 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1155 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1156 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1158 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1160 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1161 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1162 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1164 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1165 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1166 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1167 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1168 The variables are:
1170 Variables you assign:
1171 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1172 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1173 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1174 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1175 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1176 row numbers in the buffer.
1178 Variables which are calculated:
1179 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1180 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1182 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1183 take a numeric prefix argument):
1185 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1186 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1187 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1188 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1190 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1191 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1192 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1193 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1195 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1196 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1197 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1198 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1200 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1201 between that of point and mark.
1203 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1204 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1206 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1207 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1208 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1209 newlines inside rows)
1211 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1213 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1215 \(fn)" t nil)
1217 ;;;***
1219 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (18335
1220 ;;;;;; 54543))
1221 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1223 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1224 Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive.
1225 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses
1226 and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1228 How to quit artist mode
1230 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1233 How to submit a bug report
1235 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1238 Drawing with the mouse:
1240 mouse-2
1241 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1242 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1243 below).
1245 mouse-1
1246 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1247 or pastes:
1249 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1250 --------------------------------------------------------------
1251 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1252 to new point
1253 --------------------------------------------------------------
1254 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1255 --------------------------------------------------------------
1256 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1257 --------------------------------------------------------------
1258 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1259 --------------------------------------------------------------
1260 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1261 --------------------------------------------------------------
1262 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1263 --------------------------------------------------------------
1264 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1265 --------------------------------------------------------------
1266 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1267 --------------------------------------------------------------
1268 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1269 lines
1270 --------------------------------------------------------------
1271 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1272 --------------------------------------------------------------
1273 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1274 --------------------------------------------------------------
1275 Paste Paste Paste
1276 --------------------------------------------------------------
1277 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1278 --------------------------------------------------------------
1280 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1281 or diagonally.
1283 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1284 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1285 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1286 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1287 poly-lines.
1289 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1290 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1291 overwrite means the opposite.
1293 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1294 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1295 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1297 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1299 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1300 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1302 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1303 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1304 are currently drawing something.
1306 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1307 some time to fill.
1310 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1311 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1314 Settings
1316 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1318 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1320 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1322 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1324 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1325 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1327 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes.
1330 Drawing with keys
1332 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1333 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1334 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1335 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1336 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1337 When pasting: Pastes
1339 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1341 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1343 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the charater to use when filling
1344 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the charater to use when drawing
1345 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the charater to use when erasing
1346 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1347 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1348 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1351 Arrows
1353 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1354 of the line/poly-line
1356 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1357 of the line/poly-line
1360 Selecting operation
1362 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1364 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1365 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1366 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1367 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1368 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1369 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1370 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1371 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1372 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1373 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1374 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1375 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1376 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1377 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1378 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1379 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1380 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1381 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1382 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1383 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1386 Variables
1388 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
1389 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1391 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1392 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1393 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1394 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1395 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1396 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1397 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1398 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1399 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1400 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1401 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1402 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1403 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1404 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1405 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1406 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1407 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1408 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1409 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1411 Hooks
1413 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1414 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1417 Keymap summary
1419 \\{artist-mode-map}
1421 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil)
1423 ;;;***
1425 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (18335
1426 ;;;;;; 54541))
1427 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1429 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1430 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1431 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1433 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1434 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1435 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1436 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1438 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1439 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1441 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1442 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1444 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1446 Special commands:
1447 \\{asm-mode-map}
1449 \(fn)" t nil)
1451 ;;;***
1453 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1454 ;;;;;; (18335 54507))
1455 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1457 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1458 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1459 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1461 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1463 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1464 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
1465 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1466 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1467 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
1468 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
1469 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
1470 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1471 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
1472 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1474 For example:
1475 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1476 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1477 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1478 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1479 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1481 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1483 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1485 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1486 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1487 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1488 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1489 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1490 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1492 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1494 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1495 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
1496 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1497 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1498 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
1499 etc. to supply digit arguments.
1501 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1503 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1505 ;;;***
1507 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1508 ;;;;;; (18335 54541))
1509 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1511 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1512 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1514 \(fn)" t nil)
1516 ;;;***
1518 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1519 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (18335 54507))
1520 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1522 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1523 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1524 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1526 \(fn)" t nil)
1528 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1529 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1530 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1531 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1533 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1535 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1536 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1537 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1538 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1539 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1540 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1542 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1544 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1545 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1546 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1547 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1549 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1550 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1552 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1554 ;;;***
1556 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1557 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1558 ;;;;;; (18341 12907))
1559 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1561 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1563 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1564 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1565 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1566 If SAVE-AFTER is non-nil (which is always, when called interactively),
1567 save the buffer too.
1569 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1571 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER)" t nil)
1573 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1574 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1575 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) to do its work.
1576 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name
1577 of a single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1578 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1580 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1581 directory or directories specified.
1583 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1585 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1586 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1587 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1589 \(fn)" nil nil)
1591 ;;;***
1593 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1594 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1595 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (18335 54507))
1596 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1598 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1599 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1601 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1602 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1603 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1604 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1605 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1607 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1609 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1610 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1612 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1613 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1615 \(fn)" nil nil)
1617 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1618 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when file on disk grows.
1619 With arg, turn Tail mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn it off.
1621 When Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is constantly
1622 followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This means that
1623 whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because some
1624 background process is appending to it from time to time), this is
1625 reflected in the current buffer.
1627 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1628 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1629 writing before you save the file!
1631 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1633 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1635 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1636 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail Mode.
1638 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1639 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1641 \(fn)" nil nil)
1643 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1644 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1645 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1646 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1647 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1648 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1650 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1652 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1653 Revert any buffer when file on disk changes.
1655 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
1656 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
1657 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1659 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1661 ;;;***
1663 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1664 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (18335 54507))
1665 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1667 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1668 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1669 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1670 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1671 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1673 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1675 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1676 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1677 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1678 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1680 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1681 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1682 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1684 Effects of the different modes:
1685 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1686 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1687 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1688 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1689 a random distance & direction.
1690 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1691 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1692 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1694 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1696 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1697 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1698 definition of \"random distance\".)
1700 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1702 ;;;***
1704 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
1705 ;;;;;; (18335 54521))
1706 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
1708 (autoload 'backquote "backquote" "\
1709 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
1711 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
1712 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
1714 For example:
1716 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
1717 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
1718 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
1719 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
1721 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted.
1723 \(fn STRUCTURE)" nil (quote macro))
1725 (defalias '\` (symbol-function 'backquote))
1727 ;;;***
1729 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1730 ;;;;;; (18335 54507))
1731 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1732 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1734 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1735 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1736 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1737 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1739 \(fn)" t nil)
1741 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1742 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1743 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1744 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1745 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1746 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1748 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1750 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1751 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1752 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1753 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1754 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1755 seconds.
1757 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1759 ;;;***
1761 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1762 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (18335 54521))
1763 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1765 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1766 Time execution of FORMS.
1767 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1768 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1769 FORMS once.
1770 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1771 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1772 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1774 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1776 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1777 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1778 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1779 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1780 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1782 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1784 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1785 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1786 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg. For
1787 non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1788 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1790 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1792 ;;;***
1794 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-search-entry bibtex-mode bibtex-initialize)
1795 ;;;;;; "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (18364 62105))
1796 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1798 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1799 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1800 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1801 of corresponding buffers.
1802 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1803 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil.
1804 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1805 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1806 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer uses
1807 `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer does not use `bibtex-mode',
1809 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1811 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1812 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1814 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1816 Use commands such as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1817 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1818 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1819 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1821 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1822 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1823 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactical correct) and sorted
1824 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1825 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1827 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1828 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1831 Special information:
1833 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1835 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1836 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1837 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1838 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1839 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1840 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1841 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1842 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1843 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1844 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1845 \\[bibtex-complete] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1847 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1848 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1849 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1850 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1851 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1852 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1853 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1854 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1856 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1858 ----------------------------------------------------------
1859 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1860 if that value is non-nil.
1862 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1864 \(fn)" t nil)
1866 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry "bibtex" "\
1867 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1868 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1869 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1870 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1871 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1872 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1873 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1874 When called interactively, GLOBAL is t if there is a prefix arg or the current
1875 mode is not `bibtex-mode', START is nil, and DISPLAY is t.
1877 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil)
1879 ;;;***
1881 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-style-mode) "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1882 ;;;;;; (18335 54543))
1883 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1884 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.bst\\'" . bibtex-style-mode))
1886 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1887 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1889 \(fn)" t nil)
1891 ;;;***
1893 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1894 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "mail/binhex.el"
1895 ;;;;;; (18335 54537))
1896 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1898 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$")
1900 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1901 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1902 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1904 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1906 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
1907 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1909 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1911 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
1912 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1914 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1916 ;;;***
1918 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (18335
1919 ;;;;;; 54541))
1920 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1922 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
1923 Play blackbox.
1924 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1926 What is blackbox?
1928 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1929 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1930 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1931 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1932 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1933 your score.
1935 Overview of play:
1937 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1938 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1939 four.
1941 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1942 movement keys.
1944 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1945 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1947 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1948 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1950 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1951 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1952 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1953 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1954 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1955 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1957 Details:
1959 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1961 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1962 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1963 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1964 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1966 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1967 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1968 denoted by the letter `R'.
1970 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1971 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1972 denoted by the letter `H'.
1974 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1975 example.
1977 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1978 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1979 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1980 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1981 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1982 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1983 ray.
1985 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1986 degree deflection it causes.
1989 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1990 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1991 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1992 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1993 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1994 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1995 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1996 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1999 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
2000 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
2003 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2004 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2005 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
2006 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
2007 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2008 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2009 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2010 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2012 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2013 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2014 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
2015 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2016 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
2017 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2018 emerging from the box.
2020 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2022 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2023 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2024 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2025 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2026 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2027 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2028 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2029 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2031 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2032 a reflection.
2034 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
2036 ;;;***
2038 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load bookmark-save
2039 ;;;;;; bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert bookmark-rename
2040 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump-other-window
2041 ;;;;;; bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (18335
2042 ;;;;;; 54507))
2043 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2044 (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump)
2045 (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set)
2046 (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2048 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\
2049 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2050 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2051 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2052 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2053 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2054 (define-prefix-command 'bookmark-map)
2055 (define-key bookmark-map "x" 'bookmark-set)
2056 (define-key bookmark-map "m" 'bookmark-set) ;"m"ark
2057 (define-key bookmark-map "j" 'bookmark-jump)
2058 (define-key bookmark-map "g" 'bookmark-jump) ;"g"o
2059 (define-key bookmark-map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window)
2060 (define-key bookmark-map "i" 'bookmark-insert)
2061 (define-key bookmark-map "e" 'edit-bookmarks)
2062 (define-key bookmark-map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) ;"f"ind
2063 (define-key bookmark-map "r" 'bookmark-rename)
2064 (define-key bookmark-map "d" 'bookmark-delete)
2065 (define-key bookmark-map "l" 'bookmark-load)
2066 (define-key bookmark-map "w" 'bookmark-write)
2067 (define-key bookmark-map "s" 'bookmark-save)
2069 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
2070 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
2071 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
2072 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
2073 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
2074 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
2075 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
2076 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
2077 recent one.
2079 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2080 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2081 yank successive words.
2083 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
2084 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
2085 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
2086 name of the file being visited.
2088 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
2089 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2090 the list of bookmarks.)
2092 \(fn &optional NAME PARG)" t nil)
2094 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
2095 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2096 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2097 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2098 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2099 this.
2101 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2102 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2103 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2104 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2106 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2108 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
2109 Jump to BOOKMARK (a point in some file) in another window.
2110 See `bookmark-jump'.
2112 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2114 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
2115 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
2116 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2117 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2118 after a bookmark was set in it.
2120 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2122 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2123 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
2124 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2125 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2127 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2129 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2131 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2132 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
2133 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
2134 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
2136 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
2137 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
2138 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
2140 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2141 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2142 name.
2144 \(fn OLD &optional NEW)" t nil)
2146 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2147 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
2148 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2149 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2150 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2151 this.
2153 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2155 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2156 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
2157 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2158 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2159 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2160 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2161 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2162 probably because we were called from there.
2164 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2166 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2167 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2168 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2170 \(fn)" t nil)
2172 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2173 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2174 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2175 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2176 \(second argument).
2178 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2179 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2180 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2181 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2182 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2184 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2185 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2186 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2187 `bookmark-default-file'.
2189 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2191 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2192 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2193 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2194 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2195 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2196 while loading.
2198 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2199 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2200 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2201 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2202 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2203 explicitly.
2205 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2206 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2207 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2208 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2210 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2212 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2213 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2214 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2215 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2216 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2218 \(fn)" t nil)
2220 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2222 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2224 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map [load] '("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load)) (define-key map [write] '("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write)) (define-key map [save] '("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save)) (define-key map [edit] '("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list)) (define-key map [delete] '("Delete Bookmark..." . bookmark-delete)) (define-key map [rename] '("Rename Bookmark..." . bookmark-rename)) (define-key map [locate] '("Insert Location..." . bookmark-locate)) (define-key map [insert] '("Insert Contents..." . bookmark-insert)) (define-key map [set] '("Set Bookmark..." . bookmark-set)) (define-key map [jump] '("Jump to Bookmark..." . bookmark-jump)) map))
2226 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2228 ;;;***
2230 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-elinks browse-url-kde browse-url-generic
2231 ;;;;;; browse-url-mail browse-url-text-emacs browse-url-text-xterm
2232 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-cci browse-url-mosaic
2233 ;;;;;; browse-url-gnome-moz browse-url-emacs browse-url-galeon browse-url-firefox
2234 ;;;;;; browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape browse-url-default-browser
2235 ;;;;;; browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point browse-url browse-url-of-region
2236 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-dired-file browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file
2237 ;;;;;; browse-url-url-at-point browse-url-galeon-program browse-url-firefox-program
2238 ;;;;;; browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el"
2239 ;;;;;; (18335 54538))
2240 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2242 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (cond ((memq system-type '(windows-nt ms-dos cygwin)) 'browse-url-default-windows-browser) ((memq system-type '(darwin)) 'browse-url-default-macosx-browser) (t 'browse-url-default-browser)) "\
2243 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2244 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2245 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2247 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2248 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2249 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2250 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2251 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2253 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2255 (defvar browse-url-firefox-program "firefox" "\
2256 The name by which to invoke Firefox.")
2258 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-firefox-program "browse-url" t)
2260 (defvar browse-url-galeon-program "galeon" "\
2261 The name by which to invoke Galeon.")
2263 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-galeon-program "browse-url" t)
2265 (autoload 'browse-url-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2266 Not documented
2268 \(fn)" nil nil)
2270 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2271 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2272 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2273 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2274 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2275 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2277 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2279 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2280 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2281 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2282 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2283 narrowed.
2285 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2287 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2288 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2290 \(fn)" t nil)
2292 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2293 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2295 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2297 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2298 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2299 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2300 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2302 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2304 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2305 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2306 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2307 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2309 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2311 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2312 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2313 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2314 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2315 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2316 to use.
2318 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2320 (autoload 'browse-url-default-browser "browse-url" "\
2321 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
2322 Default to the URL around or before point.
2324 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2325 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
2326 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2327 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2329 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2330 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2332 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Firefox,
2333 Galeon, Konqueror, Netscape, Mosaic, Lynx in an xterm, and then W3.
2335 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2337 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2338 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2339 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2340 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2342 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2343 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2344 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2345 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2347 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2348 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2349 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2351 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2352 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2354 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2356 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2357 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2358 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2359 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2361 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2362 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2363 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2364 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2366 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2367 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2368 new tab in an existing window instead.
2370 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2371 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2373 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2375 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2376 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2377 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2378 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2379 Firefox.
2381 When called interactively, if variable
2382 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2383 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2384 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2385 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2387 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2388 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2389 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2391 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2392 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2394 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2395 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2396 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2397 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2398 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2399 URL in a new window.
2401 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2403 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2404 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2405 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2406 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2408 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2409 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2410 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2411 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2413 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2414 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2415 new tab in an existing window instead.
2417 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2418 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2420 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2422 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2423 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2425 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2427 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2428 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2429 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2430 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2432 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2433 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2434 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2435 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2437 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2438 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2440 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2442 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2443 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2445 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2446 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2447 program is invoked according to the variable
2448 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2450 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2451 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2452 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2453 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2455 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2456 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2458 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2460 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2461 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2462 Default to the URL around or before point.
2464 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2465 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2466 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2468 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2469 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2470 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2471 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2473 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2474 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2476 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2478 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2479 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2480 Default to the URL around or before point.
2482 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2483 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2484 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2486 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2487 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2489 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2491 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2492 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2493 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2494 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2496 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2498 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2499 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2500 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2501 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2502 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2503 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2505 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2507 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2508 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2509 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2510 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2511 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2513 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2514 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2515 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2516 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2518 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2519 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2521 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2523 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2524 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2525 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2526 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2527 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2528 current one.
2530 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2531 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2532 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2533 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2535 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2536 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2538 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2540 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2541 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2542 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2543 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2544 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2545 don't offer a form of remote control.
2547 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2549 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2550 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2551 Default to the URL around or before point.
2553 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2555 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2556 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2557 Default to the URL around the point.
2559 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2560 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2562 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2563 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2565 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2567 ;;;***
2569 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (18335
2570 ;;;;;; 54541))
2571 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2573 (autoload 'bruce "bruce" "\
2574 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2576 \(fn)" t nil)
2578 (autoload 'snarf-bruces "bruce" "\
2579 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2581 \(fn)" nil nil)
2583 ;;;***
2585 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2586 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (18335 54507))
2587 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2589 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2590 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2591 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2592 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2594 \(fn)" t nil)
2596 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2597 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2598 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2599 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2601 \(fn)" t nil)
2603 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2604 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2606 \(fn)" t nil)
2608 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2609 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2610 \\<bs-mode-map>
2611 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2612 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2613 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2614 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2616 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2617 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2618 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2619 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2620 name of buffer configuration.
2622 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2624 ;;;***
2626 ;;;### (autoloads (bubbles) "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (18335 54541))
2627 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2629 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2630 Play Bubbles game.
2632 \(fn)" t nil)
2634 ;;;***
2636 ;;;### (autoloads (insert-text-button make-text-button insert-button
2637 ;;;;;; make-button define-button-type) "button" "button.el" (18351
2638 ;;;;;; 56654))
2639 ;;; Generated autoloads from button.el
2641 (defvar button-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'push-button) (define-key map [mouse-2] 'push-button) map) "\
2642 Keymap used by buttons.")
2644 (defvar button-buffer-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map [9] 'forward-button) (define-key map "\e " 'backward-button) (define-key map [backtab] 'backward-button) map) "\
2645 Keymap useful for buffers containing buttons.
2646 Mode-specific keymaps may want to use this as their parent keymap.")
2648 (autoload 'define-button-type "button" "\
2649 Define a `button type' called NAME (a symbol).
2650 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2651 specifying properties to use as defaults for buttons with this type
2652 \(a button's type may be set by giving it a `type' property when
2653 creating the button, using the :type keyword argument).
2655 In addition, the keyword argument :supertype may be used to specify a
2656 button-type from which NAME inherits its default property values
2657 \(however, the inheritance happens only when NAME is defined; subsequent
2658 changes to a supertype are not reflected in its subtypes).
2660 \(fn NAME &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2662 (autoload 'make-button "button" "\
2663 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2664 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2665 specifying properties to add to the button.
2666 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2667 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2668 `define-button-type'.
2670 Also see `make-text-button', `insert-button'.
2672 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2674 (autoload 'insert-button "button" "\
2675 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2676 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2677 specifying properties to add to the button.
2678 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2679 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2680 `define-button-type'.
2682 Also see `insert-text-button', `make-button'.
2684 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2686 (autoload 'make-text-button "button" "\
2687 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2688 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2689 specifying properties to add to the button.
2690 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2691 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2692 `define-button-type'.
2694 This function is like `make-button', except that the button is actually
2695 part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer. Creating
2696 large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2697 `make-text-button'.
2699 Also see `insert-text-button'.
2701 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2703 (autoload 'insert-text-button "button" "\
2704 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2705 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2706 specifying properties to add to the button.
2707 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2708 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2709 `define-button-type'.
2711 This function is like `insert-button', except that the button is
2712 actually part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer.
2713 Creating large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2714 `insert-text-button'.
2716 Also see `make-text-button'.
2718 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2720 ;;;***
2722 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2723 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2724 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2725 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile byte-compile-enable-warning byte-compile-disable-warning
2726 ;;;;;; byte-compile-warnings-safe-p) "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el"
2727 ;;;;;; (18353 36713))
2728 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2729 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2730 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2731 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2732 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable 'byte-compile-warnings-safe-p)
2734 (autoload 'byte-compile-warnings-safe-p "bytecomp" "\
2735 Not documented
2737 \(fn X)" nil nil)
2739 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2740 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2741 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2742 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2743 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2744 else the global value will be modified.
2746 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2748 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2749 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2750 If `byte-compile-warnings' is `t', do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2751 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2752 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2753 else the global value will be modified.
2755 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2757 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2758 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2759 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2761 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2763 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2764 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2765 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2766 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2768 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2769 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However,
2770 if ARG (the prefix argument) is 0, that means do compile all those files.
2771 A nonzero ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file,
2772 whether to compile it.
2774 A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory before scanning it.
2776 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
2777 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file.
2779 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2780 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2782 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2783 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2784 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2785 `byte-compile-dest-file' function (which see).
2786 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2787 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2789 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2791 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2792 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2793 Print the result in the echo area.
2794 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2796 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2798 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2799 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2800 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2802 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2804 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2805 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2806 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2807 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2808 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2809 all functions called by those functions.
2811 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2812 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2813 cons, etc.).
2815 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2816 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2817 invoked interactively.
2819 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2821 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2822 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2823 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2824 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2826 \(fn)" nil nil)
2828 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2829 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2830 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2831 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2832 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2833 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2834 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2835 already up-to-date.
2837 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2839 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2840 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2841 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2842 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2844 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2845 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2846 and corresponding effects.
2848 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2850 ;;;***
2852 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (18335 54521))
2853 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2855 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2857 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2859 ;;;***
2861 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2862 ;;;;;; (18335 54521))
2863 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2865 (autoload 'list-yahrzeit-dates "cal-hebrew" "\
2866 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2867 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2868 from the cursor position.
2870 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2872 ;;;***
2874 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2875 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2876 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch calc-settings-file) "calc" "calc/calc.el"
2877 ;;;;;; (18335 54520))
2878 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2880 (defvar calc-settings-file (convert-standard-filename "~/.calc.el") "\
2881 *File in which to record permanent settings.")
2883 (custom-autoload 'calc-settings-file "calc" t)
2884 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2886 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2887 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2889 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2891 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2892 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2894 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2896 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2897 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2899 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2901 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2902 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2904 \(fn)" t nil)
2906 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2907 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2908 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2909 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2911 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2913 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2914 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2915 This is most useful in the X window system.
2916 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2917 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2919 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2921 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2922 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2923 See calc-keypad for details.
2925 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2927 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2928 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2930 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2932 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2933 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2935 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2937 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2938 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2940 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2942 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2943 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2944 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2946 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2948 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2949 Not documented
2951 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2953 ;;;***
2955 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (18335
2956 ;;;;;; 54507))
2957 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2959 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
2960 Run the Emacs calculator.
2961 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2963 \(fn)" t nil)
2965 ;;;***
2967 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-week-start-day calendar calendar-setup
2968 ;;;;;; solar-holidays bahai-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
2969 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
2970 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
2971 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
2972 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
2973 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
2974 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
2975 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
2976 ;;;;;; bahai-diary-entry-symbol islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol
2977 ;;;;;; diary-nonmarking-symbol diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
2978 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
2979 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-bahai-calendar-holidays all-islamic-calendar-holidays
2980 ;;;;;; all-christian-calendar-holidays all-hebrew-calendar-holidays
2981 ;;;;;; mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
2982 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
2983 ;;;;;; view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset) "calendar"
2984 ;;;;;; "calendar/calendar.el" (18335 54521))
2985 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2987 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
2988 The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
2989 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
2990 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
2991 the screen.")
2993 (custom-autoload 'calendar-offset "calendar" t)
2995 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
2996 Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry to calendar.
2997 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
2998 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
2999 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This variable can
3000 be overridden by the value of `calendar-setup'.")
3002 (custom-autoload 'view-diary-entries-initially "calendar" t)
3004 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
3005 Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
3006 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
3008 (custom-autoload 'mark-diary-entries-in-calendar "calendar" t)
3010 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
3011 Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
3012 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
3014 (custom-autoload 'calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting "calendar" t)
3016 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
3017 Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
3018 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
3019 displayed.")
3021 (custom-autoload 'view-calendar-holidays-initially "calendar" t)
3023 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
3024 Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
3025 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
3027 (custom-autoload 'mark-holidays-in-calendar "calendar" t)
3029 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
3030 If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
3031 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
3033 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
3035 (custom-autoload 'all-hebrew-calendar-holidays "calendar" t)
3037 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
3038 If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
3039 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
3041 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
3042 calendar.")
3044 (custom-autoload 'all-christian-calendar-holidays "calendar" t)
3046 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
3047 If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
3048 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
3050 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
3051 calendar.")
3053 (custom-autoload 'all-islamic-calendar-holidays "calendar" t)
3055 (defvar all-bahai-calendar-holidays nil "\
3056 If nil, show only major holidays from the Baha'i calendar.
3057 These are the days on which work and school must be suspended.
3059 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Baha'i
3060 calendar.")
3062 (custom-autoload 'all-bahai-calendar-holidays "calendar" t)
3064 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
3065 List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
3066 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
3068 (custom-autoload 'calendar-load-hook "calendar" t)
3070 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
3071 List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
3072 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
3073 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
3074 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
3076 (custom-autoload 'initial-calendar-window-hook "calendar" t)
3078 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
3079 List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
3080 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
3081 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
3082 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
3083 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
3084 a function is also provided for this:
3085 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
3087 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
3088 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
3089 date is not visible in the window.
3091 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
3092 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
3093 functions that move by days and weeks.")
3095 (custom-autoload 'today-visible-calendar-hook "calendar" t)
3097 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
3098 List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
3100 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
3101 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
3102 date is visible in the window.
3104 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
3105 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
3106 functions that move by days and weeks.")
3108 (custom-autoload 'today-invisible-calendar-hook "calendar" t)
3110 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
3111 List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
3113 For example,
3115 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (diary-view-entries 1)))
3117 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
3119 (custom-autoload 'calendar-move-hook "calendar" t)
3121 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
3122 Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
3124 The file's entries are lines beginning with any of the forms
3125 specified by the variable `american-date-diary-pattern', by default:
3127 MONTH/DAY
3128 MONTH/DAY/YEAR
3129 MONTHNAME DAY
3130 MONTHNAME DAY, YEAR
3131 DAYNAME
3133 with the remainder of the line being the diary entry string for
3134 that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is a
3135 number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two
3136 digits (if `abbreviated-calendar-year' is non-nil). MONTHNAME
3137 and DAYNAME can be spelled in full (as specified by the variables
3138 `calendar-month-name-array' and `calendar-day-name-array'),
3139 abbreviated (as specified by `calendar-month-abbrev-array' and
3140 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period,
3141 capitalized or not. Any of DAY, MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be
3142 `*' which matches any day, month, or year, respectively. If the
3143 date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any
3144 year. A DAYNAME entry applies to the appropriate day of the week
3145 in every week.
3147 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be
3148 used instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the
3149 calendar, or set `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs
3150 file. The European forms (see `european-date-diary-pattern') are
3152 DAY/MONTH
3153 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
3154 DAY MONTHNAME
3155 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
3156 DAYNAME
3158 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
3159 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
3161 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
3162 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
3163 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
3164 window but will appear in a diary window.
3166 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
3167 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
3169 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
3170 entries (in the default American style):
3172 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
3173 &1/1. Happy New Year!
3174 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
3175 21: Payday
3176 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
3177 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
3178 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
3179 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
3180 mar 16 Dad's birthday
3181 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
3182 &* 15 time cards due.
3184 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
3185 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
3186 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
3187 single diary entry
3189 02/11/1989
3190 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
3191 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
3192 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
3193 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
3194 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
3195 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
3197 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
3198 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
3199 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
3201 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
3203 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
3205 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through
3206 November 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float',
3207 `diary-anniversary', `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year',
3208 `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date', `diary-hebrew-date',
3209 `diary-islamic-date', `diary-bahai-date', `diary-mayan-date',
3210 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
3211 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
3212 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer',
3213 `diary-rosh-hodesh', and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the
3214 documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more
3215 details.
3217 Diary entries based on the Hebrew, the Islamic and/or the Baha'i
3218 calendar are also possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they
3219 are ignored unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and
3220 the `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the
3221 documentation for these functions for details.
3223 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
3224 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3226 (custom-autoload 'diary-file "calendar" t)
3228 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
3229 Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
3231 (custom-autoload 'diary-nonmarking-symbol "calendar" t)
3233 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
3234 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
3236 (custom-autoload 'hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "calendar" t)
3238 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
3239 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
3241 (custom-autoload 'islamic-diary-entry-symbol "calendar" t)
3243 (defvar bahai-diary-entry-symbol "B" "\
3244 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Baha'i calendar.")
3246 (custom-autoload 'bahai-diary-entry-symbol "calendar" t)
3248 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
3249 The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
3250 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
3252 (custom-autoload 'diary-include-string "calendar" t)
3254 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
3255 The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in `diary-file'.
3256 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
3258 (custom-autoload 'sexp-diary-entry-symbol "calendar" t)
3260 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
3261 Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
3262 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew, Islamic and
3263 Baha'i calendars. If this variable is nil, years must be written in
3264 full.")
3266 (custom-autoload 'abbreviated-calendar-year "calendar" t)
3268 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
3269 Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
3270 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
3271 1990. The default European date styles (see `european-date-diary-pattern')
3274 DAY/MONTH
3275 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
3276 DAY MONTHNAME
3277 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
3278 DAYNAME
3280 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full (as specified by the
3281 variable `calendar-day-name-array'), or abbreviated (as specified by
3282 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period.
3284 Setting this variable directly does not take effect (if the
3285 calendar package is already loaded). Rather, use either
3286 \\[customize] or the functions `european-calendar' and
3287 `american-calendar'.")
3289 (custom-autoload 'european-calendar-style "calendar" nil)
3291 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern '((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W")) "\
3292 List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
3293 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
3295 (custom-autoload 'american-date-diary-pattern "calendar" t)
3297 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern '((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W")) "\
3298 List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
3299 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
3301 (custom-autoload 'european-date-diary-pattern "calendar" t)
3303 (defvar european-calendar-display-form '((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year) "\
3304 Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
3305 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
3307 (custom-autoload 'european-calendar-display-form "calendar" t)
3309 (defvar american-calendar-display-form '((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year) "\
3310 Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
3311 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
3313 (custom-autoload 'american-calendar-display-form "calendar" t)
3315 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook 'lpr-buffer "\
3316 List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
3317 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
3318 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
3319 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
3320 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
3322 (custom-autoload 'print-diary-entries-hook "calendar" t)
3324 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
3325 List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
3326 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
3328 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
3329 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
3330 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
3331 of the form
3333 #include \"filename\"
3335 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
3336 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
3337 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
3338 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3339 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
3341 For example, you could use
3343 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
3344 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
3345 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
3347 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
3348 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
3349 lexicographic order.")
3351 (custom-autoload 'list-diary-entries-hook "calendar" t)
3353 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
3354 List of functions called after the display of the diary.
3355 Can be used for appointment notification.")
3357 (custom-autoload 'diary-hook "calendar" t)
3359 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
3360 List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
3361 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
3362 diary display.
3364 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
3365 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
3366 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
3367 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
3368 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
3369 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
3370 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
3372 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
3373 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
3374 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
3375 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
3376 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
3377 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
3378 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
3379 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
3381 (custom-autoload 'diary-display-hook "calendar" nil)
3383 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
3384 List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
3385 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
3386 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
3387 `list-hebrew-diary-entries', `list-islamic-diary-entries' and
3388 `diary-bahai-list-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3389 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3391 (custom-autoload 'nongregorian-diary-listing-hook "calendar" t)
3393 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
3394 List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
3396 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
3397 `mark-diary-entries-hook'; it enables you to use shared diary files together
3398 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
3399 of the form
3400 #include \"filename\"
3401 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
3402 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
3403 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
3404 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3405 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3407 (custom-autoload 'mark-diary-entries-hook "calendar" t)
3409 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
3410 List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
3411 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
3412 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
3413 `mark-hebrew-diary-entries', `mark-islamic-diary-entries' and
3414 `mark-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3415 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3417 (custom-autoload 'nongregorian-diary-marking-hook "calendar" t)
3419 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
3420 If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
3421 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
3422 are holidays.")
3424 (custom-autoload 'diary-list-include-blanks "calendar" t)
3426 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
3427 Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
3428 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
3429 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
3430 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
3432 (custom-autoload 'holidays-in-diary-buffer "calendar" t)
3434 (put 'general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
3436 (defvar general-holidays '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving")) "\
3437 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
3438 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3440 (custom-autoload 'general-holidays "calendar" t)
3442 (put 'oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
3444 (defvar oriental-holidays '((if (fboundp 'atan) (holiday-chinese-new-year))) "\
3445 Oriental holidays.
3446 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3448 (custom-autoload 'oriental-holidays "calendar" t)
3450 (put 'local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
3452 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
3453 Local holidays.
3454 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3456 (custom-autoload 'local-holidays "calendar" t)
3458 (put 'other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
3460 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
3461 User defined holidays.
3462 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3464 (custom-autoload 'other-holidays "calendar" t)
3466 (put 'hebrew-holidays-1 'risky-local-variable t)
3468 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 '((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)"))))
3470 (put 'hebrew-holidays-2 'risky-local-variable t)
3472 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 '((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat"))))
3474 (put 'hebrew-holidays-3 'risky-local-variable t)
3476 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 '((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah"))))
3478 (put 'hebrew-holidays-4 'risky-local-variable t)
3480 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 '((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc))))
3482 (put 'hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
3484 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
3485 Jewish holidays.
3486 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3488 (custom-autoload 'hebrew-holidays "calendar" t)
3490 (put 'christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
3492 (defvar christian-holidays '((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc 0 "Easter Sunday") (holiday-easter-etc -2 "Good Friday") (holiday-easter-etc -46 "Ash Wednesday") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -63 "Septuagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -56 "Sexagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -49 "Shrove Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -48 "Shrove Monday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -47 "Shrove Tuesday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -14 "Passion Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -7 "Palm Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -3 "Maundy Thursday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 35 "Rogation Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 39 "Ascension Day")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 49 "Pentecost (Whitsunday)")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 50 "Whitmonday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 56 "Trinity Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 60 "Corpus Christi")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent 0 "Advent")) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas"))) "\
3493 Christian holidays.
3494 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3496 (custom-autoload 'christian-holidays "calendar" t)
3498 (put 'islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
3500 (defvar islamic-holidays '((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))) "\
3501 Islamic holidays.
3502 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3504 (custom-autoload 'islamic-holidays "calendar" t)
3506 (put 'bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
3508 (defvar bahai-holidays '((holiday-fixed 3 21 (format "Baha'i New Year (Naw-Ruz) %d" (- displayed-year (1- 1844)))) (holiday-fixed 4 21 "First Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 22 "Second Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 23 "Third Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 24 "Fourth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 25 "Fifth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 26 "Sixth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 27 "Seventh Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 28 "Eighth Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 4 29 "Ninth Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 30 "Tenth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 5 1 "Eleventh Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 5 2 "Twelfth Day of Ridvan") (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Baha'u'llah") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Baha'u'llah") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Baha"))) "\
3509 Baha'i holidays.
3510 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3512 (custom-autoload 'bahai-holidays "calendar" t)
3514 (put 'solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
3516 (defvar solar-holidays '((if (fboundp 'atan) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require 'cal-dst) t) (funcall 'holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts '(format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp 'atan) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) "")))) (funcall 'holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends '(format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp 'atan) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))) "\
3517 Sun-related holidays.
3518 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3520 (custom-autoload 'solar-holidays "calendar" t)
3522 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
3524 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
3525 The frame setup of the calendar.
3526 The choices are: `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
3527 dedicated frame); `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
3528 frames); `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
3529 any other value the current frame is used. Using any of the first
3530 three options overrides the value of `view-diary-entries-initially'.")
3532 (custom-autoload 'calendar-setup "calendar" t)
3534 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
3535 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
3536 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
3538 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'.
3539 See the documentation of that function for more information.
3541 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3543 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
3544 The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
3545 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.
3547 If you change this variable directly (without using customize)
3548 after starting `calendar', you should call `redraw-calendar' to
3549 update the calendar display to reflect the change, otherwise
3550 movement commands will not work correctly.")
3552 (custom-autoload 'calendar-week-start-day "calendar" nil)
3554 ;;;***
3556 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
3557 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (18335 54532))
3558 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3560 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3561 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3563 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3565 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3566 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3567 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3568 it fails.
3570 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3572 ;;;***
3574 ;;;### (autoloads (capitalized-words-mode) "cap-words" "progmodes/cap-words.el"
3575 ;;;;;; (18340 25864))
3576 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cap-words.el
3578 (autoload 'capitalized-words-mode "cap-words" "\
3579 Toggle Capitalized- Words mode.
3581 In this minor mode, a word boundary occurs immediately before an
3582 uppercase letter in a symbol. This is in addition to all the normal
3583 boundaries given by the syntax and category tables. There is no
3584 restriction to ASCII.
3586 E.g. the beginning of words in the following identifier are as marked:
3588 capitalizedWorDD
3589 ^ ^ ^^
3591 Note that these word boundaries only apply for word motion and
3592 marking commands such as \\[forward-word]. This mode does not affect word
3593 boundaries in found by regexp matching (`\\>', `\\w' &c).
3595 This style of identifiers is common in environments like Java ones,
3596 where underscores aren't trendy enough. Capitalization rules are
3597 sometimes part of the language, e.g. Haskell, which may thus encourage
3598 such a style. It is appropriate to add `capitalized-words-mode' to
3599 the mode hook for programming langauge modes in which you encounter
3600 variables like this, e.g. `java-mode-hook'. It's unlikely to cause
3601 trouble if such identifiers aren't used.
3603 See also `glasses-mode' and `studlify-word'.
3604 Obsoletes `c-forward-into-nomenclature'.
3606 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3608 ;;;***
3610 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (18335
3611 ;;;;;; 54542))
3612 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
3613 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3615 ;;;***
3617 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
3618 ;;;;;; (18369 28762))
3619 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3621 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3622 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3624 \(fn)" nil nil)
3626 ;;;***
3628 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
3629 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
3630 ;;;;;; (18369 28762))
3631 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3633 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3634 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3635 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3636 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3637 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3638 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3639 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3641 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3643 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3644 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
3645 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3646 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3647 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3648 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3649 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3650 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3652 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3653 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3654 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3655 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3656 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3657 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3659 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3661 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3662 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3664 Key bindings:
3665 \\{c-mode-map}
3667 \(fn)" t nil)
3669 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3670 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3672 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3673 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3674 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3675 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3676 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3677 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3678 message.
3680 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3682 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3683 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3685 Key bindings:
3686 \\{c++-mode-map}
3688 \(fn)" t nil)
3690 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3691 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3692 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3694 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3695 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3696 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3697 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3698 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3699 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3700 message.
3702 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3704 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3705 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3707 Key bindings:
3708 \\{objc-mode-map}
3710 \(fn)" t nil)
3712 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3713 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3714 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3716 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3717 Major mode for editing Java code.
3718 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3719 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3720 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3721 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3722 message.
3724 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3726 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3727 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3729 Key bindings:
3730 \\{java-mode-map}
3732 \(fn)" t nil)
3734 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3735 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3736 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3738 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3739 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3740 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3741 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3742 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3743 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3744 message.
3746 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3748 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3749 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3751 Key bindings:
3752 \\{idl-mode-map}
3754 \(fn)" t nil)
3756 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3757 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3758 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3759 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3761 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3762 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3763 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3764 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3765 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3766 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3767 message.
3769 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3771 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3772 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3774 Key bindings:
3775 \\{pike-mode-map}
3777 \(fn)" t nil)
3778 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3779 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3780 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3781 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3782 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3783 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3785 ;;;***
3787 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3788 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (18369 28762))
3789 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3791 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3792 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3793 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3794 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3796 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3798 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3799 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3800 might get set too.
3802 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3803 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3804 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3805 done in ~/.emacs. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook in this
3806 way.
3808 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3809 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3810 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3811 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3812 a null operation.
3814 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3816 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3817 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3818 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3819 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3821 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3823 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3824 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3825 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3827 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3829 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3830 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3831 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3832 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3833 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3835 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3837 ;;;***
3839 ;;;### (autoloads (c-subword-mode) "cc-subword" "progmodes/cc-subword.el"
3840 ;;;;;; (18335 54542))
3841 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-subword.el
3843 (autoload 'c-subword-mode "cc-subword" "\
3844 Mode enabling subword movement and editing keys.
3845 In spite of GNU Coding Standards, it is popular to name a symbol by
3846 mixing uppercase and lowercase letters, e.g. \"GtkWidget\",
3847 \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\", etc. Here we call these
3848 mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Also, each capitalized (or
3849 completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is called a `subword'.
3850 Here are some examples:
3852 Nomenclature Subwords
3853 ===========================================================
3854 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
3855 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
3856 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
3858 The subword oriented commands activated in this minor mode recognize
3859 subwords in a nomenclature to move between subwords and to edit them
3860 as words.
3862 \\{c-subword-mode-map}
3864 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3866 ;;;***
3868 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (18335 54542))
3869 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3870 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3871 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3872 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3874 ;;;***
3876 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3877 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3878 ;;;;;; (18341 12910))
3879 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3881 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3882 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3884 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3886 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3887 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3889 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3891 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3892 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3894 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3895 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3896 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3897 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3898 execution.
3900 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3902 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3904 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3905 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3907 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3908 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3909 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3910 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3912 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3913 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3914 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3915 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3916 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3917 `write' commands.
3919 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3920 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3921 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3922 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3924 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3925 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3926 semantics.
3928 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3930 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3932 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3934 STATEMENT :=
3935 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3936 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3938 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3939 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3940 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3941 | integer
3943 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3945 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3946 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3947 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3949 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3950 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3951 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3953 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3954 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3956 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3957 BREAK := (break)
3959 REPEAT :=
3960 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3961 (repeat)
3962 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3963 ;; (repeat))
3964 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3965 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3966 ;; (read REG)
3967 ;; (repeat))
3968 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3969 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3970 ;; (read REG)
3971 ;; (repeat))
3972 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3974 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3975 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3976 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3977 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3978 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3979 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3980 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3981 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3982 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3983 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3984 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3985 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3986 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3987 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3988 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3989 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3991 WRITE :=
3992 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3993 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3994 ;; representation.
3995 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3996 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3997 ;; (write r7))
3998 | (write EXPRESSION)
3999 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
4000 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
4001 ;; representation.
4002 | (write integer)
4003 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
4004 ;; buffer.
4005 | (write string)
4006 ;; Same as: (write string)
4007 | string
4008 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
4009 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
4010 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
4011 ;; representation.
4012 | (write REG ARRAY)
4013 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
4014 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
4015 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
4016 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
4017 ;; is the second code point of the character.
4018 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
4020 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
4021 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
4023 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
4024 END := (end)
4026 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
4027 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
4028 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
4030 ARG := REG | integer
4032 OPERATOR :=
4033 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
4034 + | - | * | / | %
4036 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
4037 | & | `|' | ^
4039 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
4040 | << | >>
4042 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
4043 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
4044 | <8
4046 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
4047 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
4048 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
4049 | >8
4051 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
4052 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
4053 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
4054 | //
4056 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
4057 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
4059 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
4060 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
4061 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
4062 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
4063 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
4064 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
4065 ;; second code point of CHAR.
4066 | de-sjis
4068 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
4069 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
4070 ;; Shift-JIS code,
4071 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
4072 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
4073 ;; (r7 = LOW))
4074 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
4075 ;; byte of SJIS.
4076 | en-sjis
4078 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
4079 ;; Same meaning as C code
4080 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
4082 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
4083 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
4084 ;; (REG |= ARG))
4085 | <8=
4087 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
4088 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
4089 ;; (REG >>= 8))
4091 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
4092 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
4093 ;; (REG /= ARG))
4094 | //=
4096 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
4099 TRANSLATE :=
4100 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
4101 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
4102 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
4103 LOOKUP :=
4104 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
4105 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
4106 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
4107 MAP :=
4108 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
4109 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
4110 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
4111 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
4112 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
4113 MAP-ID := integer
4115 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
4117 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
4118 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
4119 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
4120 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
4121 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
4122 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
4124 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
4126 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
4127 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
4128 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
4130 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
4132 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4134 ;;;***
4136 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el"
4137 ;;;;;; (18335 54542))
4138 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
4140 (autoload 'cfengine-mode "cfengine" "\
4141 Major mode for editing cfengine input.
4142 There are no special keybindings by default.
4144 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
4145 to the action header.
4147 \(fn)" t nil)
4149 ;;;***
4151 ;;;### (autoloads (check-declare-directory check-declare-file) "check-declare"
4152 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el" (18341 12907))
4153 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
4155 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
4156 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
4157 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
4159 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
4161 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
4162 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
4163 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found. For this to
4164 work correctly, the statements must adhere to the format
4165 described in the documentation of `declare-function'.
4167 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
4169 ;;;***
4171 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
4172 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
4173 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
4174 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
4175 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
4176 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
4177 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
4178 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
4179 ;;;;;; (18335 54522))
4180 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
4181 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4182 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4184 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
4185 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
4186 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
4187 the users will view as each check is completed.
4189 \(fn)" t nil)
4191 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
4192 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
4193 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
4194 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
4195 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
4196 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
4197 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
4198 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
4200 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
4202 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
4203 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
4204 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
4205 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
4206 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
4207 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
4208 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
4209 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
4211 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
4213 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
4214 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
4215 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
4216 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
4217 spacing are all verified.
4219 \(fn)" t nil)
4221 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
4222 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
4223 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
4224 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
4225 otherwise stop after the first error.
4227 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4229 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
4230 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
4231 Only documentation strings are checked.
4232 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
4233 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
4234 a separate buffer.
4236 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4238 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
4239 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
4240 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
4241 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
4242 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
4244 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4246 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
4247 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
4248 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4249 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4250 if there is one.
4252 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4254 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
4255 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
4256 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4257 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4258 if there is one.
4259 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
4261 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
4263 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
4264 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
4265 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
4267 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4269 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
4270 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
4271 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
4272 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
4273 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
4275 \(fn)" t nil)
4277 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
4278 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
4279 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
4280 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
4281 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
4282 space at the end of each line.
4284 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
4286 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
4287 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
4288 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
4289 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
4291 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4293 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
4294 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4295 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
4296 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
4298 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4300 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
4301 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
4302 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4303 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
4305 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4307 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
4308 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4309 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4310 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
4312 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4314 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
4315 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4316 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
4317 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
4319 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4321 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
4322 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4323 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
4324 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
4326 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4328 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
4329 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
4330 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
4331 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
4333 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4335 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
4336 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
4337 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
4338 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
4340 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4342 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
4343 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
4344 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
4345 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
4347 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4349 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
4350 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
4351 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
4352 turn it off.
4354 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
4355 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
4356 checking of documentation strings.
4358 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
4360 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4362 ;;;***
4364 ;;;### (autoloads (pre-write-encode-hz post-read-decode-hz encode-hz-buffer
4365 ;;;;;; encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer decode-hz-region) "china-util"
4366 ;;;;;; "language/china-util.el" (18341 12911))
4367 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
4369 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
4370 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
4371 Return the length of resulting text.
4373 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4375 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
4376 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
4378 \(fn)" t nil)
4380 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
4381 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
4382 Return the length of resulting text.
4384 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4386 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
4387 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
4389 \(fn)" t nil)
4391 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
4392 Not documented
4394 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
4396 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
4397 Not documented
4399 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
4401 ;;;***
4403 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
4404 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (18335 54507))
4405 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4407 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
4408 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4409 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4410 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4411 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4412 editing and the result is evaluated.
4414 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4416 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
4417 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4418 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4419 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4420 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4422 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4424 \(fn)" t nil)
4426 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
4427 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4428 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4429 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4430 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4432 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4433 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4434 \\{command-history-map}
4436 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4437 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4439 \(fn)" t nil)
4441 ;;;***
4443 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (18335 54522))
4444 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
4446 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
4447 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4448 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4449 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4450 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4451 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4453 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4454 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4456 ;;;***
4458 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
4459 ;;;;;; (18335 54522))
4460 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4462 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4463 Not documented
4465 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4467 ;;;***
4469 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
4470 ;;;;;; (18335 54542))
4471 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4473 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4474 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4475 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4476 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4478 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4479 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4480 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4481 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4483 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4484 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4486 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4488 ;;;***
4490 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (18335
4491 ;;;;;; 54507))
4492 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4494 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
4495 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4496 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4497 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4498 of `scheme-program-name').
4499 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4500 it is given as initial input.
4501 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4502 discards input when it starts up.
4503 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4504 is run).
4505 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4507 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
4508 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
4510 ;;;***
4512 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup) "codepage" "international/codepage.el"
4513 ;;;;;; (18366 7833))
4514 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
4516 (autoload 'codepage-setup "codepage" "\
4517 Obsolete. All coding systems are set up initially.
4519 \(fn &optional CODEPAGE)" t nil)
4521 ;;;***
4523 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
4524 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
4525 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
4526 ;;;;;; (18335 54507))
4527 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4529 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
4530 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4531 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4532 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4533 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4534 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4535 functions have already modified the buffer.
4537 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4539 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4540 either globally or locally.")
4542 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields 'comint-use-prompt-regexp "22.1")
4544 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
4545 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4546 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4547 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4548 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4549 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4550 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional fourth arg
4551 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
4553 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4555 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4557 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
4558 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4559 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4560 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4561 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4562 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4563 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4564 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of the process to.
4566 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4568 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4570 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
4571 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4572 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4573 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4574 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4575 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4577 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4579 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix "" "\
4580 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4581 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4582 directory tracking functions.")
4584 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
4585 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4586 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4588 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4590 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4592 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
4593 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4594 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4596 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4598 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4600 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
4601 Send COMMAND to current process.
4602 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4603 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4605 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4607 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
4608 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4609 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4610 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4612 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4614 ;;;***
4616 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (18335
4617 ;;;;;; 54507))
4618 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
4620 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4621 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4622 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4623 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4625 This command pushes the mark in each window
4626 at the prior location of point in that window.
4627 If both windows display the same buffer,
4628 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4629 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4631 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4632 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4633 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4634 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4635 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4636 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4637 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4638 ignored.
4640 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4641 this command work in interlaced mode:
4642 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4643 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4644 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4646 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4648 ;;;***
4650 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
4651 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
4652 ;;;;;; compile compilation-disable-input compile-command compilation-search-path
4653 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
4654 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (18370 636))
4655 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4657 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4658 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-mode-hooks').")
4660 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4662 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4663 Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4665 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4667 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4668 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4669 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4670 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4671 while processing the output of the compilation process. The function
4672 is called with variables `compilation-buffer' and `compilation-window'
4673 bound to the compilation buffer and window, respectively.")
4675 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4676 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4677 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4678 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4679 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4681 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4682 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4683 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4684 describing how the process finished.")
4686 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4687 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4688 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4689 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4690 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4692 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4693 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4694 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4696 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4698 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4699 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4700 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4701 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4703 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4705 (defvar compile-command "make -k " "\
4706 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4708 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4709 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4711 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4712 (lambda ()
4713 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4714 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4715 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4716 (concat \"make -k \"
4717 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4719 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4720 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4722 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4723 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4724 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4725 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4727 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4729 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4730 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4731 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4732 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4734 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4735 and move to the source code that caused it.
4737 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4738 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4740 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4741 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4742 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4743 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4745 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4746 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4747 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4748 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4750 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4751 kills its subprocesses.
4753 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4754 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4755 to a function that generates a unique name.
4757 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4759 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4760 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4761 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4762 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4764 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4765 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4767 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4768 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4769 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4770 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4772 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4773 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4774 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4776 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4778 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4780 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4781 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4782 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4783 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4784 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4786 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4788 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4790 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4792 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4793 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
4794 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4795 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4796 Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't
4797 collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'.
4798 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.
4800 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4802 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4803 Toggle compilation minor mode.
4804 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4805 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4806 Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'.
4807 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.
4809 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4811 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4812 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4813 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4815 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4817 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.gcov\\'" . compilation-mode))
4819 ;;;***
4821 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
4822 ;;;;;; (18335 54507))
4823 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
4825 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
4826 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
4827 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4828 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4829 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4830 or call the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
4832 (custom-autoload 'partial-completion-mode "complete" nil)
4834 (autoload 'partial-completion-mode "complete" "\
4835 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
4836 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
4838 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
4839 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
4840 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
4841 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
4843 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
4844 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
4845 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
4846 other file in that directory begins with that sequence of characters.
4848 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
4849 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
4850 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
4851 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'.
4853 Partial Completion mode extends the meaning of `completion-auto-help' (which
4854 see), so that if it is neither nil nor t, Emacs shows the `*Completions*'
4855 buffer only on the second attempt to complete. That is, if TAB finds nothing
4856 to complete, the first TAB just says \"Next char not unique\" and the
4857 second TAB brings up the `*Completions*' buffer.
4859 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4861 ;;;***
4863 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4864 ;;;;;; (18335 54507))
4865 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4867 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4868 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4869 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4870 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4871 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4872 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4874 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4876 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4877 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4879 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4881 ;;;***
4883 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-composition-mode auto-composition-mode
4884 ;;;;;; encode-composition-rule) "composite" "composite.el" (18366
4885 ;;;;;; 7832))
4886 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
4888 (autoload 'encode-composition-rule "composite" "\
4889 Encode composition rule RULE into an integer value.
4890 RULE is a cons of global and new reference point symbols
4891 \(see `reference-point-alist').
4893 \(fn RULE)" nil nil)
4895 (autoload 'auto-composition-mode "composite" "\
4896 Toggle Auto Composition mode.
4897 With ARG, turn Auto Composition mode off if and only if ARG is a non-positive
4898 number; if ARG is nil, toggle Auto Composition mode; anything else turns Auto
4899 Composition on.
4901 When Auto Composition is enabled, text characters are automatically composed
4902 by functions registered in `composition-function-table' (which see).
4904 You can use `global-auto-composition-mode' to turn on
4905 Auto Composition mode in all buffers (this is the default).
4907 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4909 (defvar global-auto-composition-mode (not noninteractive) "\
4910 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Composition mode is enabled.
4911 See the command `global-auto-composition-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4912 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4913 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4914 or call the function `global-auto-composition-mode'.")
4916 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-composition-mode "composite" nil)
4918 (autoload 'global-auto-composition-mode "composite" "\
4919 Toggle Auto-Composition mode in every possible buffer.
4920 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Auto-Composition mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
4921 Auto-Composition mode is enabled in all buffers where `turn-on-auto-composition-if-enabled' would do it.
4922 See `auto-composition-mode' for more information on Auto-Composition mode.
4924 \(fn &optional ARG DUMMY)" t nil)
4926 ;;;***
4928 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
4929 ;;;;;; conf-space-keywords conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode
4930 ;;;;;; conf-unix-mode conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el"
4931 ;;;;;; (18335 54544))
4932 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4934 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4935 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4936 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4937 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4938 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4939 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4940 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4942 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4943 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4944 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4946 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4947 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4948 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4950 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4951 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4952 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4953 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4955 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4956 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4957 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4958 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4959 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4960 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4961 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4963 \\{conf-mode-map}
4965 \(fn)" t nil)
4967 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4968 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4969 Comments start with `#'.
4970 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4972 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4974 \[Desktop Entry]
4975 Encoding=UTF-8
4976 Name=The GIMP
4977 Name[ca]=El GIMP
4978 Name[cs]=GIMP
4980 \(fn)" t nil)
4982 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4983 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4984 Comments start with `;'.
4985 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4987 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4989 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4990 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4991 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4993 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4994 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4996 \(fn)" t nil)
4998 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4999 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
5000 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
5001 between `/*' and `*/'.
5002 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5004 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
5005 // another kind of comment
5006 /* yet another */
5008 name:value
5009 name=value
5010 name value
5011 x.1 =
5012 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
5013 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
5015 \(fn)" t nil)
5017 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
5018 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
5019 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
5020 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
5021 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
5022 `conf-space-keywords'.
5023 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
5024 in an interactive fashion instead.
5026 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5028 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
5030 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
5031 image/png png
5032 image/tiff tiff tif
5034 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
5035 class desktop
5036 # Standard multimedia devices
5037 add /dev/audio desktop
5038 add /dev/mixer desktop
5040 \(fn)" t nil)
5042 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
5043 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
5044 See `conf-space-mode'.
5046 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
5048 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
5049 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
5050 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
5051 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5053 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
5055 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
5056 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
5058 \(fn)" t nil)
5060 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
5061 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
5062 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
5063 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5065 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
5067 *DefaultTransfer: Null
5068 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
5070 \(fn)" t nil)
5072 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
5073 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
5074 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
5075 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5077 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
5079 *background: gray99
5080 *foreground: black
5082 \(fn)" t nil)
5084 ;;;***
5086 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
5087 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (18335 54541))
5088 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
5090 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
5091 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
5092 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5093 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5095 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5097 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
5098 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
5099 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5100 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5102 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5104 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
5105 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
5106 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
5107 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
5109 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5111 (autoload 'shuffle-vector "cookie1" "\
5112 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
5114 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
5116 ;;;***
5118 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-fix-years copyright-update)
5119 ;;;;;; "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (18367 13960))
5120 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
5122 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
5123 Update copyright notice at beginning of buffer to indicate the current year.
5124 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
5125 the current year after them. If necessary, and
5126 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
5127 following the copyright are updated as well.
5128 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
5129 interactively.
5131 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
5133 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
5134 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
5135 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
5137 \(fn)" t nil)
5139 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
5140 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
5142 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
5144 ;;;***
5146 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-perldoc-at-point cperl-perldoc cperl-mode)
5147 ;;;;;; "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (18369 28763))
5148 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
5149 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
5150 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
5151 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
5152 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
5153 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
5154 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
5155 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
5157 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
5158 Major mode for editing Perl code.
5159 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
5160 Tab indents for Perl code.
5161 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
5162 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
5164 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
5165 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
5166 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
5167 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
5168 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
5169 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
5170 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
5171 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
5172 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
5173 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
5174 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
5175 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
5177 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
5179 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
5180 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
5182 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
5184 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
5185 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
5186 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
5187 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
5188 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
5189 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
5190 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
5191 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
5192 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
5194 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
5196 bite if angry;
5198 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
5199 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
5200 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
5201 to nil.)
5203 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
5204 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
5205 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
5207 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
5209 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
5210 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
5211 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
5212 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
5213 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
5215 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
5217 if (A) { B }
5219 into
5221 B if A;
5223 \\{cperl-mode-map}
5225 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
5226 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
5227 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
5228 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
5229 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
5230 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
5231 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
5232 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
5233 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
5234 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
5235 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
5236 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
5237 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
5239 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
5240 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
5241 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
5242 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
5243 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
5244 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
5246 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
5247 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
5248 man via menu.
5250 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
5251 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
5252 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
5253 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
5254 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
5256 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
5257 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
5258 span the needed amount of lines.
5260 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
5261 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
5262 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
5263 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
5265 Variables controlling indentation style:
5266 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
5267 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
5268 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5269 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
5270 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
5271 `cperl-auto-newline'
5272 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
5273 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
5274 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
5275 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
5276 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
5277 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
5278 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
5279 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
5280 `cperl-indent-level'
5281 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
5282 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
5283 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
5284 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
5285 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
5286 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
5287 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
5288 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
5289 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5290 `cperl-brace-offset'
5291 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
5292 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
5293 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
5294 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
5295 `cperl-label-offset'
5296 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
5297 `cperl-min-label-indent'
5298 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
5300 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
5301 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
5302 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
5303 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
5304 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
5305 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
5307 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
5308 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
5309 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
5310 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
5312 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
5313 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
5314 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
5315 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same variable,
5316 and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
5317 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
5319 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
5320 column 0 is indented on
5321 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5323 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
5324 with no args.
5326 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
5327 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
5328 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
5330 \(fn)" t nil)
5332 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
5333 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
5335 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
5337 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
5338 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
5340 \(fn)" t nil)
5342 ;;;***
5344 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
5345 ;;;;;; (18335 54542))
5346 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
5348 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
5349 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
5350 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
5351 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
5352 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
5354 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5356 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
5357 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
5359 \(fn)" t nil)
5361 ;;;***
5363 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
5364 ;;;;;; (18335 54523))
5365 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
5367 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
5368 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
5369 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
5370 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
5372 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5373 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
5375 (custom-autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" nil)
5377 (autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" "\
5378 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
5379 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
5381 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5383 (defalias 'brief-mode 'crisp-mode)
5385 ;;;***
5387 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
5388 ;;;;;; (18335 54522))
5389 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5391 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
5392 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5393 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
5394 single prompt, optionally using completion.
5396 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
5397 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
5398 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
5399 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
5401 The default value for the separator character is the value of
5402 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
5403 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
5405 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
5406 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
5407 'bob', and 'eve'.
5409 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5410 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
5411 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
5413 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
5415 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
5416 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
5417 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
5419 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5421 ;;;***
5423 ;;;### (autoloads (css-mode) "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (18335
5424 ;;;;;; 54544))
5425 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
5426 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.css\\'" . css-mode))
5428 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
5429 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
5431 \(fn)" t nil)
5433 ;;;***
5435 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
5436 ;;;;;; (18335 54523))
5437 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5439 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5440 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5441 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5442 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5443 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5444 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5446 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5448 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5449 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
5450 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the
5451 region (and highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'),
5452 and typed text replaces the active selection.
5454 Also when enabled, you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v to undo,
5455 cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs bindings.
5456 The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the region is
5457 active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the normal
5458 function of these prefix keys.
5460 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5461 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5462 options:
5463 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5464 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5465 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5467 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5468 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5469 the prefix fallback behavior.
5471 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally. Trying to disable
5472 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
5473 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
5474 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
5476 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5478 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5479 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5481 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5483 ;;;***
5485 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
5486 ;;;;;; custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
5487 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
5488 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
5489 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-unsaved customize-face-other-window
5490 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
5491 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
5492 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable
5493 ;;;;;; customize-set-value custom-menu-sort-alphabetically custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically
5494 ;;;;;; custom-browse-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
5495 ;;;;;; (18335 54507))
5496 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5498 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5499 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5501 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5503 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5504 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5506 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5508 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5509 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5511 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5512 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
5514 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
5515 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5517 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5518 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5520 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5521 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5523 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5525 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5527 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
5528 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5529 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5531 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5532 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5534 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5535 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5537 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5538 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5540 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5542 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5544 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
5545 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5546 Return VALUE.
5548 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5549 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5551 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5552 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5554 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5555 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5557 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5559 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5561 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
5562 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5563 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5564 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5565 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5567 \(fn)" t nil)
5569 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
5570 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5571 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5572 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5574 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5576 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
5577 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5579 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5581 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5582 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
5584 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5586 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
5588 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
5589 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5591 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5593 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
5595 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5596 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5597 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5599 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5601 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5602 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5603 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5604 as part of Emacs itself.
5606 Each elements looks like this:
5608 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5610 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5611 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5612 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5613 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5614 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5615 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5616 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5617 and `defface'.
5619 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5621 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5622 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5623 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5624 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5625 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5627 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5628 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5629 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5630 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5632 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
5634 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
5635 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5636 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
5637 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings
5638 or default values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
5640 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5641 that were added or redefined since that version.
5643 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5645 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5646 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5647 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5648 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5650 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5651 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5653 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5655 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5656 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5657 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5659 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5660 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5662 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5664 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5665 Customize all user options set in this session but not saved.
5667 \(fn)" t nil)
5669 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5670 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5672 \(fn)" t nil)
5674 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5675 Customize all already saved user options.
5677 \(fn)" t nil)
5679 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5680 Customize all loaded options, faces and groups matching REGEXP.
5681 If ALL is `options', include only options.
5682 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
5683 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
5684 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include variables
5685 that are not customizable options, as well as faces and groups
5686 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5688 \(fn REGEXP &optional ALL)" t nil)
5690 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5691 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5692 With prefix arg, include variables that are not customizable options
5693 \(but it is better to use `apropos-variable' if you want to find those).
5695 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
5697 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5698 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5700 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5702 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5703 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5705 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5707 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5708 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5709 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5710 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5711 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5712 that option.
5714 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5716 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5717 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5718 The result includes selecting that window.
5719 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5720 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5721 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5722 that option.
5724 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5726 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5727 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5729 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5731 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5732 File used for storing customization information.
5733 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5734 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5735 it should be an absolute file name.
5737 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5738 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5739 something like the following in your init file:
5741 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5742 \(load custom-file)
5744 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5745 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5747 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5748 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5749 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5750 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5751 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5753 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5754 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5755 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5756 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5757 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5758 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5759 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5760 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5761 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5762 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5764 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5766 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5767 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5769 \(fn)" nil nil)
5771 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5772 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5774 \(fn)" t nil)
5776 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5777 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5778 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5780 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5782 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5783 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5784 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5785 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5786 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5788 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5790 ;;;***
5792 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-reset-faces custom-theme-reset-faces custom-set-faces
5793 ;;;;;; custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "cus-face.el" (18335 54512))
5794 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
5796 (autoload 'custom-declare-face "cus-face" "\
5797 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument.
5799 \(fn FACE SPEC DOC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5801 (defconst custom-face-attributes '((:family (string :tag "Font Family" :help-echo "Font family or fontset alias name.")) (:width (choice :tag "Width" :help-echo "Font width." :value normal (const :tag "compressed" condensed) (const :tag "condensed" condensed) (const :tag "demiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "expanded" expanded) (const :tag "extracondensed" extra-condensed) (const :tag "extraexpanded" extra-expanded) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "narrow" condensed) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semicondensed" semi-condensed) (const :tag "semiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "ultracondensed" ultra-condensed) (const :tag "ultraexpanded" ultra-expanded) (const :tag "wide" extra-expanded))) (:height (choice :tag "Height" :help-echo "Face's font height." :value 1.0 (integer :tag "Height in 1/10 pt") (number :tag "Scale" 1.0))) (:weight (choice :tag "Weight" :help-echo "Font weight." :value normal (const :tag "black" ultra-bold) (const :tag "bold" bold) (const :tag "book" semi-light) (const :tag "demibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "extralight" extra-light) (const :tag "extrabold" extra-bold) (const :tag "heavy" extra-bold) (const :tag "light" light) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "semilight" semi-light) (const :tag "ultralight" ultra-light) (const :tag "ultrabold" ultra-bold))) (:slant (choice :tag "Slant" :help-echo "Font slant." :value normal (const :tag "italic" italic) (const :tag "oblique" oblique) (const :tag "normal" normal))) (:underline (choice :tag "Underline" :help-echo "Control text underlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:overline (choice :tag "Overline" :help-echo "Control text overlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:strike-through (choice :tag "Strike-through" :help-echo "Control text strike-through." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:box (choice :tag "Box around text" :help-echo "Control box around text." (const :tag "Off" nil) (list :tag "Box" :value (:line-width 2 :color "grey75" :style released-button) (const :format "" :value :line-width) (integer :tag "Width") (const :format "" :value :color) (choice :tag "Color" (const :tag "*" nil) color) (const :format "" :value :style) (choice :tag "Style" (const :tag "Raised" released-button) (const :tag "Sunken" pressed-button) (const :tag "None" nil)))) (lambda (real-value) (and real-value (let ((lwidth (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :line-width)) (and (integerp real-value) real-value) 1)) (color (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :color)) (and (stringp real-value) real-value) nil)) (style (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :style)))) (list :line-width lwidth :color color :style style)))) (lambda (cus-value) (and cus-value (let ((lwidth (plist-get cus-value :line-width)) (color (plist-get cus-value :color)) (style (plist-get cus-value :style))) (cond ((and (null color) (null style)) lwidth) ((and (null lwidth) (null style)) color) (t (nconc (and lwidth `(:line-width ,lwidth)) (and color `(:color ,color)) (and style `(:style ,style))))))))) (:inverse-video (choice :tag "Inverse-video" :help-echo "Control whether text should be in inverse-video." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t))) (:foreground (color :tag "Foreground" :help-echo "Set foreground color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:background (color :tag "Background" :help-echo "Set background color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:stipple (choice :tag "Stipple" :help-echo "Background bit-mask" (const :tag "None" nil) (file :tag "File" :help-echo "Name of bitmap file." :must-match t))) (:inherit (repeat :tag "Inherit" :help-echo "List of faces to inherit attributes from." (face :Tag "Face" default)) (lambda (real-value) (cond ((or (null real-value) (eq real-value 'unspecified)) nil) ((symbolp real-value) (list real-value)) (t real-value))) (lambda (cus-value) (if (and (consp cus-value) (null (cdr cus-value))) (car cus-value) cus-value)))) "\
5802 Alist of face attributes.
5804 The elements are of the form (KEY TYPE PRE-FILTER POST-FILTER),
5805 where KEY is the name of the attribute, TYPE is a widget type for
5806 editing the attribute, PRE-FILTER is a function to make the attribute's
5807 value suitable for the customization widget, and POST-FILTER is a
5808 function to make the customized value suitable for storing. PRE-FILTER
5809 and POST-FILTER are optional.
5811 The PRE-FILTER should take a single argument, the attribute value as
5812 stored, and should return a value for customization (using the
5813 customization type TYPE).
5815 The POST-FILTER should also take a single argument, the value after
5816 being customized, and should return a value suitable for setting the
5817 given face attribute.")
5819 (autoload 'custom-set-faces "cus-face" "\
5820 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
5821 This associates the settings with the `user' theme.
5822 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
5824 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
5826 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE, as well as the value for the
5827 `user' theme. The `user' theme is one of the default themes known to Emacs.
5828 See `custom-known-themes' for more information on the known themes.
5829 See `custom-theme-set-faces' for more information on the interplay
5830 between themes and faces.
5831 See `defface' for the format of SPEC.
5833 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
5834 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
5836 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5838 (autoload 'custom-theme-reset-faces "cus-face" "\
5839 Reset the specs in THEME of some faces to their specs in other themes.
5840 Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:
5842 (FACE IGNORED)
5844 This means reset FACE. The argument IGNORED is ignored.
5846 \(fn THEME &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5848 (autoload 'custom-reset-faces "cus-face" "\
5849 Reset the specs of some faces to their specs in specified themes.
5850 This creates settings in the `user' theme.
5852 Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:
5854 (FACE FROM-THEME)
5856 This means reset FACE to its value in FROM-THEME.
5858 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5860 ;;;***
5862 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el"
5863 ;;;;;; (18335 54512))
5864 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5866 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5867 Create a custom theme.
5869 \(fn)" t nil)
5871 ;;;***
5873 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
5874 ;;;;;; (18335 54512))
5875 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
5877 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5878 Mode used for cvs status output.
5880 \(fn)" t nil)
5882 ;;;***
5884 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
5885 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (18335 54542))
5886 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5888 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5889 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5891 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5892 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5893 C++ modes are included.
5895 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
5897 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5899 (autoload 'turn-on-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5900 Turn on CWarn mode.
5902 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
5903 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
5905 \(fn)" nil nil)
5907 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5908 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5909 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5910 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5911 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5912 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5914 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5916 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5917 Toggle Cwarn mode in every possible buffer.
5918 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
5919 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5920 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5922 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5924 ;;;***
5926 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
5927 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
5928 ;;;;;; (18341 12911))
5929 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5931 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5932 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5934 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5936 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5937 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5939 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5941 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5942 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5943 For readability, the table is slightly
5944 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5946 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5947 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5948 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5949 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5950 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5952 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5954 ;;;***
5956 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
5957 ;;;;;; (18335 54512))
5958 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5959 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5960 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5962 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5963 Completion on current word.
5964 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5965 and presents suggestions for completion.
5967 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5968 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5969 completions.
5971 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
5972 then it searches *all* buffers.
5974 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5976 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5977 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5979 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5980 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5981 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5982 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5983 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5985 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5986 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5988 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5989 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5990 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5992 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5993 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5995 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5997 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5999 ;;;***
6001 ;;;### (autoloads (dbus-handle-event) "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (18351
6002 ;;;;;; 56657))
6003 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
6005 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
6006 Handle events from the D-Bus.
6007 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
6008 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
6010 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
6012 ;;;***
6014 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (18335
6015 ;;;;;; 54542))
6016 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
6018 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
6019 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
6021 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
6022 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
6023 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
6025 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
6026 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
6027 Data lines are not indented.
6029 Key bindings:
6031 \\{dcl-mode-map}
6032 Commands not usually bound to keys:
6034 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
6035 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
6036 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
6037 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
6039 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
6041 dcl-basic-offset
6042 Extra indentation within blocks.
6044 dcl-continuation-offset
6045 Extra indentation for continued lines.
6047 dcl-margin-offset
6048 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
6050 dcl-margin-label-offset
6051 Indentation for a label.
6053 dcl-comment-line-regexp
6054 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
6056 dcl-block-begin-regexp
6057 dcl-block-end-regexp
6058 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
6059 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
6060 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
6061 make it possible to define other places to indent.
6062 Set to nil to disable this feature.
6064 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
6065 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
6066 Two such functions are included in the package:
6067 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
6068 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
6070 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
6071 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
6072 One such function is included in the package:
6073 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
6075 dcl-tab-always-indent
6076 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
6077 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
6078 margin.
6080 dcl-electric-characters
6081 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
6082 typed.
6084 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
6085 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
6086 which words trigger electric indentation.
6088 dcl-tempo-comma
6089 dcl-tempo-left-paren
6090 dcl-tempo-right-paren
6091 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
6093 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
6094 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
6095 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
6096 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
6098 dcl-imenu-label-labels
6099 dcl-imenu-label-goto
6100 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
6101 dcl-imenu-label-call
6102 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
6104 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
6105 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6106 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
6107 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6110 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
6112 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
6113 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
6114 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
6115 $ i = 1
6116 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
6117 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
6118 $ label:
6119 $ if i.eq.1
6120 $ then
6121 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
6122 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
6123 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
6124 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
6125 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
6126 \"lined up with the command line\"
6127 $ type sys$input
6128 Data lines are not indented at all.
6129 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
6130 $ endif
6134 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
6135 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
6137 \(fn)" t nil)
6139 ;;;***
6141 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
6142 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (18335 54522))
6143 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
6145 (setq debugger 'debug)
6147 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
6148 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
6149 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
6150 of the evaluator.
6152 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
6153 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
6154 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
6156 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
6158 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
6159 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
6161 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6163 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
6164 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
6165 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
6166 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
6167 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
6168 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
6170 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
6171 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
6173 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
6175 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
6176 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
6177 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
6178 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6179 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
6181 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
6183 ;;;***
6185 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
6186 ;;;;;; (18335 54541))
6187 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
6189 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
6190 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
6192 \(fn)" t nil)
6194 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
6195 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
6196 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
6197 Upper-case letters are commands.
6199 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
6200 modify it.
6202 The most useful commands are:
6203 \\<decipher-mode-map>
6204 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
6205 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
6206 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
6207 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
6208 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
6210 \(fn)" t nil)
6212 ;;;***
6214 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
6215 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (18335
6216 ;;;;;; 54512))
6217 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
6219 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
6220 Customization of `columns' group.
6222 \(fn)" t nil)
6224 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
6225 Prettify all columns in a text region.
6227 START and END delimits the text region.
6229 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6231 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
6232 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
6234 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
6236 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6238 ;;;***
6240 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (18335
6241 ;;;;;; 54542))
6242 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
6244 (autoload 'delphi-mode "delphi" "\
6245 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
6246 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
6247 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
6248 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
6249 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
6251 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
6253 Customization:
6255 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
6256 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
6257 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
6258 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
6259 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
6260 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
6261 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
6262 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
6263 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
6264 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
6265 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
6266 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
6267 blank line.
6268 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
6269 Directories to search when finding external units.
6270 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
6271 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
6273 Coloring:
6275 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
6276 Face used to color delphi comments.
6277 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
6278 Face used to color delphi strings.
6279 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
6280 Face used to color delphi keywords.
6281 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
6282 Face used to color everything else.
6284 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
6285 no args, if that value is non-nil.
6287 \(fn &optional SKIP-INITIAL-PARSING)" t nil)
6289 ;;;***
6291 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (18335
6292 ;;;;;; 54512))
6293 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
6295 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
6297 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
6298 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
6299 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
6300 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6301 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6302 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
6304 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
6306 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
6307 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
6308 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if ARG is
6309 positive, off if ARG is not positive.
6311 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
6312 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
6313 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
6314 any selection.
6316 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6318 ;;;***
6320 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
6321 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (18335 54522))
6322 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
6324 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
6325 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
6327 The arguments to this command are as follow:
6329 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
6330 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
6331 or nil if there is no parent.
6332 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
6333 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
6334 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
6335 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
6336 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
6338 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
6339 arguments are currently understood:
6340 :group GROUP
6341 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
6342 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
6343 :syntax-table TABLE
6344 Use TABLE instead of the default.
6345 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
6346 :abbrev-table TABLE
6347 Use TABLE instead of the default.
6348 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
6350 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
6352 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
6354 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
6355 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
6356 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
6358 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
6359 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
6361 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
6362 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
6363 (setq case-fold-search nil))
6365 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
6366 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
6368 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
6369 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
6371 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
6373 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6375 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
6376 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
6377 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
6378 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
6379 the first time the mode is used.
6381 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
6383 ;;;***
6385 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
6386 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (18341 12905))
6387 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
6389 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
6390 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays and text properties at POS.
6391 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
6392 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
6393 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
6394 otherwise.
6396 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER)" t nil)
6398 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
6399 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
6400 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
6401 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
6402 character composition information (if relevant),
6403 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
6405 \(fn POS)" t nil)
6407 ;;;***
6409 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
6410 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-remove desktop-save
6411 ;;;;;; desktop-clear desktop-locals-to-save desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
6412 ;;;;;; "desktop.el" (18357 34940))
6413 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6415 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6416 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6417 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
6419 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
6421 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
6422 Toggle desktop saving mode.
6423 With numeric ARG, turn desktop saving on if ARG is positive, off
6424 otherwise. If desktop saving is turned on, the state of Emacs is
6425 saved from one session to another. See variable `desktop-save'
6426 and function `desktop-read' for details.
6428 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6430 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
6431 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6432 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6433 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6435 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
6437 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6438 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6439 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
6441 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6442 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6443 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6445 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6446 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6448 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6449 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6450 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6452 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6453 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6454 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6455 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6457 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6459 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6460 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6462 Handlers are called with argument list
6464 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6466 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6468 desktop-file-version
6469 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6470 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6471 desktop-buffer-point
6472 desktop-buffer-mark
6473 desktop-buffer-read-only
6474 desktop-buffer-locals
6476 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6477 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6479 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6480 code like
6482 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6484 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6485 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6487 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6489 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6491 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6492 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6493 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6494 List elements must have the form
6496 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6498 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6499 function.
6501 Handlers are called with argument list
6503 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6505 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6507 desktop-file-version
6508 desktop-buffer-file-name
6509 desktop-buffer-name
6510 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6511 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6512 desktop-buffer-point
6513 desktop-buffer-mark
6514 desktop-buffer-read-only
6515 desktop-buffer-misc
6517 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6518 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6519 created and set.
6521 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6522 code like
6524 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6526 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6527 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6529 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6531 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6533 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6535 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
6536 Empty the Desktop.
6537 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6538 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6539 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6541 \(fn)" t nil)
6543 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
6544 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6545 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6546 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
6547 See also `desktop-base-file-name'.
6549 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE)" t nil)
6551 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
6552 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6553 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6555 \(fn)" t nil)
6557 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
6558 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6559 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6560 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6561 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6562 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6563 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6564 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6566 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6568 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
6569 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6570 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6572 \(fn)" nil nil)
6574 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
6575 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6576 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6577 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6578 directory DIRNAME.
6580 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6582 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
6583 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6585 \(fn)" t nil)
6587 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
6588 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6590 \(fn)" t nil)
6592 ;;;***
6594 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
6595 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines)
6596 ;;;;;; "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (18369 28758))
6597 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6599 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
6600 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6601 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6602 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6603 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6604 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6606 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6608 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
6609 Repair a broken attribution line.
6610 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6612 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6614 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6615 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6616 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6617 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6619 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6621 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6622 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6624 \(fn)" t nil)
6626 ;;;***
6628 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
6629 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (18335 54521))
6630 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6632 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
6633 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6634 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6635 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6636 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in a `.emacs' file.
6638 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6640 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
6641 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6642 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6643 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6645 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
6646 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
6647 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
6648 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
6650 #!/bin/sh
6651 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
6652 emacs -batch \\
6653 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
6654 diary-file \\\"/path/to/diary.file\\\" \\
6655 european-calendar-style t \\
6656 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
6657 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
6658 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
6660 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
6661 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
6662 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
6663 to run it every morning at 1am.
6665 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6667 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
6668 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6670 \(fn)" t nil)
6672 ;;;***
6674 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
6675 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (18335 54512))
6676 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
6678 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
6679 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6681 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
6683 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
6684 *The command to use to run diff.")
6686 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6688 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6689 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6690 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
6691 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
6692 If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6693 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6695 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6697 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6698 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6699 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6700 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6701 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6702 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6704 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6706 ;;;***
6708 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
6709 ;;;;;; (18351 56654))
6710 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
6712 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6713 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6714 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6715 normal diffs.
6717 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6718 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6719 headers for you on-the-fly.
6721 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6722 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6723 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6725 \\{diff-mode-map}
6727 \(fn)" t nil)
6729 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6730 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6731 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6733 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6735 ;;;***
6737 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-mode dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
6738 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
6739 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
6740 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
6741 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (18369 28746))
6742 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6744 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
6745 *Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6746 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6747 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6748 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6749 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6750 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6751 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6753 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6755 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux cygwin)) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
6756 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
6758 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
6759 *Informs Dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
6760 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
6761 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
6762 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
6764 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
6765 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
6767 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
6768 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
6769 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
6770 always set this variable to t.")
6772 (custom-autoload 'dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks "dired" t)
6774 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
6775 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
6776 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
6777 A value of t means move to first file.")
6779 (custom-autoload 'dired-trivial-filenames "dired" t)
6781 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
6782 *Controls marking of renamed files.
6783 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
6784 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
6785 are afterward marked with that character.")
6787 (custom-autoload 'dired-keep-marker-rename "dired" t)
6789 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
6790 *Controls marking of copied files.
6791 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
6792 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6794 (custom-autoload 'dired-keep-marker-copy "dired" t)
6796 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
6797 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
6798 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6799 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6801 (custom-autoload 'dired-keep-marker-hardlink "dired" t)
6803 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
6804 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
6805 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6806 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6808 (custom-autoload 'dired-keep-marker-symlink "dired" t)
6810 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
6811 *If non-nil, Dired tries to guess a default target directory.
6812 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
6813 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
6815 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
6817 (custom-autoload 'dired-dwim-target "dired" t)
6819 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
6820 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
6821 \(This works on only some systems.)")
6823 (custom-autoload 'dired-copy-preserve-time "dired" t)
6825 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6826 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6827 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6828 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6829 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6830 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6832 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6833 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6834 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6835 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6836 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6837 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6838 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6839 list of files to make directory entries for.
6840 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
6841 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6842 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6843 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6845 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6847 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6848 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6850 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6851 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6853 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6854 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6856 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6857 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6859 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6861 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6862 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6864 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6866 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6867 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6868 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6869 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6870 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6871 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6872 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6873 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6874 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6875 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6876 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6877 Letters no longer insert themselves. Digits are prefix arguments.
6878 Instead, type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file for Deletion.
6879 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6880 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6881 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6882 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6883 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6884 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6885 to see why something went wrong.
6886 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of a subdirectory.
6887 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unflag.
6888 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to eXecute the deletions requested.
6889 Type \\[dired-advertised-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6890 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6891 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or dired directory in Other window.
6892 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6893 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6894 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6895 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6896 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6897 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6898 SPC and DEL can be used to move down and up by lines.
6900 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6901 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist a single or the marked files or a
6902 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6903 again for the directory tree.
6905 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6906 for more info):
6908 `dired-listing-switches'
6909 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6910 `dired-shrink-to-fit'
6911 `dired-marker-char'
6912 `dired-del-marker'
6913 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6914 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6915 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6916 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6918 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6920 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6921 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6922 `dired-mode-hook'
6923 `dired-load-hook'
6925 Keybindings:
6926 \\{dired-mode-map}
6928 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6929 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6931 ;;;***
6933 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
6934 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down
6935 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
6936 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
6937 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
6938 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
6939 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
6940 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
6941 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
6942 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-query dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
6943 ;;;;;; dired-run-shell-command dired-do-shell-command dired-clean-directory
6944 ;;;;;; dired-do-print dired-do-touch dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
6945 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-compare-directories dired-backup-diff
6946 ;;;;;; dired-diff) "dired-aux" "dired-aux.el" (18335 54512))
6947 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
6949 (autoload 'dired-diff "dired-aux" "\
6950 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
6951 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. (That's the mark set by
6952 \\[set-mark-command], not by Dired's \\[dired-mark] command.)
6953 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
6954 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
6955 which is options for `diff'.
6957 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6959 (autoload 'dired-backup-diff "dired-aux" "\
6960 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6961 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6962 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6963 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6964 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'.
6966 \(fn &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6968 (autoload 'dired-compare-directories "dired-aux" "\
6969 Mark files with different file attributes in two dired buffers.
6970 Compare file attributes of files in the current directory
6971 with file attributes in directory DIR2 using PREDICATE on pairs of files
6972 with the same name. Mark files for which PREDICATE returns non-nil.
6973 Mark files with different names if PREDICATE is nil (or interactively
6974 with empty input at the predicate prompt).
6976 PREDICATE is a Lisp expression that can refer to the following variables:
6978 size1, size2 - file size in bytes
6979 mtime1, mtime2 - last modification time in seconds, as a float
6980 fa1, fa2 - list of file attributes
6981 returned by function `file-attributes'
6983 where 1 refers to attribute of file in the current dired buffer
6984 and 2 to attribute of file in second dired buffer.
6986 Examples of PREDICATE:
6988 (> mtime1 mtime2) - mark newer files
6989 (not (= size1 size2)) - mark files with different sizes
6990 (not (string= (nth 8 fa1) (nth 8 fa2))) - mark files with different modes
6991 (not (and (= (nth 2 fa1) (nth 2 fa2)) - mark files with different UID
6992 (= (nth 3 fa1) (nth 3 fa2)))) and GID.
6994 \(fn DIR2 PREDICATE)" t nil)
6996 (autoload 'dired-do-chmod "dired-aux" "\
6997 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6998 Symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed.
7000 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7002 (autoload 'dired-do-chgrp "dired-aux" "\
7003 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7005 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7007 (autoload 'dired-do-chown "dired-aux" "\
7008 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7010 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7012 (autoload 'dired-do-touch "dired-aux" "\
7013 Change the timestamp of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7014 This calls touch.
7016 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7018 (autoload 'dired-do-print "dired-aux" "\
7019 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
7020 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
7021 `lpr-switches' as default.
7023 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7025 (autoload 'dired-clean-directory "dired-aux" "\
7026 Flag numerical backups for deletion.
7027 Spares `dired-kept-versions' latest versions, and `kept-old-versions' oldest.
7028 Positive prefix arg KEEP overrides `dired-kept-versions';
7029 Negative prefix arg KEEP overrides `kept-old-versions' with KEEP made positive.
7031 To clear the flags on these files, you can use \\[dired-flag-backup-files]
7032 with a prefix argument.
7034 \(fn KEEP)" t nil)
7036 (autoload 'dired-do-shell-command "dired-aux" "\
7037 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
7038 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
7039 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
7040 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
7042 If there is a `*' in COMMAND, surrounded by whitespace, this runs
7043 COMMAND just once with the entire file list substituted there.
7045 If there is no `*', but there is a `?' in COMMAND, surrounded by
7046 whitespace, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
7047 file name substituted for `?'.
7049 Otherwise, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
7050 file name added at the end of COMMAND (separated by a space).
7052 `*' and `?' when not surrounded by whitespace have no special
7053 significance for `dired-do-shell-command', and are passed through
7054 normally to the shell, but you must confirm first. To pass `*' by
7055 itself to the shell as a wildcard, type `*\"\"'.
7057 If COMMAND produces output, it goes to a separate buffer.
7059 This feature does not try to redisplay Dired buffers afterward, as
7060 there's no telling what files COMMAND may have changed.
7061 Type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
7063 When COMMAND runs, its working directory is the top-level directory of
7064 the Dired buffer, so output files usually are created there instead of
7065 in a subdir.
7067 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
7068 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument, which
7069 can be produced by `dired-get-marked-files', for example.
7071 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG FILE-LIST)" t nil)
7073 (autoload 'dired-run-shell-command "dired-aux" "\
7074 Not documented
7076 \(fn COMMAND)" nil nil)
7078 (autoload 'dired-do-kill-lines "dired-aux" "\
7079 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
7080 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
7081 \(A negative argument kills backward.)
7082 If you use this command with a prefix argument to kill the line
7083 for a file that is a directory, which you have inserted in the
7084 Dired buffer as a subdirectory, then it deletes that subdirectory
7085 from the buffer as well.
7086 To kill an entire subdirectory (without killing its line in the
7087 parent directory), go to its directory header line and use this
7088 command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter).
7090 \(fn &optional ARG FMT)" t nil)
7092 (autoload 'dired-compress-file "dired-aux" "\
7093 Not documented
7095 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7097 (autoload 'dired-query "dired-aux" "\
7098 Not documented
7100 \(fn QS-VAR QS-PROMPT &rest QS-ARGS)" nil nil)
7102 (autoload 'dired-do-compress "dired-aux" "\
7103 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files.
7105 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7107 (autoload 'dired-do-byte-compile "dired-aux" "\
7108 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
7110 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7112 (autoload 'dired-do-load "dired-aux" "\
7113 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
7115 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7117 (autoload 'dired-do-redisplay "dired-aux" "\
7118 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
7119 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
7120 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing.
7122 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
7123 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
7124 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
7125 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
7126 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
7127 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
7128 See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
7130 \(fn &optional ARG TEST-FOR-SUBDIR)" t nil)
7132 (autoload 'dired-add-file "dired-aux" "\
7133 Not documented
7135 \(fn FILENAME &optional MARKER-CHAR)" nil nil)
7137 (autoload 'dired-remove-file "dired-aux" "\
7138 Not documented
7140 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7142 (autoload 'dired-relist-file "dired-aux" "\
7143 Create or update the line for FILE in all Dired buffers it would belong in.
7145 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7147 (autoload 'dired-copy-file "dired-aux" "\
7148 Not documented
7150 \(fn FROM TO OK-FLAG)" nil nil)
7152 (autoload 'dired-rename-file "dired-aux" "\
7153 Not documented
7155 \(fn FILE NEWNAME OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS)" nil nil)
7157 (autoload 'dired-create-directory "dired-aux" "\
7158 Create a directory called DIRECTORY.
7160 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7162 (autoload 'dired-do-copy "dired-aux" "\
7163 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
7164 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
7165 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7166 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
7167 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
7168 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7169 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7170 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7172 This command copies symbolic links by creating new ones,
7173 like `cp -d'.
7175 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7177 (autoload 'dired-do-symlink "dired-aux" "\
7178 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7179 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7180 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
7181 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
7182 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7183 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7184 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7186 For relative symlinks, use \\[dired-do-relsymlink].
7188 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7190 (autoload 'dired-do-hardlink "dired-aux" "\
7191 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7192 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7193 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
7194 and new hard links are made in that directory
7195 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7196 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7197 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7199 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7201 (autoload 'dired-do-rename "dired-aux" "\
7202 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7203 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
7204 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory.
7205 This command also renames any buffers that are visiting the files.
7206 The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value
7207 of `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7209 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7211 (autoload 'dired-do-rename-regexp "dired-aux" "\
7212 Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7214 With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG
7215 files. Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current
7216 file if none are marked.
7218 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
7219 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
7220 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
7221 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
7223 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
7224 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed.
7226 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7228 (autoload 'dired-do-copy-regexp "dired-aux" "\
7229 Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7230 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7232 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7234 (autoload 'dired-do-hardlink-regexp "dired-aux" "\
7235 Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7236 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7238 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7240 (autoload 'dired-do-symlink-regexp "dired-aux" "\
7241 Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7242 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7244 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7246 (autoload 'dired-upcase "dired-aux" "\
7247 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case.
7249 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7251 (autoload 'dired-downcase "dired-aux" "\
7252 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case.
7254 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7256 (autoload 'dired-maybe-insert-subdir "dired-aux" "\
7257 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
7258 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
7259 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
7260 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
7261 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
7262 this subdirectory.
7263 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
7265 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
7266 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
7267 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
7268 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
7269 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
7270 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
7271 See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
7273 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
7275 (autoload 'dired-insert-subdir "dired-aux" "\
7276 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
7277 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
7278 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
7279 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
7280 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
7281 this subdirectory.
7282 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
7284 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
7286 (autoload 'dired-prev-subdir "dired-aux" "\
7287 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
7288 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line.
7290 \(fn ARG &optional NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-FOUND NO-SKIP)" t nil)
7292 (autoload 'dired-goto-subdir "dired-aux" "\
7293 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
7294 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
7295 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden.
7297 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
7299 (autoload 'dired-mark-subdir-files "dired-aux" "\
7300 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
7301 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
7302 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in.
7304 \(fn)" t nil)
7306 (autoload 'dired-kill-subdir "dired-aux" "\
7307 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
7308 Lower levels are unaffected.
7310 \(fn &optional REMEMBER-MARKS)" t nil)
7312 (autoload 'dired-tree-up "dired-aux" "\
7313 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree.
7315 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7317 (autoload 'dired-tree-down "dired-aux" "\
7318 Go down in the dired tree.
7320 \(fn)" t nil)
7322 (autoload 'dired-hide-subdir "dired-aux" "\
7323 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
7324 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
7325 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories.
7327 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7329 (autoload 'dired-hide-all "dired-aux" "\
7330 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
7331 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
7332 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory.
7334 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7336 (autoload 'dired-do-search "dired-aux" "\
7337 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
7338 Stops when a match is found.
7339 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
7341 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7343 (autoload 'dired-do-query-replace-regexp "dired-aux" "\
7344 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
7345 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
7346 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
7347 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
7349 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED)" t nil)
7351 (autoload 'dired-show-file-type "dired-aux" "\
7352 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
7353 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
7354 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead.
7356 \(fn FILE &optional DEREF-SYMLINKS)" t nil)
7358 ;;;***
7360 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-do-relsymlink dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el"
7361 ;;;;;; (18335 54512))
7362 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
7364 (autoload 'dired-jump "dired-x" "\
7365 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
7366 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
7367 If in Dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
7368 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
7369 buffer and try again.
7371 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
7373 (autoload 'dired-do-relsymlink "dired-x" "\
7374 Relative symlink all marked (or next ARG) files into a directory.
7375 Otherwise make a relative symbolic link to the current file.
7376 This creates relative symbolic links like
7378 foo -> ../bar/foo
7380 not absolute ones like
7382 foo -> /ugly/file/name/that/may/change/any/day/bar/foo
7384 For absolute symlinks, use \\[dired-do-symlink].
7386 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7388 ;;;***
7390 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack dirtrack-mode) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el"
7391 ;;;;;; (18335 54512))
7392 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
7394 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
7395 Enable or disable Dirtrack directory tracking in a shell buffer.
7396 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the full
7397 current working directory at all times, and that `dirtrack-list'
7398 is set to match the prompt. This is an alternative to
7399 `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works differently, by tracking `cd'
7400 and similar commands which change the shell working directory.
7402 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7404 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
7405 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
7406 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
7408 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-mode'.
7410 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
7411 function `dirtrack-debug-mode' to turn on debugging output.
7413 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
7415 ;;;***
7417 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (18335
7418 ;;;;;; 54522))
7419 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
7421 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
7422 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
7423 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
7424 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
7425 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
7426 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
7428 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
7430 ;;;***
7432 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european glyph-face glyph-char
7433 ;;;;;; make-glyph-code create-glyph standard-display-underline standard-display-graphic
7434 ;;;;;; standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii standard-display-default
7435 ;;;;;; standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table describe-display-table
7436 ;;;;;; set-display-table-slot display-table-slot make-display-table)
7437 ;;;;;; "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (18341 12905))
7438 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
7440 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
7441 Return a new, empty display table.
7443 \(fn)" nil nil)
7445 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
7446 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
7447 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
7448 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7449 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7451 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
7453 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
7454 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
7455 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
7456 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7457 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7459 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
7461 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
7462 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
7464 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
7466 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
7467 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
7469 \(fn)" t nil)
7471 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
7472 Display characters in the range L to H literally.
7474 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
7476 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
7477 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
7479 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
7481 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
7482 Display character C using printable string S.
7484 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
7486 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
7487 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
7488 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
7489 it is meaningless for an X frame.
7491 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
7493 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
7494 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
7495 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
7496 X frame.
7498 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
7500 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
7501 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
7503 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
7505 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
7506 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
7508 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
7510 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
7511 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
7513 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
7515 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
7516 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
7518 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
7520 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
7521 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
7523 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
7525 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
7526 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
7528 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
7529 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
7530 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
7531 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
7533 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
7534 if ARG is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
7535 European character display.
7537 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
7538 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
7539 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
7540 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
7542 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
7543 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
7544 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
7545 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
7546 for users who call this function in `.emacs'.
7548 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
7550 ;;;***
7552 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
7553 ;;;;;; (18335 54541))
7554 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
7556 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
7557 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
7558 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
7559 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
7560 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
7561 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
7562 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
7563 Default is 2.
7565 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7567 ;;;***
7569 ;;;### (autoloads (dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" "dnd.el" (18341 12905))
7570 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
7572 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist '(("^file:///" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^file://" . dnd-open-file) ("^file:" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://" . dnd-open-file)) "\
7573 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
7574 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
7575 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
7576 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
7577 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
7578 private or ask).
7579 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
7580 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
7581 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
7582 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
7583 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
7585 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
7587 ;;;***
7589 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
7590 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (18335 54544))
7591 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
7593 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
7594 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
7595 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
7596 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
7597 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
7598 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
7599 table and its own syntax table.
7601 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
7603 \(fn)" t nil)
7604 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
7606 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
7607 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
7609 \(fn)" t nil)
7610 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.soa\\'" . dns-mode))
7612 ;;;***
7614 ;;;### (autoloads (doc-view-bookmark-jump doc-view-minor-mode doc-view-mode
7615 ;;;;;; doc-view-mode-p) "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (18365 56505))
7616 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
7618 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
7619 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
7620 Image types are symbols like `dvi', `postscript' or `pdf'.
7622 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
7624 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
7625 Major mode in DocView buffers.
7626 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
7627 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
7628 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
7630 \(fn)" t nil)
7632 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
7633 Toggle Doc view minor mode.
7634 With arg, turn Doc view minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
7635 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
7637 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7639 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
7640 Not documented
7642 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
7644 ;;;***
7646 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (18335 54541))
7647 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
7649 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
7650 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
7652 \(fn)" t nil)
7654 ;;;***
7656 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode) "double" "double.el" (18335 54512))
7657 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
7659 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
7660 Toggle Double mode.
7661 With prefix argument ARG, turn Double mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
7662 turn it off.
7664 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
7665 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details.
7667 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7669 ;;;***
7671 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (18335 54541))
7672 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
7674 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
7675 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
7677 \(fn)" t nil)
7679 ;;;***
7681 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
7682 ;;;;;; (18335 54532))
7683 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
7685 (autoload 'gnus-earcon-display "earcon" "\
7686 Play sounds in message buffers.
7688 \(fn)" t nil)
7690 ;;;***
7692 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
7693 ;;;;;; define-globalized-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
7694 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (18335 54522))
7695 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
7697 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
7699 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
7700 Define a new minor mode MODE.
7701 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
7702 and toggle command MODE.
7704 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
7705 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
7706 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
7707 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
7708 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
7709 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
7710 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
7711 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
7712 used (see below).
7714 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is activated or deactivated.
7715 It is executed after toggling the mode,
7716 and before running the hook variable `MODE-hook'.
7717 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments (alternating
7718 keywords and values). These following keyword arguments are supported (other
7719 keywords will be passed to `defcustom' if the minor mode is global):
7720 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
7721 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
7722 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
7723 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
7724 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
7725 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
7726 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
7727 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
7728 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
7729 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
7730 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
7732 For example, you could write
7733 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
7734 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
7735 ...BODY CODE...)
7737 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
7739 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
7741 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
7743 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
7744 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
7745 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
7746 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
7747 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
7748 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
7749 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
7750 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
7751 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
7752 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
7753 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
7754 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
7756 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
7757 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
7758 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
7759 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
7760 call another major mode in their body.
7762 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
7764 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
7765 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
7766 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
7767 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
7768 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
7769 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
7770 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
7772 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
7774 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
7775 Not documented
7777 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7779 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
7780 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
7781 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
7783 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7785 ;;;***
7787 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
7788 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (18335
7789 ;;;;;; 54522))
7790 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
7792 (put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
7794 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
7795 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
7797 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
7798 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
7799 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
7801 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
7802 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
7804 :filter FUNCTION
7806 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the rest of menu items.
7807 It returns the remaining items of the displayed menu.
7809 :visible INCLUDE
7811 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
7812 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7814 :active ENABLE
7816 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
7817 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7819 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
7821 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7823 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7825 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
7826 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7828 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7829 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7831 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7833 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
7835 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
7837 :keys KEYS
7839 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
7840 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
7841 computed automatically.
7842 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7844 :key-sequence KEYS
7846 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
7847 menu item.
7848 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
7849 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
7850 keyboard equivalent.
7852 :active ENABLE
7854 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7855 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7857 :visible INCLUDE
7859 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7860 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7862 :label FORM
7864 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
7865 value will be used for the menu entry's text label (the default is NAME).
7867 :suffix FORM
7869 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
7870 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's label.
7872 :style STYLE
7874 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
7875 defined:
7877 toggle: A checkbox.
7878 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
7879 radio: A radio button.
7880 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
7881 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
7882 menu bar itself.
7883 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
7885 :selected SELECTED
7887 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
7888 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7890 :help HELP
7892 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7894 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
7895 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
7896 as a solid horizontal line.
7898 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
7900 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
7902 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
7903 Not documented
7905 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7907 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
7908 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7909 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7910 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7912 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7914 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
7915 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7916 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7917 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7918 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7919 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7921 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7922 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7923 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7925 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7926 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7927 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7929 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7930 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7932 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7934 ;;;***
7936 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
7937 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
7938 ;;;;;; ebnf-find-style ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer
7939 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-file ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
7940 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-file ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer
7941 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-file ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
7942 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
7943 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (18335 54542))
7944 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7946 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
7947 Customization for ebnf group.
7949 \(fn)" t nil)
7951 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7952 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7954 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7956 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7957 processed.
7959 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7961 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7963 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7964 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7966 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7967 killed after process termination.
7969 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7971 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7973 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7974 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7976 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7977 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7978 it to the printer.
7980 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7981 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7982 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7983 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7985 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7987 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7988 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7989 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7991 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7993 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7994 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7996 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7998 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7999 processed.
8001 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
8003 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8005 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
8006 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
8008 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8009 killed after process termination.
8011 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
8013 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8015 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
8016 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
8017 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
8018 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
8020 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
8022 \(fn)" t nil)
8024 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
8025 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
8026 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
8028 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
8030 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8032 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
8033 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
8035 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8037 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8038 processed.
8040 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
8042 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8044 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
8045 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
8047 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8048 killed after EPS generation.
8050 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
8052 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8054 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
8055 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
8057 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
8058 The EPS file name has the following form:
8060 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
8062 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
8063 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
8065 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
8066 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
8067 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
8068 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
8069 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
8071 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
8072 files.
8074 \(fn)" t nil)
8076 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
8077 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
8079 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
8080 The EPS file name has the following form:
8082 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
8084 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
8085 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
8087 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
8088 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
8089 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
8090 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
8091 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
8093 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
8094 files.
8096 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8098 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
8100 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
8101 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
8103 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
8105 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
8106 are processed.
8108 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
8110 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8112 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
8113 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
8115 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8116 killed after syntax checking.
8118 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
8120 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8122 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
8123 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
8125 \(fn)" t nil)
8127 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
8128 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
8130 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8132 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
8133 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
8135 \(fn)" nil nil)
8137 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8138 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
8140 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8142 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
8144 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8145 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
8147 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8149 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8151 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8152 Delete style NAME.
8154 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8156 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
8158 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8159 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
8161 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8163 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8165 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8166 Set STYLE as the current style.
8168 Returns the old style symbol.
8170 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8172 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
8174 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8175 Reset current style.
8177 Returns the old style symbol.
8179 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8181 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8183 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8184 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
8186 Returns the old style symbol.
8188 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
8190 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8192 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8194 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8195 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
8197 Returns the old style symbol.
8199 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
8201 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8203 \(fn)" t nil)
8205 ;;;***
8207 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
8208 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
8209 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
8210 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
8211 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
8212 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
8213 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
8214 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
8215 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
8216 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
8217 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (18335
8218 ;;;;;; 54542))
8219 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
8221 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
8222 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
8223 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
8224 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
8225 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
8226 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
8228 Tree mode key bindings:
8229 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
8231 \(fn)" t nil)
8233 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
8234 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
8236 \(fn)" t nil)
8238 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
8239 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
8241 \\{ebrowse-member-mode-map}
8243 \(fn)" nil nil)
8245 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
8246 View declaration of member at point.
8248 \(fn)" t nil)
8250 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
8251 Find declaration of member at point.
8253 \(fn)" t nil)
8255 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
8256 View definition of member at point.
8258 \(fn)" t nil)
8260 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
8261 Find definition of member at point.
8263 \(fn)" t nil)
8265 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
8266 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
8268 \(fn)" t nil)
8270 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
8271 View definition of member at point in other window.
8273 \(fn)" t nil)
8275 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
8276 Find definition of member at point in other window.
8278 \(fn)" t nil)
8280 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
8281 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8283 \(fn)" t nil)
8285 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
8286 View definition of member at point in other frame.
8288 \(fn)" t nil)
8290 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
8291 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8293 \(fn)" t nil)
8295 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
8296 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
8297 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
8298 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
8299 completion.
8301 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8303 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
8304 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
8305 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
8306 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
8308 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
8310 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
8311 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
8312 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
8313 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
8315 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
8317 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
8318 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
8319 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
8321 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8323 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
8324 Search for call sites of a member.
8325 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
8326 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
8327 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
8328 looks like a function call to the member.
8330 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
8332 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
8333 Move backward in the position stack.
8334 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8336 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8338 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
8339 Move forward in the position stack.
8340 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8342 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8344 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
8345 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
8347 \(fn)" t nil)
8349 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
8350 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
8352 \(fn)" t nil)
8354 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
8355 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
8356 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
8357 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
8359 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
8361 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
8362 Display statistics for a class tree.
8364 \(fn)" t nil)
8366 ;;;***
8368 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
8369 ;;;;;; (18335 54512))
8370 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
8372 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
8373 Pop up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
8374 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
8375 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
8377 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
8378 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
8379 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
8381 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
8382 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
8383 much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
8385 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
8387 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
8389 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8391 ;;;***
8393 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
8394 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (18335 54512))
8395 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
8397 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
8398 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
8399 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
8401 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
8403 ;;;***
8405 ;;;### (autoloads (ecomplete-setup) "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el"
8406 ;;;;;; (18335 54532))
8407 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
8409 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
8410 Not documented
8412 \(fn)" nil nil)
8414 ;;;***
8416 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs edebug-eval-top-level-form
8417 ;;;;;; edebug-basic-spec edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs) "edebug"
8418 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (18369 28755))
8419 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
8421 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
8422 *If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
8423 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
8424 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
8425 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
8427 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
8428 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
8429 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
8430 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
8432 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
8434 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
8435 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
8436 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
8437 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
8439 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
8441 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
8442 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
8443 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
8444 `edebug-form-spec' property.
8446 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
8448 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
8450 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
8451 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
8452 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
8453 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
8454 using `eval-expression' (which see).
8456 If you do this on a function definition
8457 such as a defun or defmacro, it defines the function and instruments
8458 its definition for Edebug, so it will do Edebug stepping when called
8459 later. It displays `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate
8460 that FUNCTION is now instrumented for Edebug.
8462 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
8463 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
8464 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
8465 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
8466 already is one.)
8468 \(fn)" t nil)
8470 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
8471 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
8473 \(fn)" t nil)
8475 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
8476 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
8478 \(fn)" t nil)
8480 ;;;***
8482 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
8483 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor
8484 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers
8485 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise
8486 ;;;;;; ediff-regions-wordwise ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise
8487 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directory-revisions
8488 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directories
8489 ;;;;;; ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions ediff-directories
8490 ;;;;;; ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup ediff-files3 ediff-files)
8491 ;;;;;; "ediff" "ediff.el" (18335 54512))
8492 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
8494 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
8495 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
8497 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8499 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
8500 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
8502 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8504 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
8506 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
8508 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
8509 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
8510 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
8511 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
8513 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8515 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
8516 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
8518 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8520 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
8522 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
8523 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
8525 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8527 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
8529 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
8530 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
8531 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8532 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8534 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
8536 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
8538 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
8539 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
8540 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8541 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8543 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
8545 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
8547 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
8548 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
8549 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
8550 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8552 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
8554 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
8556 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
8557 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
8558 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8559 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8561 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8563 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
8565 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
8566 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
8567 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
8568 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
8569 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
8570 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8572 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8574 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
8575 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
8576 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8577 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8579 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8581 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
8583 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
8584 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
8585 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8586 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8588 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8590 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
8592 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
8594 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
8595 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
8596 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8597 follows:
8598 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8599 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8601 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8603 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
8604 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
8605 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8606 follows:
8607 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8608 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8610 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8612 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
8613 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8614 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
8615 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
8616 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
8618 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8620 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
8621 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8622 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
8623 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
8624 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
8625 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
8627 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8629 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
8631 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
8632 Merge two files without ancestor.
8634 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8636 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
8637 Merge two files with ancestor.
8639 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8641 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
8643 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
8644 Merge buffers without ancestor.
8646 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8648 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
8649 Merge buffers with ancestor.
8651 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8653 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
8654 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
8655 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8656 buffer.
8658 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8660 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
8661 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
8662 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8663 buffer.
8665 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8667 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
8668 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
8669 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
8670 and don't ask the user.
8671 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
8672 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
8674 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8676 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
8677 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
8678 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
8679 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
8680 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
8681 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
8682 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
8683 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
8685 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8687 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
8689 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
8691 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
8692 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
8693 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
8694 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
8695 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
8697 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8699 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
8701 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
8702 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
8703 When called interactively, displays the version.
8705 \(fn)" t nil)
8707 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
8708 Display Ediff's manual.
8709 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
8711 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
8713 ;;;***
8715 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
8716 ;;;;;; (18335 54512))
8717 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
8719 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
8720 Not documented
8722 \(fn)" t nil)
8724 ;;;***
8726 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (18335 54512))
8727 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
8729 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function)
8730 (defmacro ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (xemacs-form emacs-form) (if (featurep 'xemacs) xemacs-form emacs-form))
8732 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep 'menubar) (progn (add-submenu '("Tools") ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu '("Tools") ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu '("Tools") epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu '("Tools") ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button '("Tools") "-------" "OO-Browser...")))) nil)
8734 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (progn (defvar ediff-menu '("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t])) (defvar ediff-merge-menu '("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t])) (defvar epatch-menu '("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t])) (defvar ediff-misc-menu '("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual" ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff" ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions" ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep 'ediff-util) (boundp 'ediff-window-setup-function)) (eq ediff-window-setup-function 'ediff-setup-windows-multiframe))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep 'ediff-tbar) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))])) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock)) (not (featurep 'ediff-hook))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) (if (featurep 'menu-bar) (progn (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset 'menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu)) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset 'menu-bar-epatch-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-epatch-menu)) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset 'menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu)) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset 'menu-bar-ediff-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-ediff-menu)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] '("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] '("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] '("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] '("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] '("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] '("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] '("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] '("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] '("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] '("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] '("Three Files..." . ediff-files3)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] '("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] '("Two Files..." . ediff-files)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] '("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] '("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] '("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] '("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] '("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] '("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] '("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] '("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] '("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] '("Files..." . ediff-merge-files)) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] '("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer)) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] '("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] '("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame" . ediff-toggle-multiframe)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] '("List Ediff Sessions" . ediff-show-registry)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] '("Customize Ediff" . ediff-customize)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] '("Ediff Manual" . ediff-documentation)))))
8736 ;;;***
8738 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
8739 ;;;;;; (18335 54512))
8740 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
8742 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
8743 Display Ediff's registry.
8745 \(fn)" t nil)
8747 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
8749 ;;;***
8751 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
8752 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (18342 43545))
8753 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
8755 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
8756 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
8757 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
8758 which see.
8760 \(fn)" t nil)
8762 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
8763 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
8764 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
8765 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
8767 \(fn)" t nil)
8769 ;;;***
8771 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
8772 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
8773 ;;;;;; (18341 12905))
8774 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
8776 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
8777 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
8778 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
8780 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8781 Edit a keyboard macro.
8782 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
8783 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
8784 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
8785 its command name.
8786 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
8788 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
8790 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8791 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
8793 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8795 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8796 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
8798 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8800 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8801 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
8802 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
8803 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
8804 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
8805 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
8807 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
8808 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
8809 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
8810 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
8812 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
8814 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8815 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8816 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8817 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8818 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
8819 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8821 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8823 ;;;***
8825 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
8826 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (18335 54523))
8827 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8829 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
8830 Set scroll margins.
8831 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8832 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8834 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8836 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
8837 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8839 \(fn)" t nil)
8841 ;;;***
8843 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
8844 ;;;;;; (18335 54512))
8845 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8847 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
8848 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8849 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8850 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8851 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8852 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8853 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8855 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8856 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8858 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
8859 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
8860 in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
8861 this value is non-nil.
8863 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8864 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8865 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8867 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8868 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8869 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode').
8871 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8873 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
8874 Not documented
8876 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8878 ;;;***
8880 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
8881 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (18335 54522))
8882 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8884 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
8885 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8887 (custom-autoload 'eldoc-minor-mode-string "eldoc" t)
8889 (autoload 'eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8890 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
8891 In ElDoc mode, the echo area displays information about a
8892 function or variable in the text where point is. If point is
8893 on a documented variable, it displays the first line of that
8894 variable's doc string. Otherwise it displays the argument list
8895 of the function called in the expression point is on.
8897 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
8899 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8901 (autoload 'turn-on-eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8902 Unequivocally turn on ElDoc mode (see command `eldoc-mode').
8904 \(fn)" t nil)
8906 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8907 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8908 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8909 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8910 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8911 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8912 arg list.
8914 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8915 Emacs Lisp mode) that support Eldoc.")
8917 ;;;***
8919 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (18335
8920 ;;;;;; 54513))
8921 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8923 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
8924 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8926 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8927 an elided material again.
8929 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8931 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8933 ;;;***
8935 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
8936 ;;;;;; (18335 54522))
8937 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8939 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
8940 Initialize elint.
8942 \(fn)" t nil)
8944 ;;;***
8946 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
8947 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (18335
8948 ;;;;;; 54522))
8949 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8951 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
8952 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8953 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8955 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8957 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
8958 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8959 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8961 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8963 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
8964 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8965 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8967 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8969 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8971 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
8972 Display current profiling results.
8973 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8974 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
8975 displayed.
8977 \(fn)" t nil)
8979 ;;;***
8981 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
8982 ;;;;;; (18341 12912))
8983 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8985 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8986 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8987 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8989 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
8991 ;;;***
8993 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
8994 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
8995 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
8996 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
8997 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (18203 29181))
8998 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
9000 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
9001 (fset 'menu-bar-emerge-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-emerge-menu))
9002 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories]
9003 '("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories))
9004 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor]
9005 '("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor))
9006 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions]
9007 '("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions))
9008 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor]
9009 '("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor))
9010 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files]
9011 '("Files..." . emerge-files))
9012 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor]
9013 '("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor))
9014 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers]
9015 '("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers))
9017 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
9018 Run Emerge on two files.
9020 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9022 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
9023 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
9025 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9027 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
9028 Run Emerge on two buffers.
9030 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9032 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
9033 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
9035 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9037 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
9038 Not documented
9040 \(fn)" nil nil)
9042 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
9043 Not documented
9045 \(fn)" nil nil)
9047 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
9048 Not documented
9050 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
9052 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
9053 Not documented
9055 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
9057 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
9058 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
9060 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9062 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
9063 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
9065 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9067 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
9068 Not documented
9070 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
9072 ;;;***
9074 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-setup-display) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
9075 ;;;;;; (18341 12910))
9076 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
9078 (autoload 'encoded-kbd-setup-display "encoded-kb" "\
9079 Set up a `input-decode-map' for `keyboard-coding-system' on DISPLAY.
9081 DISPLAY may be a display id, a frame, or nil for the selected frame's display.
9083 \(fn DISPLAY)" nil nil)
9085 ;;;***
9087 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
9088 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (18335 54544))
9089 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
9091 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
9092 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
9093 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
9094 text/enriched format.
9095 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
9097 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
9098 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
9100 Commands:
9102 \\{enriched-mode-map}
9104 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9106 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
9107 Not documented
9109 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
9111 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
9112 Not documented
9114 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
9116 ;;;***
9118 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-mode epa-insert-keys epa-export-keys epa-import-armor-in-region
9119 ;;;;;; epa-import-keys-region epa-import-keys epa-delete-keys epa-encrypt-region
9120 ;;;;;; epa-sign-region epa-verify-cleartext-in-region epa-verify-region
9121 ;;;;;; epa-decrypt-armor-in-region epa-decrypt-region epa-encrypt-file
9122 ;;;;;; epa-sign-file epa-verify-file epa-decrypt-file epa-select-keys
9123 ;;;;;; epa-list-secret-keys epa-list-keys) "epa" "epa.el" (18353
9124 ;;;;;; 14961))
9125 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
9127 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
9128 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
9130 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
9132 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
9133 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
9135 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
9137 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
9138 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
9139 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
9140 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
9141 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
9142 the keys are listed.
9143 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
9145 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
9147 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
9148 Decrypt FILE.
9150 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9152 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
9153 Verify FILE.
9155 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9157 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
9158 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
9160 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
9162 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
9163 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
9165 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
9167 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
9168 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
9170 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
9172 \(fn START END)" t nil)
9174 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
9175 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
9177 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
9179 \(fn START END)" t nil)
9181 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
9182 Verify the current region between START and END.
9184 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
9186 \(fn START END)" t nil)
9188 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
9189 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
9190 between START and END.
9192 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
9194 \(fn START END)" t nil)
9196 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
9197 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
9199 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
9201 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
9203 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
9204 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
9206 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
9208 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
9210 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
9211 Delete selected KEYS.
9213 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
9215 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
9217 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
9218 Import keys from FILE.
9220 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
9222 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9224 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
9225 Import keys from the region.
9227 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
9229 \(fn START END)" t nil)
9231 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
9232 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
9233 between START and END.
9235 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
9237 \(fn START END)" t nil)
9239 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
9240 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
9242 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
9244 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
9246 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
9247 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
9249 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
9251 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
9253 (defvar epa-mode nil "\
9254 Non-nil if Epa mode is enabled.
9255 See the command `epa-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
9256 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9257 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
9258 or call the function `epa-mode'.")
9260 (custom-autoload 'epa-mode "epa" nil)
9262 (autoload 'epa-mode "epa" "\
9263 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into various modes.
9264 See `epa-global-minor-modes'.
9266 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9268 ;;;***
9270 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-global-dired-mode epa-dired-mode) "epa-dired"
9271 ;;;;;; "epa-dired.el" (18353 14961))
9272 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
9274 (autoload 'epa-dired-mode "epa-dired" "\
9275 A minor-mode for encrypt/decrypt files with Dired.
9277 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9279 (defvar epa-global-dired-mode nil "\
9280 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Dired mode is enabled.
9281 See the command `epa-global-dired-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
9282 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9283 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
9284 or call the function `epa-global-dired-mode'.")
9286 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-dired-mode "epa-dired" nil)
9288 (autoload 'epa-global-dired-mode "epa-dired" "\
9289 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Dired.
9291 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9293 ;;;***
9295 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-file-mode epa-file-disable epa-file-enable)
9296 ;;;;;; "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (18351 56654))
9297 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
9299 (put 'epa-file-encrypt-to 'safe-local-variable (lambda (val) (or (stringp val) (and (listp val) (catch 'safe (mapc (lambda (elt) (unless (stringp elt) (throw 'safe nil))) val) t)))))
9301 (put 'epa-file-encrypt-to 'permanent-local t)
9303 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
9304 Not documented
9306 \(fn)" t nil)
9308 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
9309 Not documented
9311 \(fn)" t nil)
9313 (defvar epa-file-mode nil "\
9314 Non-nil if Epa-File mode is enabled.
9315 See the command `epa-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
9316 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9317 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
9318 or call the function `epa-file-mode'.")
9320 (custom-autoload 'epa-file-mode "epa-file" nil)
9322 (autoload 'epa-file-mode "epa-file" "\
9323 Toggle automatic file encryption and decryption.
9324 With prefix argument ARG, turn auto encryption on if positive, else off.
9325 Return the new status of auto encryption (non-nil means on).
9327 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9329 ;;;***
9331 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-global-mail-mode epa-mail-import-keys epa-mail-encrypt
9332 ;;;;;; epa-mail-sign epa-mail-verify epa-mail-decrypt epa-mail-mode)
9333 ;;;;;; "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (18351 56654))
9334 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
9336 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
9337 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
9339 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9341 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
9342 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
9343 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
9345 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
9347 \(fn)" t nil)
9349 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
9350 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
9351 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
9353 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
9355 \(fn)" t nil)
9357 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
9358 Sign the current buffer.
9359 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
9361 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
9363 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
9365 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
9366 Encrypt the current buffer.
9367 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
9369 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
9371 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
9373 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
9374 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
9375 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
9377 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
9379 \(fn)" t nil)
9381 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
9382 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
9383 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
9384 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9385 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
9386 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
9388 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
9390 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
9391 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
9393 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9395 ;;;***
9397 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-generate-key-from-string epg-generate-key-from-file
9398 ;;;;;; epg-start-generate-key epg-sign-keys epg-start-sign-keys
9399 ;;;;;; epg-delete-keys epg-start-delete-keys epg-receive-keys epg-start-receive-keys
9400 ;;;;;; epg-import-keys-from-string epg-import-keys-from-file epg-start-import-keys
9401 ;;;;;; epg-export-keys-to-string epg-export-keys-to-file epg-start-export-keys
9402 ;;;;;; epg-encrypt-string epg-encrypt-file epg-start-encrypt epg-sign-string
9403 ;;;;;; epg-sign-file epg-start-sign epg-verify-string epg-verify-file
9404 ;;;;;; epg-start-verify epg-decrypt-string epg-decrypt-file epg-start-decrypt
9405 ;;;;;; epg-cancel epg-list-keys) "epg" "epg.el" (18351 56654))
9406 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
9408 (autoload 'epg-list-keys "epg" "\
9409 Return a list of epg-key objects matched with NAME.
9410 If MODE is nil or 'public, only public keyring should be searched.
9411 If MODE is t or 'secret, only secret keyring should be searched.
9412 Otherwise, only public keyring should be searched and the key
9413 signatures should be included.
9414 NAME is either a string or a list of strings.
9416 \(fn CONTEXT &optional NAME MODE)" nil nil)
9418 (autoload 'epg-cancel "epg" "\
9419 Not documented
9421 \(fn CONTEXT)" nil nil)
9423 (autoload 'epg-start-decrypt "epg" "\
9424 Initiate a decrypt operation on CIPHER.
9425 CIPHER must be a file data object.
9427 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
9428 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
9429 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
9430 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
9431 `epg-decrypt-file' or `epg-decrypt-string' instead.
9433 \(fn CONTEXT CIPHER)" nil nil)
9435 (autoload 'epg-decrypt-file "epg" "\
9436 Decrypt a file CIPHER and store the result to a file PLAIN.
9437 If PLAIN is nil, it returns the result as a string.
9439 \(fn CONTEXT CIPHER PLAIN)" nil nil)
9441 (autoload 'epg-decrypt-string "epg" "\
9442 Decrypt a string CIPHER and return the plain text.
9444 \(fn CONTEXT CIPHER)" nil nil)
9446 (autoload 'epg-start-verify "epg" "\
9447 Initiate a verify operation on SIGNATURE.
9448 SIGNATURE and SIGNED-TEXT are a data object if they are specified.
9450 For a detached signature, both SIGNATURE and SIGNED-TEXT should be set.
9451 For a normal or a cleartext signature, SIGNED-TEXT should be nil.
9453 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
9454 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
9455 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
9456 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
9457 `epg-verify-file' or `epg-verify-string' instead.
9459 \(fn CONTEXT SIGNATURE &optional SIGNED-TEXT)" nil nil)
9461 (autoload 'epg-verify-file "epg" "\
9462 Verify a file SIGNATURE.
9463 SIGNED-TEXT and PLAIN are also a file if they are specified.
9465 For a detached signature, both SIGNATURE and SIGNED-TEXT should be
9466 string. For a normal or a cleartext signature, SIGNED-TEXT should be
9467 nil. In the latter case, if PLAIN is specified, the plaintext is
9468 stored into the file after successful verification.
9470 \(fn CONTEXT SIGNATURE &optional SIGNED-TEXT PLAIN)" nil nil)
9472 (autoload 'epg-verify-string "epg" "\
9473 Verify a string SIGNATURE.
9474 SIGNED-TEXT is a string if it is specified.
9476 For a detached signature, both SIGNATURE and SIGNED-TEXT should be
9477 string. For a normal or a cleartext signature, SIGNED-TEXT should be
9478 nil. In the latter case, this function returns the plaintext after
9479 successful verification.
9481 \(fn CONTEXT SIGNATURE &optional SIGNED-TEXT)" nil nil)
9483 (autoload 'epg-start-sign "epg" "\
9484 Initiate a sign operation on PLAIN.
9485 PLAIN is a data object.
9487 If optional 3rd argument MODE is t or 'detached, it makes a detached signature.
9488 If it is nil or 'normal, it makes a normal signature.
9489 Otherwise, it makes a cleartext signature.
9491 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
9492 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
9493 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
9494 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
9495 `epg-sign-file' or `epg-sign-string' instead.
9497 \(fn CONTEXT PLAIN &optional MODE)" nil nil)
9499 (autoload 'epg-sign-file "epg" "\
9500 Sign a file PLAIN and store the result to a file SIGNATURE.
9501 If SIGNATURE is nil, it returns the result as a string.
9502 If optional 3rd argument MODE is t or 'detached, it makes a detached signature.
9503 If it is nil or 'normal, it makes a normal signature.
9504 Otherwise, it makes a cleartext signature.
9506 \(fn CONTEXT PLAIN SIGNATURE &optional MODE)" nil nil)
9508 (autoload 'epg-sign-string "epg" "\
9509 Sign a string PLAIN and return the output as string.
9510 If optional 3rd argument MODE is t or 'detached, it makes a detached signature.
9511 If it is nil or 'normal, it makes a normal signature.
9512 Otherwise, it makes a cleartext signature.
9514 \(fn CONTEXT PLAIN &optional MODE)" nil nil)
9516 (autoload 'epg-start-encrypt "epg" "\
9517 Initiate an encrypt operation on PLAIN.
9518 PLAIN is a data object.
9519 If RECIPIENTS is nil, it performs symmetric encryption.
9521 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
9522 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
9523 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
9524 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
9525 `epg-encrypt-file' or `epg-encrypt-string' instead.
9527 \(fn CONTEXT PLAIN RECIPIENTS &optional SIGN ALWAYS-TRUST)" nil nil)
9529 (autoload 'epg-encrypt-file "epg" "\
9530 Encrypt a file PLAIN and store the result to a file CIPHER.
9531 If CIPHER is nil, it returns the result as a string.
9532 If RECIPIENTS is nil, it performs symmetric encryption.
9534 \(fn CONTEXT PLAIN RECIPIENTS CIPHER &optional SIGN ALWAYS-TRUST)" nil nil)
9536 (autoload 'epg-encrypt-string "epg" "\
9537 Encrypt a string PLAIN.
9538 If RECIPIENTS is nil, it performs symmetric encryption.
9540 \(fn CONTEXT PLAIN RECIPIENTS &optional SIGN ALWAYS-TRUST)" nil nil)
9542 (autoload 'epg-start-export-keys "epg" "\
9543 Initiate an export keys operation.
9545 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
9546 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
9547 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
9548 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
9549 `epg-export-keys-to-file' or `epg-export-keys-to-string' instead.
9551 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS)" nil nil)
9553 (autoload 'epg-export-keys-to-file "epg" "\
9554 Extract public KEYS.
9556 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS FILE)" nil nil)
9558 (autoload 'epg-export-keys-to-string "epg" "\
9559 Extract public KEYS and return them as a string.
9561 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS)" nil nil)
9563 (autoload 'epg-start-import-keys "epg" "\
9564 Initiate an import keys operation.
9565 KEYS is a data object.
9567 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
9568 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
9569 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
9570 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
9571 `epg-import-keys-from-file' or `epg-import-keys-from-string' instead.
9573 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS)" nil nil)
9575 (autoload 'epg-import-keys-from-file "epg" "\
9576 Add keys from a file KEYS.
9578 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS)" nil nil)
9580 (autoload 'epg-import-keys-from-string "epg" "\
9581 Add keys from a string KEYS.
9583 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS)" nil nil)
9585 (autoload 'epg-start-receive-keys "epg" "\
9586 Initiate a receive key operation.
9587 KEY-ID-LIST is a list of key IDs.
9589 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
9590 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
9591 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
9592 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
9593 `epg-generate-key-from-file' or `epg-generate-key-from-string' instead.
9595 \(fn CONTEXT KEY-ID-LIST)" nil nil)
9597 (autoload 'epg-receive-keys "epg" "\
9598 Add keys from server.
9599 KEYS is a list of key IDs
9601 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS)" nil nil)
9603 (defalias 'epg-import-keys-from-server 'epg-receive-keys)
9605 (autoload 'epg-start-delete-keys "epg" "\
9606 Initiate an delete keys operation.
9608 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
9609 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
9610 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
9611 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
9612 `epg-delete-keys' instead.
9614 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" nil nil)
9616 (autoload 'epg-delete-keys "epg" "\
9617 Delete KEYS from the key ring.
9619 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" nil nil)
9621 (autoload 'epg-start-sign-keys "epg" "\
9622 Initiate a sign keys operation.
9624 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
9625 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
9626 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
9627 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
9628 `epg-sign-keys' instead.
9630 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS &optional LOCAL)" nil nil)
9632 (autoload 'epg-sign-keys "epg" "\
9633 Sign KEYS from the key ring.
9635 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS &optional LOCAL)" nil nil)
9637 (autoload 'epg-start-generate-key "epg" "\
9638 Initiate a key generation.
9639 PARAMETERS specifies parameters for the key.
9641 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
9642 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
9643 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
9644 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
9645 `epg-generate-key-from-file' or `epg-generate-key-from-string' instead.
9647 \(fn CONTEXT PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
9649 (autoload 'epg-generate-key-from-file "epg" "\
9650 Generate a new key pair.
9651 PARAMETERS is a file which tells how to create the key.
9653 \(fn CONTEXT PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
9655 (autoload 'epg-generate-key-from-string "epg" "\
9656 Generate a new key pair.
9657 PARAMETERS is a string which tells how to create the key.
9659 \(fn CONTEXT PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
9661 ;;;***
9663 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-expand-group epg-check-configuration epg-configuration)
9664 ;;;;;; "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (18351 56654))
9665 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
9667 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
9668 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
9670 \(fn)" nil nil)
9672 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
9673 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
9675 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
9677 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
9678 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
9680 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
9682 ;;;***
9684 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-handle-irc-url erc erc-select-read-args) "erc"
9685 ;;;;;; "erc/erc.el" (18369 28756))
9686 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
9688 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
9689 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
9691 \(fn)" nil nil)
9693 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
9694 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
9695 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
9697 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
9699 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
9700 (server (erc-compute-server))
9701 (port (erc-compute-port))
9702 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
9703 password
9704 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
9706 That is, if called with
9708 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
9710 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
9711 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
9712 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
9714 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
9716 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
9718 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
9719 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
9720 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
9721 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
9723 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
9725 ;;;***
9727 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (18335
9728 ;;;;;; 54524))
9729 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
9730 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
9732 ;;;***
9734 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (18369 28755))
9735 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
9736 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
9738 ;;;***
9740 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (18335 54524))
9741 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
9742 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
9744 ;;;***
9746 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (18335 54524))
9747 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
9748 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
9750 ;;;***
9752 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ctcp-query-DCC pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC erc-cmd-DCC)
9753 ;;;;;; "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (18368 43874))
9754 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
9755 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
9757 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
9758 Parser for /dcc command.
9759 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
9760 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
9761 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
9763 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9765 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
9766 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
9768 \(fn)" nil nil)
9770 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
9771 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries")
9773 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
9774 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
9775 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
9776 that subcommand.
9778 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
9780 ;;;***
9782 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ezb-initialize erc-ezb-select-session erc-ezb-select
9783 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-add-session erc-ezb-end-of-session-list erc-ezb-init-session-list
9784 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-identify erc-ezb-notice-autodetect erc-ezb-lookup-action
9785 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-get-login erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
9786 ;;;;;; (18335 54524))
9787 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
9789 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
9790 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
9792 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
9794 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
9795 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
9796 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
9797 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
9799 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
9801 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
9802 Not documented
9804 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9806 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
9807 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
9809 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
9811 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
9812 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
9814 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9816 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
9817 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
9819 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9821 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
9822 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
9824 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9826 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
9827 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
9829 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9831 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
9832 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
9834 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9836 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
9837 Select a detached EZBounce session.
9839 \(fn)" nil nil)
9841 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
9842 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
9844 \(fn)" nil nil)
9846 ;;;***
9848 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-fill) "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (18335
9849 ;;;;;; 54524))
9850 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
9851 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
9853 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
9854 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
9855 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
9857 \(fn)" nil nil)
9859 ;;;***
9861 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-hecomplete" "erc/erc-hecomplete.el" (18335
9862 ;;;;;; 54524))
9863 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-hecomplete.el
9864 (autoload 'erc-hecomplete-mode "erc-hecomplete" nil t)
9866 ;;;***
9868 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-identd-stop erc-identd-start) "erc-identd"
9869 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-identd.el" (18335 54524))
9870 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
9871 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
9873 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
9874 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
9875 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
9876 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
9877 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
9878 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
9879 system.
9881 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
9883 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
9884 Not documented
9886 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
9888 ;;;***
9890 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
9891 ;;;;;; (18335 54524))
9892 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
9894 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
9895 Not documented
9897 \(fn)" nil nil)
9899 ;;;***
9901 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (18335 54524))
9902 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
9903 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
9905 ;;;***
9907 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (18329 28088))
9908 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
9909 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
9911 ;;;***
9913 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-save-buffer-in-logs erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log"
9914 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-log.el" (18335 54524))
9915 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
9916 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
9918 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
9919 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
9920 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
9921 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
9922 is writeable (it will be created as necessary) and
9923 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
9925 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9927 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
9928 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
9929 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
9930 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9932 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
9933 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
9934 automatically.
9936 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
9937 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9939 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
9941 ;;;***
9943 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-delete-dangerous-host erc-add-dangerous-host
9944 ;;;;;; erc-delete-keyword erc-add-keyword erc-delete-fool erc-add-fool
9945 ;;;;;; erc-delete-pal erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el"
9946 ;;;;;; (18369 28756))
9947 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
9948 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
9950 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
9951 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9953 \(fn)" t nil)
9955 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
9956 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9958 \(fn)" t nil)
9960 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
9961 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9963 \(fn)" t nil)
9965 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
9966 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9968 \(fn)" t nil)
9970 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
9971 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9973 \(fn)" t nil)
9975 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
9976 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9978 \(fn)" t nil)
9980 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9981 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9983 \(fn)" t nil)
9985 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9986 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9988 \(fn)" t nil)
9990 ;;;***
9992 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (18335 54524))
9993 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
9994 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
9996 ;;;***
9998 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el"
9999 ;;;;;; (18335 54524))
10000 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
10001 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
10003 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
10004 Show who's gone.
10006 \(fn)" nil nil)
10008 ;;;***
10010 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-server-select erc-determine-network) "erc-networks"
10011 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-networks.el" (18335 54524))
10012 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
10014 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
10015 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
10016 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
10017 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
10019 \(fn)" nil nil)
10021 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
10022 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
10024 \(fn)" t nil)
10026 ;;;***
10028 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify"
10029 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-notify.el" (18335 54524))
10030 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
10031 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
10033 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
10034 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
10035 Without args, list the current list of notificated people online,
10036 with args, toggle notify status of people.
10038 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
10040 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
10041 Not documented
10043 \(fn)" nil nil)
10045 ;;;***
10047 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (18335 54524))
10048 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
10049 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
10051 ;;;***
10053 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (18335
10054 ;;;;;; 54524))
10055 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
10056 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
10058 ;;;***
10060 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (18335 54524))
10061 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
10062 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
10064 ;;;***
10066 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (18335 54524))
10067 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
10068 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
10070 ;;;***
10072 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-nickserv-identify erc-nickserv-identify-mode)
10073 ;;;;;; "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (18335 54524))
10074 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
10075 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
10077 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
10078 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
10080 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
10082 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
10083 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
10084 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
10086 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
10088 ;;;***
10090 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (18335 54524))
10091 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
10092 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
10094 ;;;***
10096 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el"
10097 ;;;;;; (18335 54524))
10098 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
10100 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
10101 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
10102 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
10104 \(fn)" t nil)
10106 ;;;***
10108 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (18335
10109 ;;;;;; 54524))
10110 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
10111 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
10113 ;;;***
10115 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (18335 54524))
10116 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
10117 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
10119 ;;;***
10121 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-track-minor-mode) "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el"
10122 ;;;;;; (18368 43876))
10123 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
10125 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
10126 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
10127 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
10129 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
10131 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
10132 Global minor mode for tracking ERC buffers and showing activity in the
10133 mode line.
10135 This exists for the sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and
10136 C-c C-@ keybindings. Make sure that you have enabled the track
10137 module, otherwise the keybindings will not do anything useful.
10139 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10140 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
10142 ;;;***
10144 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-truncate-buffer erc-truncate-buffer-to-size)
10145 ;;;;;; "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (18335 54524))
10146 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
10147 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
10149 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
10150 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
10151 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
10152 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
10154 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
10156 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
10157 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
10158 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
10160 \(fn)" t nil)
10162 ;;;***
10164 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
10165 ;;;;;; (18335 54524))
10166 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
10167 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
10169 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
10170 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
10172 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10174 ;;;***
10176 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (18341
10177 ;;;;;; 12908))
10178 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
10180 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
10181 Emacs shell interactive mode.
10183 \\{eshell-mode-map}
10185 \(fn)" nil nil)
10187 ;;;***
10189 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (18335
10190 ;;;;;; 54528))
10191 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
10193 (autoload 'eshell-test "esh-test" "\
10194 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected.
10196 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10198 ;;;***
10200 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-command-result eshell-command eshell) "eshell"
10201 ;;;;;; "eshell/eshell.el" (18335 54528))
10202 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
10204 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
10205 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
10206 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
10207 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
10208 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
10209 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
10210 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
10211 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
10212 buffer selected (or created).
10214 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10216 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
10217 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
10218 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
10220 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
10222 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
10223 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
10224 The result might be any Lisp object.
10225 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
10226 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
10227 corresponding to a successful execution.
10229 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
10231 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
10233 ;;;***
10235 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
10236 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
10237 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
10238 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
10239 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table tags-table-mode find-tag-default-function
10240 ;;;;;; find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
10241 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
10242 ;;;;;; (18352 62567))
10243 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
10245 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
10246 *File name of tags table.
10247 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
10248 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
10249 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
10250 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
10252 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
10253 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
10254 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
10255 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
10257 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
10259 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
10260 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
10261 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
10262 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
10263 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
10264 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
10266 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
10268 (defvar tags-compression-info-list '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz") "\
10269 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
10270 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
10271 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
10272 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
10273 `auto-compression-mode').")
10275 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
10277 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
10278 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
10279 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
10280 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
10281 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
10283 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
10285 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
10286 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
10287 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
10288 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
10290 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
10292 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
10293 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
10294 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
10295 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
10296 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
10298 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
10300 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
10301 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
10303 \(fn)" t nil)
10305 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
10306 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
10307 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
10308 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
10310 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
10311 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
10312 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
10313 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
10314 file the tag was in.
10316 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
10318 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
10319 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
10320 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
10321 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
10322 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
10323 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
10324 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
10325 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
10326 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
10328 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
10330 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
10331 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
10332 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
10333 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
10334 without directory names.
10336 \(fn)" nil nil)
10338 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
10339 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
10340 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
10341 but does not select the buffer.
10342 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
10344 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
10345 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
10346 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
10347 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
10348 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
10350 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
10352 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
10353 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
10354 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
10356 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
10358 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
10360 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
10361 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
10362 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
10363 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
10365 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
10366 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
10367 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
10368 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
10369 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
10371 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
10373 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
10374 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
10375 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
10377 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
10379 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
10380 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
10382 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
10383 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
10384 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
10385 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
10386 around or before point.
10388 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
10389 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
10390 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
10391 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
10392 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
10394 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
10396 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
10397 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
10398 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
10400 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
10402 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
10403 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
10405 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
10406 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
10407 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
10408 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
10409 around or before point.
10411 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
10412 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
10413 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
10414 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
10415 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
10417 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
10419 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
10420 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
10421 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
10423 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
10425 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
10426 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
10428 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
10429 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
10430 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
10432 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
10433 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
10434 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
10435 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
10436 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
10438 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
10440 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
10441 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
10442 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
10444 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
10446 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10447 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
10448 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
10450 (autoload 'pop-tag-mark "etags" "\
10451 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
10453 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
10454 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
10455 where they were found.
10457 \(fn)" t nil)
10459 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
10460 Select next file among files in current tags table.
10462 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
10463 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
10464 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
10466 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
10467 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
10469 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
10470 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
10472 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
10474 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
10475 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
10476 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
10477 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
10479 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
10480 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
10481 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
10482 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
10483 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
10485 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
10486 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
10488 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
10489 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
10490 Stops when a match is found.
10491 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
10493 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
10495 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
10497 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
10498 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
10499 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
10500 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
10501 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
10502 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
10503 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
10504 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
10506 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
10507 produce the list of files to search.
10509 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
10511 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
10513 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
10514 Display list of tags in file FILE.
10515 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
10516 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
10517 directory specification.
10519 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
10521 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
10522 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
10524 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10526 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
10527 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
10528 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
10529 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
10531 \(fn)" t nil)
10533 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
10534 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
10535 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
10536 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
10537 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
10539 \(fn)" t nil)
10541 ;;;***
10543 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-composition-function ethio-insert-ethio-space
10544 ;;;;;; ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
10545 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
10546 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
10547 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer
10548 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker ethio-sera-to-fidel-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer
10549 ;;;;;; setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el"
10550 ;;;;;; (18341 12912))
10551 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
10553 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
10554 Not documented
10556 \(fn)" nil nil)
10558 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
10559 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
10561 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
10562 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10564 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
10565 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
10566 primary language.
10568 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
10569 even if the buffer is read-only.
10571 See also the descriptions of the variables
10572 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
10574 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10576 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
10577 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
10579 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
10580 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10582 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
10583 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
10584 primary language.
10586 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
10587 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
10589 See also the descriptions of the variables
10590 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
10592 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10594 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
10595 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
10596 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
10597 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
10599 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
10601 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
10602 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
10603 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
10604 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10606 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
10607 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
10608 primary language.
10610 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
10611 buffer is read-only.
10613 See also the descriptions of the variables
10614 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
10615 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
10617 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10619 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
10620 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
10622 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
10623 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10625 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
10626 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
10627 the primary language.
10629 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
10630 buffer is read-only.
10632 See also the descriptions of the variables
10633 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
10634 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
10636 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10638 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
10639 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
10640 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
10642 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
10644 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
10645 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
10647 \(fn)" t nil)
10649 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
10650 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
10652 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
10653 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
10654 be 1, 2, or 3.
10656 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
10657 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
10658 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
10660 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
10662 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
10664 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
10665 This function is deprecated.
10667 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10669 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
10670 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
10672 \(fn)" t nil)
10674 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
10675 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
10677 \(fn)" t nil)
10679 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
10680 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
10682 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
10683 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
10685 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
10686 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
10688 \(fn)" nil nil)
10690 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
10691 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
10693 \(fn)" nil nil)
10695 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
10696 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix.
10698 \(fn)" nil nil)
10700 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
10701 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
10703 \(fn)" nil nil)
10705 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
10706 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
10707 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
10709 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10711 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
10712 Not documented
10714 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
10716 ;;;***
10718 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
10719 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
10720 ;;;;;; (18335 54538))
10721 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
10723 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
10724 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
10725 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
10726 server for future sessions.
10728 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
10730 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
10731 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
10732 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
10734 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10736 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
10737 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
10738 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
10740 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10742 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
10743 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
10744 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
10745 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
10746 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
10747 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
10748 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
10749 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
10750 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
10751 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
10752 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
10753 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
10755 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
10757 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
10758 Display a form to query the directory server.
10759 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
10760 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
10762 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
10764 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
10765 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
10766 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
10768 \(fn)" t nil)
10770 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu)) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] '("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone)) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] '("Get Email" . eudc-get-email)) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] '("--")) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] '("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline)) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] '("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form)) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] '("--")) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] '("New Server" . eudc-set-server)) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] '("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
10772 ;;;***
10774 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
10775 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
10776 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (18335 54538))
10777 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
10779 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
10780 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
10782 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10784 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
10785 Display URL and make it clickable.
10787 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
10789 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
10790 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
10792 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
10794 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
10795 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
10797 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10799 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
10800 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
10802 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10804 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
10805 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
10807 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10809 ;;;***
10811 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
10812 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (18335 54538))
10813 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
10815 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
10816 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
10817 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
10819 \(fn)" t nil)
10821 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
10822 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
10824 \(fn)" t nil)
10826 ;;;***
10828 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
10829 ;;;;;; (18335 54538))
10830 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
10832 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
10833 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
10835 \(fn)" t nil)
10837 ;;;***
10839 ;;;### (autoloads (ewoc-create) "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (18335
10840 ;;;;;; 54522))
10841 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
10843 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
10844 Create an empty ewoc.
10846 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
10848 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
10849 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
10850 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
10851 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
10852 `insert-before-markers'.
10854 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
10855 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
10856 respectively, of the ewoc.
10858 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
10859 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
10860 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
10862 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
10864 ;;;***
10866 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
10867 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
10868 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
10869 ;;;;;; (18335 54542))
10870 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10872 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
10873 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10874 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10876 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
10878 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
10879 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10880 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10881 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10882 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10884 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
10886 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
10887 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10888 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10889 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10890 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10891 executable.
10893 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
10895 (autoload 'executable-self-display "executable" "\
10896 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
10897 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
10899 \(fn)" t nil)
10901 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
10902 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10903 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10904 file modes.
10906 \(fn)" nil nil)
10908 ;;;***
10910 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
10911 ;;;;;; expand-abbrev-hook expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el"
10912 ;;;;;; (18335 54513))
10913 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10915 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
10916 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
10917 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10918 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10920 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10922 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10923 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10924 to generate such functions.
10926 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10927 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10928 beginning of the expanded text.
10930 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10931 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10932 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10933 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10935 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10937 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10939 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
10940 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10941 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10943 \(fn)" nil nil)
10945 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
10946 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10947 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10949 \(fn)" t nil)
10951 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
10952 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10953 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10955 \(fn)" t nil)
10956 (define-key ctl-x-map "ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10957 (define-key ctl-x-map "an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10959 ;;;***
10961 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (18335 54542))
10962 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10964 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
10965 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10966 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10968 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10969 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10970 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10972 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10974 Key definitions:
10975 \\{f90-mode-map}
10977 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10979 `f90-do-indent'
10980 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10981 `f90-if-indent'
10982 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10983 `f90-type-indent'
10984 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10985 `f90-program-indent'
10986 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10987 (default 2).
10988 `f90-continuation-indent'
10989 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10990 `f90-comment-region'
10991 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10992 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10993 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10994 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10995 (default \"!\").
10996 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10997 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10998 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10999 `f90-break-delimiters'
11000 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
11001 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
11002 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
11003 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
11004 (default t).
11005 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
11006 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
11007 `f90-smart-end'
11008 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
11009 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
11010 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
11011 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
11012 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
11013 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
11014 `f90-leave-line-no'
11015 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
11017 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
11018 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11020 \(fn)" t nil)
11022 ;;;***
11024 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color facemenu-remove-special
11025 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props facemenu-set-read-only
11026 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible facemenu-set-face-from-menu
11027 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground facemenu-set-face)
11028 ;;;;;; "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (18335 54513))
11029 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
11030 (define-key global-map "\M-o" 'facemenu-keymap)
11031 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap "facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t 'keymap)
11033 (defvar facemenu-face-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." 'facemenu-set-face)) map) "\
11034 Menu keymap for faces.")
11036 (defalias 'facemenu-face-menu facemenu-face-menu)
11038 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." 'facemenu-set-foreground)) map) "\
11039 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
11041 (defalias 'facemenu-foreground-menu facemenu-foreground-menu)
11043 (defvar facemenu-background-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." 'facemenu-set-background)) map) "\
11044 Menu keymap for background colors.")
11046 (defalias 'facemenu-background-menu facemenu-background-menu)
11048 (defvar facemenu-special-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map [115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") 'facemenu-remove-special)) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") 'facemenu-set-intangible)) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") 'facemenu-set-invisible)) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") 'facemenu-set-read-only)) map) "\
11049 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
11051 (defalias 'facemenu-special-menu facemenu-special-menu)
11053 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") 'set-justification-center)) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") 'set-justification-full)) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") 'set-justification-right)) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") 'set-justification-left)) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") 'set-justification-none)) map) "\
11054 Submenu for text justification commands.")
11056 (defalias 'facemenu-justification-menu facemenu-justification-menu)
11058 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") 'decrease-right-margin)) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") 'increase-right-margin)) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") 'decrease-left-margin)) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") 'increase-left-margin)) map) "\
11059 Submenu for indentation commands.")
11061 (defalias 'facemenu-indentation-menu facemenu-indentation-menu)
11063 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
11064 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
11066 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
11068 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") 'list-colors-display)) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") 'list-faces-display)) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "Describe Properties") 'describe-text-properties)) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") 'facemenu-remove-all)) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") 'facemenu-remove-face-props)) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
11070 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") 'facemenu-indentation-menu)) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") 'facemenu-justification-menu)) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") 'facemenu-special-menu)) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") 'facemenu-background-menu)) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") 'facemenu-foreground-menu)) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") 'facemenu-face-menu)))
11072 (defalias 'facemenu-menu facemenu-menu)
11074 (autoload 'facemenu-set-face "facemenu" "\
11075 Apply FACE to the region or next character typed.
11077 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient
11078 Mark mode) and nonempty, and there is no prefix argument,
11079 this command applies FACE to the region. Otherwise, it applies FACE
11080 to the faces to use for the next character
11081 inserted. (Moving point or switching buffers before typing
11082 a character to insert cancels the specification.)
11084 If FACE is `default', to \"apply\" it means clearing
11085 the list of faces to be used. For any other value of FACE,
11086 to \"apply\" it means putting FACE at the front of the list
11087 of faces to be used, and removing any faces further
11088 along in the list that would be completely overridden by
11089 preceding faces (including FACE).
11091 This command can also add FACE to the menu of faces,
11092 if `facemenu-listed-faces' says to do that.
11094 \(fn FACE &optional START END)" t nil)
11096 (autoload 'facemenu-set-foreground "facemenu" "\
11097 Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed.
11098 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
11100 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
11101 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
11102 requested face.
11104 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
11105 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
11106 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
11108 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
11110 (autoload 'facemenu-set-background "facemenu" "\
11111 Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed.
11112 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
11114 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
11115 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
11116 requested face.
11118 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
11119 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
11120 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
11122 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
11124 (autoload 'facemenu-set-face-from-menu "facemenu" "\
11125 Set the FACE of the region or next character typed.
11126 This function is designed to be called from a menu; FACE is determined
11127 using the event type of the menu entry. If FACE is a symbol whose
11128 name starts with \"fg:\" or \"bg:\", then this functions sets the
11129 foreground or background to the color specified by the rest of the
11130 symbol's name. Any other symbol is considered the name of a face.
11132 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
11133 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
11134 requested face.
11136 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
11137 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before typing a character
11138 to insert cancels the specification.
11140 \(fn FACE START END)" t nil)
11142 (autoload 'facemenu-set-invisible "facemenu" "\
11143 Make the region invisible.
11144 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
11145 `facemenu-remove-special'.
11147 \(fn START END)" t nil)
11149 (autoload 'facemenu-set-intangible "facemenu" "\
11150 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
11151 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
11152 `facemenu-remove-special'.
11154 \(fn START END)" t nil)
11156 (autoload 'facemenu-set-read-only "facemenu" "\
11157 Make the region unmodifiable.
11158 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
11159 `facemenu-remove-special'.
11161 \(fn START END)" t nil)
11163 (autoload 'facemenu-remove-face-props "facemenu" "\
11164 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties.
11166 \(fn START END)" t nil)
11168 (autoload 'facemenu-remove-all "facemenu" "\
11169 Remove all text properties from the region.
11171 \(fn START END)" t nil)
11173 (autoload 'facemenu-remove-special "facemenu" "\
11174 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
11175 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'.
11177 \(fn START END)" t nil)
11179 (autoload 'facemenu-read-color "facemenu" "\
11180 Read a color using the minibuffer.
11182 \(fn &optional PROMPT)" nil nil)
11184 (autoload 'list-colors-display "facemenu" "\
11185 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
11186 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
11187 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list of
11188 colors that the current display can handle. If the optional
11189 argument BUFFER-NAME is nil, it defaults to *Colors*.
11191 \(fn &optional LIST BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
11193 ;;;***
11195 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
11196 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
11197 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (18301 39793))
11198 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
11200 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
11201 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
11202 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
11203 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
11205 \(fn)" nil nil)
11207 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
11208 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
11210 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11212 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
11213 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
11214 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
11215 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
11217 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11219 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
11220 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
11221 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
11222 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
11223 backup file names and the like).
11225 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11227 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
11228 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
11229 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
11230 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
11231 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
11232 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
11233 internally by feedmail):
11235 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
11236 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
11237 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
11238 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
11240 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
11241 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
11242 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
11243 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
11244 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
11246 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
11248 ;;;***
11250 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
11251 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (18369 28746))
11252 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
11254 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
11255 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
11256 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
11257 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
11258 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
11259 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
11260 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
11262 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
11264 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
11265 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
11266 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
11267 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
11268 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
11269 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
11270 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
11272 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
11274 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
11276 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
11277 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
11278 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
11279 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
11280 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
11281 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
11283 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
11285 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
11286 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
11287 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
11288 Return value:
11289 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
11290 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
11291 * otherwise, nil
11293 \(fn E)" t nil)
11295 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
11296 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
11298 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
11300 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
11301 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
11303 \(fn)" t nil)
11305 ;;;***
11307 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete file-cache-add-directory-recursively
11308 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-directory-using-locate file-cache-add-directory-using-find
11309 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-file file-cache-add-directory-list file-cache-add-directory)
11310 ;;;;;; "filecache" "filecache.el" (18335 54513))
11311 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
11313 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
11314 Add DIRECTORY to the file cache.
11315 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it will
11316 be added to the cache.
11318 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
11320 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
11321 Add DIRECTORY-LIST (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
11322 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
11323 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
11324 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
11326 \(fn DIRECTORY-LIST &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
11328 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
11329 Add FILE to the file cache.
11331 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11333 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
11334 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
11335 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
11337 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11339 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
11340 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
11341 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
11343 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
11345 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
11346 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
11347 This function does not use any external programs
11348 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
11349 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
11350 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
11352 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
11354 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
11355 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
11356 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
11357 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
11358 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
11359 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
11360 \(directories) is done.
11362 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
11364 ;;;***
11366 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (18335
11367 ;;;;;; 54513))
11368 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
11370 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
11371 Filesets initialization.
11372 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
11374 \(fn)" nil nil)
11376 ;;;***
11378 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fill" "textmodes/fill.el" (18341 12919))
11379 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/fill.el
11380 (put 'colon-double-space 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
11382 ;;;***
11384 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-name-arg
11385 ;;;;;; find-grep-options find-ls-subdir-switches find-ls-option)
11386 ;;;;;; "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (18335 54513))
11387 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
11389 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type 'berkeley-unix) '("-ls" . "-gilsb") '("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld")) "\
11390 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
11391 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
11392 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
11393 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
11395 (custom-autoload 'find-ls-option "find-dired" t)
11397 (defvar find-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
11398 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Find*' buffers.
11399 This should contain the \"-l\" switch.
11400 Use the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches if and only if you also use
11401 them for `find-ls-option'.")
11403 (custom-autoload 'find-ls-subdir-switches "find-dired" t)
11405 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type 'berkeley-unix) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
11406 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
11407 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
11408 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
11410 (custom-autoload 'find-grep-options "find-dired" t)
11412 (defvar find-name-arg (if read-file-name-completion-ignore-case "-iname" "-name") "\
11413 *Argument used to specify file name pattern.
11414 If `read-file-name-completion-ignore-case' is non-nil, -iname is used so that
11415 find also ignores case. Otherwise, -name is used.")
11417 (custom-autoload 'find-name-arg "find-dired" t)
11419 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
11420 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
11421 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
11423 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
11425 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
11426 as the final argument.
11428 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
11430 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
11431 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
11432 and run dired on those files.
11433 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
11434 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
11436 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
11438 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
11440 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
11441 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
11442 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
11444 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
11446 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options.
11448 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
11450 ;;;***
11452 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
11453 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
11454 ;;;;;; (18335 54513))
11455 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
11457 (defvar ff-special-constructs '(("^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]" lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
11458 *List of special constructs for `ff-treat-as-special' to recognize.
11459 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
11460 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
11461 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
11462 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
11463 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
11465 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
11466 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
11467 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
11469 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
11471 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
11473 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
11475 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
11476 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
11477 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
11479 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
11480 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
11482 Variables of interest include:
11484 - `ff-case-fold-search'
11485 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
11486 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
11488 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
11489 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
11490 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
11492 - `ff-ignore-include'
11493 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
11495 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
11496 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
11498 - `ff-quiet-mode'
11499 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
11501 - `ff-special-constructs'
11502 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
11503 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
11504 extracting the filename from that construct.
11506 - `ff-other-file-alist'
11507 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
11509 - `ff-search-directories'
11510 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
11511 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
11513 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
11514 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
11516 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
11517 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
11519 - `ff-post-load-hook'
11520 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
11522 - `ff-not-found-hook'
11523 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
11525 - `ff-file-created-hook'
11526 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
11528 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
11530 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
11531 Visit the file you click on.
11533 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
11535 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
11536 Visit the file you click on in another window.
11538 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
11540 ;;;***
11542 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
11543 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
11544 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
11545 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
11546 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
11547 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
11548 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (18335 54522))
11549 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
11551 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
11552 Find the elisp source of LIBRARY.
11554 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
11556 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
11557 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
11558 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
11559 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
11561 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
11562 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
11563 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
11564 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
11566 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
11568 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
11569 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
11571 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
11572 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
11573 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
11574 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
11576 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
11577 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
11578 in `load-path'.
11580 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
11582 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
11583 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
11585 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
11586 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
11587 places point before the definition.
11588 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11590 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
11591 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11592 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11594 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
11596 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
11597 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
11599 See `find-function' for more details.
11601 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
11603 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
11604 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
11606 See `find-function' for more details.
11608 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
11610 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
11611 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
11613 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
11614 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
11615 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
11617 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
11618 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11620 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
11622 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
11623 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
11625 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
11626 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
11627 places point before the definition.
11629 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11631 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
11632 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11633 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11635 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11637 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
11638 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
11640 See `find-variable' for more details.
11642 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11644 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
11645 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
11647 See `find-variable' for more details.
11649 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11651 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
11652 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
11653 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
11654 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
11655 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
11656 buffer nor display it.
11658 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
11659 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11661 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
11663 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
11664 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
11666 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
11667 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
11668 places point before the definition.
11670 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11672 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
11673 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11674 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11676 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
11678 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
11679 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
11680 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11682 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
11684 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
11685 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
11687 \(fn)" t nil)
11689 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
11690 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
11692 \(fn)" t nil)
11694 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
11695 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
11697 \(fn)" nil nil)
11699 ;;;***
11701 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
11702 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (18335 54513))
11703 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
11705 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
11706 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
11708 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
11710 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
11711 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
11713 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11715 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
11716 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
11718 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11720 ;;;***
11722 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
11723 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (18335 54513))
11724 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
11726 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
11727 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
11729 \(fn)" t nil)
11731 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
11732 Display FILE's commentary section.
11733 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
11735 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11737 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
11738 Find packages matching a given keyword.
11740 \(fn)" t nil)
11742 ;;;***
11744 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
11745 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (18335 54513))
11746 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
11748 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
11749 Toggle flow control handling.
11750 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
11751 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
11753 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
11755 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
11756 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
11757 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
11758 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
11759 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
11760 to get the effect of a C-q.
11762 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
11764 ;;;***
11766 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
11767 ;;;;;; (18335 54532))
11768 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
11770 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
11771 Not documented
11773 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11775 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
11776 Not documented
11778 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
11780 ;;;***
11782 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on flymake-mode)
11783 ;;;;;; "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (18356 12618))
11784 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
11786 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
11787 Minor mode to do on-the-fly syntax checking.
11788 When called interactively, toggles the minor mode.
11789 With arg, turn Flymake mode on if and only if arg is positive.
11791 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11793 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
11794 Turn flymake mode on.
11796 \(fn)" nil nil)
11798 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
11799 Turn flymake mode off.
11801 \(fn)" nil nil)
11803 ;;;***
11805 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
11806 ;;;;;; turn-off-flyspell turn-on-flyspell flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode)
11807 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (18335 54544))
11808 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
11810 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
11811 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11813 \(fn)" t nil)
11814 (defvar flyspell-mode nil)
11816 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
11817 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
11818 This spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word.
11819 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11820 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
11821 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on if ARG is positive,
11822 otherwise turn it off.
11824 Bindings:
11825 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11826 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11827 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11828 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11830 Hooks:
11831 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell is entered.
11833 Remark:
11834 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11835 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
11836 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11838 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11839 consider adding:
11840 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
11841 in your .emacs file.
11843 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11844 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11846 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11848 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11849 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11851 \(fn)" nil nil)
11853 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11854 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11856 \(fn)" nil nil)
11858 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
11859 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11861 \(fn)" nil nil)
11863 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
11864 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11866 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11868 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
11869 Flyspell whole buffer.
11871 \(fn)" t nil)
11873 ;;;***
11875 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
11876 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
11877 ;;;;;; (18369 28747))
11878 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11880 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
11881 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11883 \(fn)" nil nil)
11885 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
11886 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11888 \(fn)" nil nil)
11890 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
11891 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
11893 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
11894 of two major techniques:
11896 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11897 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11898 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
11900 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11901 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11902 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11903 movement commands.
11905 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11906 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11907 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11908 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11909 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11910 mileage may vary).
11912 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11913 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11915 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11917 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
11918 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
11919 \(This is the default.)
11921 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
11923 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11924 \\{follow-mode-map}
11926 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11928 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
11929 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
11931 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11932 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11933 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11934 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
11935 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11936 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11938 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
11939 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11940 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11942 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
11943 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
11944 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
11946 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11948 ;;;***
11950 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (18335
11951 ;;;;;; 54537))
11952 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11954 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
11955 Toggle footnote minor mode.
11956 \\<message-mode-map>
11957 key binding
11958 --- -------
11960 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
11961 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
11962 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
11963 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
11964 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
11965 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
11967 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11969 ;;;***
11971 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
11972 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (18335 54513))
11973 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11975 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
11976 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11978 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11979 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11980 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11981 C-c < forms-first-record <
11982 C-c > forms-last-record >
11983 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11984 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11985 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11986 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11987 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11988 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11989 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11990 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11991 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11992 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11994 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11996 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
11997 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11999 \(fn FN)" t nil)
12001 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
12002 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
12004 \(fn FN)" t nil)
12006 ;;;***
12008 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode) "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el"
12009 ;;;;;; (18341 12917))
12010 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
12012 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
12013 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
12014 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
12016 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
12017 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
12019 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
12021 Key definitions:
12022 \\{fortran-mode-map}
12024 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
12026 `fortran-comment-line-start'
12027 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
12028 `fortran-do-indent'
12029 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
12030 `fortran-if-indent'
12031 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
12032 `fortran-structure-indent'
12033 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
12034 (default 3)
12035 `fortran-continuation-indent'
12036 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
12037 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
12038 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
12039 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
12040 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
12041 nil don't change the indentation
12042 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
12043 value of either
12044 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
12045 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
12046 depending on the continuation format in use.
12047 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
12048 indentation for a line of code.
12049 (default 'fixed)
12050 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
12051 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
12052 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
12053 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
12054 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
12055 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
12056 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
12057 `fortran-line-number-indent'
12058 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
12059 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
12060 column 5.
12061 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
12062 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
12063 statements (default nil).
12064 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
12065 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
12066 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
12067 `fortran-continuation-string'
12068 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
12069 line (default \"$\").
12070 `fortran-comment-region'
12071 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
12072 the region (default \"c$$$\").
12073 `fortran-electric-line-number'
12074 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
12075 as typed (default t).
12076 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
12077 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
12079 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
12080 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
12082 \(fn)" t nil)
12084 ;;;***
12086 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
12087 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (18335 54541))
12088 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
12090 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
12091 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
12093 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
12094 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
12096 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
12098 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
12099 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
12101 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
12102 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
12104 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
12106 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
12107 Compile fortune file.
12109 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
12110 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
12112 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
12114 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
12115 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
12117 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
12118 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
12119 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
12120 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
12122 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
12124 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
12125 Display a fortune cookie.
12127 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
12128 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
12129 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
12130 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
12132 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
12134 ;;;***
12136 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-enable-debug gdb) "gdb-ui" "progmodes/gdb-ui.el"
12137 ;;;;;; (18369 28763))
12138 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-ui.el
12140 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-ui" "\
12141 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12142 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12143 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12145 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
12146 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
12147 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
12148 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
12150 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
12151 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear unless
12152 `gdb-use-separate-io-buffer' is nil when the source buffer
12153 occupies the full width of the frame. Keybindings are shown in
12154 some of the buffers.
12156 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
12158 The following commands help control operation :
12160 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
12161 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
12163 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
12164 detailed description of this mode.
12167 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
12168 | GDB Toolbar |
12169 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
12170 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
12171 | | |
12172 | | |
12173 | | |
12174 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
12175 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
12176 | | (comint-mode) |
12177 | | |
12178 | | |
12179 | | |
12180 | | |
12181 | | |
12182 | | |
12183 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
12184 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
12185 | RET gdb-frames-select | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
12186 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
12187 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
12188 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
12190 To run GDB in text command mode, replace the GDB \"--annotate=3\"
12191 option with \"--fullname\" either in the minibuffer for the
12192 current Emacs session, or the custom variable
12193 `gud-gdb-command-name' for all future sessions. You need to use
12194 text command mode to debug multiple programs within one Emacs
12195 session.
12197 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12199 (defalias 'gdba 'gdb)
12201 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
12202 Non-nil means record the process input and output in `gdb-debug-log'.")
12204 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-ui" t)
12206 ;;;***
12208 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
12209 ;;;;;; define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (18341
12210 ;;;;;; 12907))
12211 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
12213 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
12214 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
12215 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
12216 instead (which see).")
12218 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
12219 Create a new generic mode MODE.
12221 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
12222 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
12223 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
12224 documentation string instead.
12226 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
12227 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
12228 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
12229 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
12230 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
12231 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
12232 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
12233 enders are actually possible.
12235 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
12236 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
12238 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
12239 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
12240 `font-lock-keywords'.
12242 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
12243 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
12244 runs the macro expansion.
12246 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
12247 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
12248 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
12250 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
12252 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil (quote macro))
12254 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
12255 Go into the generic mode MODE.
12257 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
12259 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
12260 Enter generic mode MODE.
12262 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
12263 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
12264 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
12266 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
12267 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
12269 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
12271 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
12272 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
12273 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
12274 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
12275 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
12276 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
12277 regular expression that can be used as an element of
12278 `font-lock-keywords'.
12280 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
12282 ;;;***
12284 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
12285 ;;;;;; (18335 54542))
12286 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
12288 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
12289 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
12290 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
12291 at places they belong to.
12293 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12295 ;;;***
12297 ;;;### (autoloads (gmm-tool-bar-from-list gmm-widget-p gmm-error
12298 ;;;;;; gmm-message gmm-regexp-concat) "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el"
12299 ;;;;;; (18335 54532))
12300 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
12302 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
12303 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
12304 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
12306 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
12308 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
12309 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
12311 Guideline for numbers:
12312 1 - error messages, 3 - non-serious error messages, 5 - messages for things
12313 that take a long time, 7 - not very important messages on stuff, 9 - messages
12314 inside loops.
12316 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
12318 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
12319 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
12320 ARGS are passed to `message'.
12322 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
12324 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
12325 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
12327 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
12329 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
12330 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
12332 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
12333 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
12334 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
12335 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
12336 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
12337 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
12339 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
12340 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
12341 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
12342 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
12343 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
12345 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
12347 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
12349 ;;;***
12351 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
12352 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (18345 40620))
12353 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
12354 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
12355 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
12357 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
12358 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
12360 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12362 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
12363 Read network news.
12364 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
12365 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
12366 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
12367 name of an NNTP server to use.
12368 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
12369 server.
12371 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
12373 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
12374 Read news as a slave.
12376 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12378 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
12379 Pop up a frame to read news.
12380 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
12381 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
12382 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame. The
12383 optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
12384 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
12385 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
12386 current display is used.
12388 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
12390 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
12391 Read network news.
12392 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
12393 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
12394 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
12396 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
12398 ;;;***
12400 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
12401 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
12402 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
12403 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
12404 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
12405 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (18335 54532))
12406 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
12408 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
12409 Start Gnus unplugged.
12411 \(fn)" t nil)
12413 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
12414 Start Gnus plugged.
12416 \(fn)" t nil)
12418 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
12419 Read news as a slave unplugged.
12421 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12423 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
12424 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
12426 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
12427 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
12428 customize gnus-agent to nil.
12430 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
12431 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
12432 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
12434 \(fn)" t nil)
12436 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
12437 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
12439 \(fn)" nil nil)
12441 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
12442 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
12443 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
12444 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
12445 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
12446 supported.
12448 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
12450 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
12451 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
12452 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
12453 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
12454 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
12455 supported.
12457 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
12459 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
12460 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
12462 \(fn)" nil nil)
12464 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
12465 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
12466 downloaded into the agent.
12468 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
12470 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
12471 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
12472 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
12473 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
12475 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
12477 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
12478 Start Gnus and fetch session.
12480 \(fn)" t nil)
12482 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
12483 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
12485 \(fn)" t nil)
12487 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
12488 Regenerate all agent covered files.
12489 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
12491 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
12493 ;;;***
12495 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
12496 ;;;;;; (18351 56657))
12497 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
12499 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
12500 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
12502 \(fn)" nil nil)
12504 ;;;***
12506 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
12507 ;;;;;; (18335 54532))
12508 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
12510 (autoload 'gnus-audio-play "gnus-audio" "\
12511 Play a sound FILE through the speaker.
12513 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12515 ;;;***
12517 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list gnus-bookmark-jump gnus-bookmark-set)
12518 ;;;;;; "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (18335 54532))
12519 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
12521 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
12522 Set a bookmark for this article.
12524 \(fn)" t nil)
12526 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
12527 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
12529 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
12531 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
12532 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
12533 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
12534 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
12535 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
12537 \(fn)" t nil)
12539 ;;;***
12541 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
12542 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
12543 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (18335
12544 ;;;;;; 54532))
12545 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
12547 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
12548 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
12550 Usage:
12551 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
12553 \(fn)" t nil)
12555 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
12556 Generate the cache active file.
12558 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
12560 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
12561 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
12563 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
12565 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
12566 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
12567 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
12568 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
12569 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
12570 supported.
12572 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
12574 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
12575 Delete GROUP from the cache.
12576 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
12577 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
12578 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
12579 supported.
12581 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
12583 ;;;***
12585 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
12586 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (18335 54532))
12587 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
12589 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
12590 Delay this article by some time.
12591 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
12593 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
12594 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
12596 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
12597 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
12599 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
12600 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
12602 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
12604 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
12605 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
12607 \(fn)" t nil)
12609 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
12610 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
12611 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
12612 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
12614 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
12615 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
12617 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
12619 ;;;***
12621 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-user-format-function-D gnus-user-format-function-d)
12622 ;;;;;; "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (18335 54532))
12623 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
12625 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
12626 Not documented
12628 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12630 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
12631 Not documented
12633 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12635 ;;;***
12637 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
12638 ;;;;;; (18335 54532))
12639 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
12641 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
12642 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
12644 \(fn)" t nil)
12646 ;;;***
12648 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
12649 ;;;;;; (18335 54532))
12650 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
12652 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
12653 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
12655 \(fn)" t nil)
12657 ;;;***
12659 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
12660 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
12661 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (18335
12662 ;;;;;; 54532))
12663 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
12665 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
12666 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12668 \(fn)" t nil)
12670 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
12671 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12673 \(fn)" t nil)
12675 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12676 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
12678 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
12679 different input formats.
12681 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12683 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12684 Return a Face header based on an image file.
12686 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
12687 different input formats.
12689 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12691 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
12692 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
12693 The PNG is returned as a string.
12695 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
12697 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
12698 Convert FILE to a Face.
12699 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12700 726 bytes.
12702 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12704 ;;;***
12706 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
12707 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (18369 28758))
12708 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12710 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
12711 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12712 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
12713 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12715 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12717 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
12718 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12720 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12722 ;;;***
12724 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
12725 ;;;;;; (18335 54532))
12726 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12728 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
12730 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
12731 Run batched scoring.
12732 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12734 \(fn)" t nil)
12736 ;;;***
12738 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
12739 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
12740 ;;;;;; (18335 54532))
12741 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12743 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12744 Not documented
12746 \(fn)" nil nil)
12748 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
12749 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12750 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12752 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12754 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12755 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12757 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12759 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12761 ;;;***
12763 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
12764 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
12765 ;;;;;; (18335 54532))
12766 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12768 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
12769 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
12770 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12771 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12772 group parameters.
12774 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12775 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12776 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
12777 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
12779 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12780 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
12781 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12782 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12783 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
12784 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12785 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12786 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12787 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12788 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12790 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12792 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
12793 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12794 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12795 nil CATCH-ALL).
12797 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
12798 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
12800 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12802 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
12803 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12804 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12806 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
12808 \(fn)" nil nil)
12810 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
12811 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12812 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12814 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12816 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12817 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12818 existing groups are considered.
12820 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12821 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12822 returned.
12824 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12825 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12826 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12827 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12828 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12829 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12830 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12831 clauses will be generated.
12833 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12834 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12835 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12836 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12837 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12838 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12840 For example, given the following group parameters:
12842 nnml:mail.bar:
12843 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12844 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12845 nnml:mail.foo:
12846 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12847 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12848 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12849 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12850 nnml:mail.others:
12851 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12853 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12855 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12856 \"mail.bar\")
12857 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12858 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12859 \"mail.others\")
12861 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12863 ;;;***
12865 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
12866 ;;;;;; (18335 54532))
12867 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
12869 (autoload 'gnus-change-server "gnus-move" "\
12870 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
12871 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server.
12873 \(fn FROM-SERVER TO-SERVER)" t nil)
12875 ;;;***
12877 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
12878 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (18335 54532))
12879 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12881 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
12882 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12883 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12884 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12886 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
12888 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
12889 Mail to ADDRESS.
12891 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12893 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
12894 Like `message-reply'.
12896 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12898 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
12900 ;;;***
12902 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-nocem-load-cache gnus-nocem-scan-groups)
12903 ;;;;;; "gnus-nocem" "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" (18335 54532))
12904 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-nocem.el
12906 (autoload 'gnus-nocem-scan-groups "gnus-nocem" "\
12907 Scan all NoCeM groups for new NoCeM messages.
12909 \(fn)" t nil)
12911 (autoload 'gnus-nocem-load-cache "gnus-nocem" "\
12912 Load the NoCeM cache.
12914 \(fn)" t nil)
12916 ;;;***
12918 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
12919 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
12920 ;;;;;; (18335 54532))
12921 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12923 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12924 Display picons in the From header.
12925 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12927 \(fn)" t nil)
12929 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12930 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12931 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12933 \(fn)" t nil)
12935 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12936 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12937 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12939 \(fn)" t nil)
12941 ;;;***
12943 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
12944 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
12945 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
12946 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
12947 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (18335 54532))
12948 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12950 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
12951 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12952 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12953 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12955 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12957 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
12958 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12959 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12960 LIST1 is modified.
12962 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12964 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
12965 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12966 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12968 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12970 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12971 Not documented
12973 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12975 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12976 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12977 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12979 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12981 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12982 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12983 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12985 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12987 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
12989 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
12990 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12991 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12993 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12995 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
12996 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12997 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12999 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
13001 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
13002 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
13003 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
13005 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
13007 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
13008 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
13010 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
13012 ;;;***
13014 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
13015 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (18335 54532))
13016 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
13018 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
13019 Not documented
13021 \(fn)" t nil)
13023 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
13024 Install the registry hooks.
13026 \(fn)" t nil)
13028 ;;;***
13030 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
13031 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (18335
13032 ;;;;;; 54532))
13033 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
13035 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
13036 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
13037 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
13038 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
13039 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
13040 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
13042 \(fn)" t nil)
13044 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
13045 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
13046 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
13047 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
13048 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
13050 \(fn)" t nil)
13052 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
13053 Not documented
13055 \(fn)" t nil)
13057 ;;;***
13059 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
13060 ;;;;;; (18335 54532))
13061 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
13063 (autoload 'gnus-batch-brew-soup "gnus-soup" "\
13064 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
13065 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
13066 for matching on group names.
13068 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
13069 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
13071 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
13073 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet.
13075 \(fn)" t nil)
13077 ;;;***
13079 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
13080 ;;;;;; (18335 54532))
13081 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
13083 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
13084 Update the format specification near point.
13086 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
13088 ;;;***
13090 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news
13091 ;;;;;; gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (18341
13092 ;;;;;; 12909))
13093 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
13095 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
13096 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
13098 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
13100 (autoload 'gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news "gnus-start" "\
13101 Not documented
13103 \(fn)" nil nil)
13105 ;;;***
13107 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
13108 ;;;;;; (18335 54532))
13109 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
13111 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
13112 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
13114 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
13116 ;;;***
13118 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (18335 54541))
13119 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
13121 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
13122 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
13124 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
13125 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
13126 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
13128 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
13129 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
13130 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
13132 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
13133 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
13135 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
13136 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
13138 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
13140 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
13142 ;;;***
13144 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr"
13145 ;;;;;; "net/goto-addr.el" (18335 54538))
13146 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
13148 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
13150 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
13151 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
13152 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
13153 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
13154 there, then load the URL at or before point.
13156 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
13158 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
13159 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
13160 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
13161 or to send e-mail.
13162 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
13163 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
13165 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
13166 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
13168 \(fn)" t nil)
13169 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
13171 ;;;***
13173 ;;;### (autoloads (rgrep lgrep grep-find grep grep-mode grep-compute-defaults
13174 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
13175 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (18341 12917))
13176 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
13178 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
13179 *Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
13181 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
13183 (defvar grep-command nil "\
13184 The default grep command for \\[grep].
13185 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
13186 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
13187 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
13189 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
13190 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
13192 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" t)
13194 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
13195 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
13196 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
13197 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
13199 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" t)
13201 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
13202 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
13204 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
13206 (defvar grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([0-9]+\\)\\2" 1 3) ("^\\(\\(.+?\\):\\([0-9]+\\):\\).*?\\(\e\\[01;31m\\(?:\e\\[K\\)?\\)\\(.*?\\)\\(\e\\[[0-9]*m\\)" 2 3 ((lambda nil (setq compilation-error-screen-columns nil) (- (match-beginning 4) (match-end 1))) lambda nil (- (match-end 5) (match-end 1) (- (match-end 4) (match-beginning 4)))) nil 1) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
13207 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
13209 (defvar grep-program "grep" "\
13210 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
13211 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
13213 (defvar find-program "find" "\
13214 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
13215 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
13217 (defvar xargs-program "xargs" "\
13218 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
13219 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
13220 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
13222 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
13223 Non-nil means that `grep-find' uses the `xargs' utility by default.
13224 If `exec', use `find -exec'.
13225 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
13226 Any other non-nil value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
13228 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
13230 (defvar grep-history nil)
13232 (defvar grep-find-history nil)
13234 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
13235 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
13236 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
13238 \(fn)" nil nil)
13240 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
13241 Not documented
13243 \(fn)" nil nil)
13245 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
13246 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
13248 \(fn)" nil nil)
13250 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
13251 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
13252 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
13253 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep
13254 found matches.
13256 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
13257 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
13259 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
13260 can easily repeat a grep command.
13262 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
13263 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
13264 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
13265 list is empty).
13267 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
13269 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
13270 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
13271 Collect output in a buffer.
13272 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
13273 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
13275 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
13276 easily repeat a find command.
13278 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
13280 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
13282 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
13283 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
13284 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
13285 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
13286 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
13288 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
13289 before it is executed.
13290 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
13292 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
13293 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
13294 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
13296 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
13298 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR)" t nil)
13300 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
13301 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
13302 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
13303 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
13304 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
13306 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
13307 before it is executed.
13308 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
13310 Collect output in a buffer. While find runs asynchronously, you
13311 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
13312 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
13314 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
13316 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR)" t nil)
13318 ;;;***
13320 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (18335 54513))
13321 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
13323 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
13324 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
13325 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
13326 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
13327 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
13329 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
13331 ;;;***
13333 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-script-mode jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx sdb gud-gdb)
13334 ;;;;;; "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (18369 28763))
13335 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
13337 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
13338 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
13339 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
13340 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
13342 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13344 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
13345 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
13346 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
13347 and source-file directory for your debugger.
13349 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13351 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
13352 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
13353 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
13354 and source-file directory for your debugger.
13356 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13358 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
13359 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
13360 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
13361 and source-file directory for your debugger.
13363 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
13364 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
13366 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13368 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
13369 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
13370 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
13371 and source-file directory for your debugger.
13373 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13375 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
13376 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
13377 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
13378 and source-file directory for your debugger.
13380 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13382 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
13383 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
13384 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
13385 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
13386 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
13388 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
13389 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
13390 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
13391 original source file access method.
13393 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
13394 gud, see `gud-mode'.
13396 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13397 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
13399 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("/\\.[a-z0-9-]*gdbinit" . gdb-script-mode))
13401 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
13402 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
13404 \(fn)" t nil)
13406 ;;;***
13408 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (18335
13409 ;;;;;; 54541))
13410 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
13412 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
13413 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
13414 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
13415 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
13417 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
13418 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
13419 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
13420 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)
13422 \(fn)" t nil)
13424 ;;;***
13426 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
13427 ;;;;;; (18366 7834))
13428 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
13430 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
13431 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
13433 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
13435 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
13436 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
13437 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
13438 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
13440 Repent before ring 31 moves.
13442 \(fn)" t nil)
13444 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
13445 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
13446 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
13447 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
13448 to be updated.
13450 \(fn)" t nil)
13452 ;;;***
13454 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-check-payment mail-add-payment-async mail-add-payment
13455 ;;;;;; hashcash-verify-payment hashcash-insert-payment-async hashcash-insert-payment)
13456 ;;;;;; "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (18335 54537))
13457 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
13459 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
13460 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13462 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13464 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13465 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13466 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
13468 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13470 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
13471 Verify a hashcash payment
13473 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
13475 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
13476 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13477 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13478 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
13479 `mail-add-payment-async').
13481 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
13483 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13484 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13485 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13486 Calculation is asynchronous.
13488 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13490 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
13491 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
13492 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
13494 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13496 ;;;***
13498 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
13499 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
13500 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
13501 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (18335 54513))
13502 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
13504 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
13505 Return the help-echo string at point.
13506 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
13507 property, or nil, is returned.
13508 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
13509 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
13510 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
13512 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
13514 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
13515 Return the keyboard help string at point.
13516 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
13517 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property. If
13518 this produces no string either, return nil.
13520 \(fn)" nil nil)
13522 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
13523 Display local help in the echo area.
13524 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
13525 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
13526 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
13527 printed instead.
13529 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
13530 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
13531 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
13533 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13535 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13536 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13537 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13539 \(fn)" t nil)
13541 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13542 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13543 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
13545 \(fn)" t nil)
13547 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
13548 *Automatically show local help on point-over.
13549 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
13550 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
13551 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
13552 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
13553 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
13554 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
13555 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
13556 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
13557 a non-empty list disables the feature.
13559 This variable only takes effect after a call to
13560 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
13561 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
13562 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
13563 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13565 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
13566 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
13567 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
13568 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
13569 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
13570 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
13571 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
13572 The default is `never'.")
13574 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
13576 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
13577 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
13578 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
13579 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
13580 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
13581 considered different regions.
13583 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13584 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
13585 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
13586 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
13587 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
13588 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
13589 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
13590 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
13591 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
13593 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
13595 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
13596 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
13597 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13598 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13599 different regions.
13601 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13602 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
13603 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
13604 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
13605 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
13606 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
13607 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
13608 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
13610 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
13611 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
13612 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
13613 rarely happens in practice.
13615 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13617 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
13618 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
13619 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13620 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13621 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
13622 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG..
13624 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13626 ;;;***
13628 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
13629 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 describe-simplify-lib-file-name
13630 ;;;;;; help-C-file-name describe-function) "help-fns" "help-fns.el"
13631 ;;;;;; (18356 12617))
13632 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
13634 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
13635 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
13637 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
13639 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
13640 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
13641 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
13643 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
13645 (autoload 'describe-simplify-lib-file-name "help-fns" "\
13646 Simplify a library name FILE to a relative name, and make it a source file.
13648 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
13650 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
13651 Not documented
13653 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
13655 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
13656 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
13657 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13658 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13660 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
13662 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
13663 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13664 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13665 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
13666 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
13667 it is displayed along with the global value.
13669 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13671 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
13672 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13673 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13674 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13676 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13678 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
13679 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13680 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13681 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13682 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13684 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13686 ;;;***
13688 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
13689 ;;;;;; (18335 54513))
13690 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13692 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13693 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13694 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
13695 and window listing and describing the options.
13696 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
13697 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
13699 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
13701 ;;;***
13703 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
13704 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-buffer help-setup-xref help-mode-finish
13705 ;;;;;; help-mode-setup help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (18364
13706 ;;;;;; 62104))
13707 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13709 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
13710 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13711 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13712 Commands:
13713 \\{help-mode-map}
13715 \(fn)" t nil)
13717 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
13718 Not documented
13720 \(fn)" nil nil)
13722 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
13723 Not documented
13725 \(fn)" nil nil)
13727 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
13728 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13730 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13731 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13732 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13733 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13735 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13736 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13737 restore it properly when going back.
13739 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13741 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
13742 Not documented
13744 \(fn)" nil nil)
13746 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
13747 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13749 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13750 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13751 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13752 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13753 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13754 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13755 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13756 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13758 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13759 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13760 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13761 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13763 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13764 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13765 that.
13767 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13769 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13770 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13771 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13772 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13773 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13774 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13776 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13778 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13779 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13780 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13781 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13782 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13784 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13786 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
13787 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13789 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13791 ;;;***
13793 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
13794 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (18335 54522))
13795 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13797 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
13798 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13800 \(fn)" t nil)
13802 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
13803 Provide help for current mode.
13805 \(fn)" t nil)
13807 ;;;***
13809 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
13810 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (18356 12617))
13811 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13813 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
13814 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13815 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13816 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13817 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13819 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13820 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13822 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13823 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13824 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13825 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
13827 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13828 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
13829 periods.
13831 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13832 in hexl format.
13834 A sample format:
13836 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13837 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13838 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13839 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13840 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13841 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13842 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13843 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13844 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13845 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13846 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13847 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13848 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13849 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13850 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13852 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer. Most
13853 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13854 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
13856 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13857 also supported.
13859 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13861 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13862 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13863 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13865 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13866 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13867 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13869 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13870 into the buffer at the current point.
13872 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13873 into the buffer at the current point.
13875 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13876 into the buffer at the current point.
13878 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
13880 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13881 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13883 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13885 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13887 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13889 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
13890 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13891 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13892 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13894 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13896 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
13897 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13898 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13900 \(fn)" t nil)
13902 ;;;***
13904 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
13905 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
13906 ;;;;;; global-hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el"
13907 ;;;;;; (18335 54513))
13908 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13910 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13911 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
13913 If ARG positive, turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
13914 turn hi-lock on. To turn hi-lock on in all buffers use
13915 `global-hi-lock-mode' or in your .emacs file (global-hi-lock-mode 1).
13916 When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu is added
13917 to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu, which can be
13918 called interactively, are:
13920 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13921 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13923 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13924 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13925 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13926 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13928 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13929 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13931 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13932 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13934 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13935 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13936 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13937 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13938 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13939 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13940 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy is
13941 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13942 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13943 function returns t.
13945 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13946 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13948 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13949 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13950 form:
13951 Hi-lock: FOO
13952 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock
13953 keywords already present. The patterns must start before position
13954 \(number of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'.
13955 Patterns will be read until
13956 Hi-lock: end
13957 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13959 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13961 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13962 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13963 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13964 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13965 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13966 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13968 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
13970 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13971 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in every possible buffer.
13972 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Hi-Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
13973 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13974 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13976 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13978 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
13980 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13981 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13983 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13984 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13985 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
13986 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13988 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13990 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
13992 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13993 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13995 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13996 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13997 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
13998 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
14000 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
14002 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
14004 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
14005 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
14007 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
14008 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
14010 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
14012 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
14014 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
14015 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
14017 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
14018 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
14019 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
14020 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
14021 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
14023 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14025 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
14026 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
14028 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
14029 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
14030 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
14032 \(fn)" t nil)
14034 ;;;***
14036 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el"
14037 ;;;;;; (18335 54542))
14038 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
14040 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
14041 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
14042 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14043 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
14044 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
14045 how the hiding is done:
14047 `hide-ifdef-env'
14048 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
14049 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
14050 is used.
14052 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
14053 An association list of defined symbol lists.
14054 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
14055 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
14056 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
14058 `hide-ifdef-lines'
14059 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
14060 #endif lines when hiding.
14062 `hide-ifdef-initially'
14063 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
14064 is activated.
14066 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
14067 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
14068 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
14070 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
14072 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14074 ;;;***
14076 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-off-hideshow hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
14077 ;;;;;; (18360 55740))
14078 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
14080 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning)) "\
14081 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
14082 Each element has the form
14083 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
14085 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
14086 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
14088 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
14089 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
14091 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
14092 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
14093 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
14094 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
14095 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
14096 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
14098 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
14099 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
14101 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
14102 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
14104 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
14105 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
14106 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
14108 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
14109 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
14110 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
14111 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
14112 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
14114 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
14115 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
14116 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
14118 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
14119 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
14121 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
14123 Key bindings:
14124 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
14126 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14128 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
14129 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
14131 \(fn)" nil nil)
14133 ;;;***
14135 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
14136 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
14137 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
14138 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
14139 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (18369 29113))
14140 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
14142 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
14143 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
14144 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
14146 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
14148 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
14149 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
14151 Without an argument:
14152 If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active
14153 or passive state as determined by the variable
14154 `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active
14155 and passive state.
14157 With an argument ARG:
14158 If ARG is positive, set state to active;
14159 If ARG is zero, set state to passive;
14160 If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
14162 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
14163 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
14164 not displayed in a different face.
14166 Functions:
14167 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
14168 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
14169 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
14170 buffer with the contents of a file
14171 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
14172 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
14173 various faces
14175 Hook variables:
14176 `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode
14177 `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state
14178 `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode
14180 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14182 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
14183 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
14185 \(fn)" t nil)
14187 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
14188 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
14190 \(fn)" t nil)
14192 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
14193 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
14195 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
14196 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
14197 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
14198 shown in the last face in the list.
14200 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
14201 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
14202 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
14204 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
14206 \(fn)" t nil)
14208 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
14209 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
14211 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
14213 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
14214 to save the file.
14216 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
14217 written to a temporary file for comparison.
14219 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
14220 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
14221 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
14223 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
14225 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
14226 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
14228 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
14229 this function is called interactively.
14231 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
14232 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
14233 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
14235 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
14236 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
14237 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
14239 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
14241 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes "hilit-chg" "\
14242 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
14244 When called interactively:
14245 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
14246 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
14247 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
14248 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
14250 When called from a program:
14251 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
14252 - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode
14253 - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode
14254 - otherwise just turn it on
14256 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
14257 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
14258 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
14259 \"Suitability\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'.
14261 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14263 ;;;***
14265 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
14266 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
14267 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
14268 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
14269 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (18335 54513))
14270 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
14272 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
14273 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
14274 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
14275 or insert functions in this list.")
14277 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
14279 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
14280 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
14282 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-verbose "hippie-exp" t)
14284 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
14285 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
14287 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space "hippie-exp" t)
14289 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
14290 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
14292 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol "hippie-exp" t)
14294 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
14295 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
14297 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-no-restriction "hippie-exp" t)
14299 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
14300 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
14301 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
14303 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-max-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
14305 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers '("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode) "\
14306 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
14307 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
14308 \(as atoms)")
14310 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-ignore-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
14312 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
14313 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
14314 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
14315 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
14316 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
14318 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-only-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
14320 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
14321 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
14322 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
14323 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
14324 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
14325 expansions.
14326 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
14327 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
14328 undoes the expansion.
14330 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
14332 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
14333 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
14334 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
14335 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
14337 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro))
14339 ;;;***
14341 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
14342 ;;;;;; (18335 54513))
14343 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
14345 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
14346 Buffer-local minor mode to highlight the line about point.
14347 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
14349 If `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
14350 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
14351 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
14352 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
14353 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
14355 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
14356 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
14357 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
14358 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
14360 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14362 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
14363 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
14364 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14365 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14366 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14367 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
14369 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
14371 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
14372 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
14373 With ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
14375 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
14376 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
14378 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14380 ;;;***
14382 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
14383 ;;;;;; (18335 54521))
14384 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
14386 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
14387 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
14388 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
14390 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
14392 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14394 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
14395 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
14397 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'.
14398 If you want to control what holidays are displayed, use a
14399 different list. For example,
14401 (list-holidays 2006 2006
14402 (append general-holidays local-holidays other-holidays))
14404 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the 3
14405 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
14407 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
14408 holidays, based on the variables `solar-holidays' etc. See the
14409 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
14410 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
14411 of a holiday list.
14413 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
14415 \(fn Y1 Y2 &optional L LABEL)" t nil)
14417 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
14419 ;;;***
14421 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (18335
14422 ;;;;;; 54532))
14423 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
14425 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
14426 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
14428 \(fn)" t nil)
14430 ;;;***
14432 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer-do-occur ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers
14433 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-special-buffers ibuffer-mark-old-buffers ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers
14434 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-help-buffers ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers
14435 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers
14436 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-mode ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp
14437 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill
14438 ;;;;;; ibuffer-diff-with-file ibuffer-jump-to-buffer ibuffer-do-kill-lines
14439 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backwards-next-marked ibuffer-forward-next-marked
14440 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide ibuffer-bs-show
14441 ;;;;;; ibuffer-invert-sorting ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters
14442 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-saved-filters ibuffer-delete-saved-filters ibuffer-save-filters
14443 ;;;;;; ibuffer-or-filter ibuffer-negate-filter ibuffer-exchange-filters
14444 ;;;;;; ibuffer-decompose-filter ibuffer-pop-filter ibuffer-filter-disable
14445 ;;;;;; ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups
14446 ;;;;;; ibuffer-save-filter-groups ibuffer-yank-filter-group ibuffer-yank
14447 ;;;;;; ibuffer-kill-line ibuffer-kill-filter-group ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group
14448 ;;;;;; ibuffer-clear-filter-groups ibuffer-decompose-filter-group
14449 ;;;;;; ibuffer-pop-filter-group ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode
14450 ;;;;;; ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group ibuffer-included-in-filters-p
14451 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backward-filter-group ibuffer-forward-filter-group
14452 ;;;;;; ibuffer-toggle-filter-group ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group
14453 ;;;;;; ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode
14454 ;;;;;; ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "ibuf-ext.el" (18335 54513))
14455 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el
14457 (autoload 'ibuffer-auto-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
14458 Toggle use of Ibuffer's auto-update facility.
14459 With numeric ARG, enable auto-update if and only if ARG is positive.
14461 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14463 (autoload 'ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
14464 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode chosen via mouse.
14466 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
14468 (autoload 'ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
14469 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode at point.
14471 \(fn EVENT-OR-POINT)" t nil)
14473 (autoload 'ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
14474 Toggle the display status of the filter group chosen with the mouse.
14476 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
14478 (autoload 'ibuffer-toggle-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
14479 Toggle the display status of the filter group on this line.
14481 \(fn)" t nil)
14483 (autoload 'ibuffer-forward-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
14484 Move point forwards by COUNT filtering groups.
14486 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
14488 (autoload 'ibuffer-backward-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
14489 Move point backwards by COUNT filtering groups.
14491 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
14492 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe "ibuf-ext")
14493 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe-replace "ibuf-ext")
14494 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-file "ibuf-ext")
14495 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-eval "ibuf-ext")
14496 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-view-and-eval "ibuf-ext")
14497 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-rename-uniquely "ibuf-ext")
14498 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-revert "ibuf-ext")
14499 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
14500 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace "ibuf-ext")
14501 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
14502 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-print "ibuf-ext")
14504 (autoload 'ibuffer-included-in-filters-p "ibuf-ext" "\
14505 Not documented
14507 \(fn BUF FILTERS)" nil nil)
14509 (autoload 'ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
14510 Make the current filters into a filtering group.
14512 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14514 (autoload 'ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
14515 Set the current filter groups to filter by mode.
14517 \(fn)" t nil)
14519 (autoload 'ibuffer-pop-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
14520 Remove the first filter group.
14522 \(fn)" t nil)
14524 (autoload 'ibuffer-decompose-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
14525 Decompose the filter group GROUP into active filters.
14527 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
14529 (autoload 'ibuffer-clear-filter-groups "ibuf-ext" "\
14530 Remove all filter groups.
14532 \(fn)" t nil)
14534 (autoload 'ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
14535 Move point to the filter group whose name is NAME.
14537 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14539 (autoload 'ibuffer-kill-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
14540 Kill the filter group named NAME.
14541 The group will be added to `ibuffer-filter-group-kill-ring'.
14543 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14545 (autoload 'ibuffer-kill-line "ibuf-ext" "\
14546 Kill the filter group at point.
14547 See also `ibuffer-kill-filter-group'.
14549 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
14551 (autoload 'ibuffer-yank "ibuf-ext" "\
14552 Yank the last killed filter group before group at point.
14554 \(fn)" t nil)
14556 (autoload 'ibuffer-yank-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
14557 Yank the last killed filter group before group named NAME.
14559 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14561 (autoload 'ibuffer-save-filter-groups "ibuf-ext" "\
14562 Save all active filter groups GROUPS as NAME.
14563 They are added to `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'. Interactively,
14564 prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
14566 \(fn NAME GROUPS)" t nil)
14568 (autoload 'ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups "ibuf-ext" "\
14569 Delete saved filter groups with NAME.
14570 They are removed from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'.
14572 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14574 (autoload 'ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups "ibuf-ext" "\
14575 Set this buffer's filter groups to saved version with NAME.
14576 The value from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups' is used.
14578 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14580 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-disable "ibuf-ext" "\
14581 Disable all filters currently in effect in this buffer.
14583 \(fn)" t nil)
14585 (autoload 'ibuffer-pop-filter "ibuf-ext" "\
14586 Remove the top filter in this buffer.
14588 \(fn)" t nil)
14590 (autoload 'ibuffer-decompose-filter "ibuf-ext" "\
14591 Separate the top compound filter (OR, NOT, or SAVED) in this buffer.
14593 This means that the topmost filter on the filtering stack, which must
14594 be a complex filter like (OR [name: foo] [mode: bar-mode]), will be
14595 turned into two separate filters [name: foo] and [mode: bar-mode].
14597 \(fn)" t nil)
14599 (autoload 'ibuffer-exchange-filters "ibuf-ext" "\
14600 Exchange the top two filters on the stack in this buffer.
14602 \(fn)" t nil)
14604 (autoload 'ibuffer-negate-filter "ibuf-ext" "\
14605 Negate the sense of the top filter in the current buffer.
14607 \(fn)" t nil)
14609 (autoload 'ibuffer-or-filter "ibuf-ext" "\
14610 Replace the top two filters in this buffer with their logical OR.
14611 If optional argument REVERSE is non-nil, instead break the top OR
14612 filter into parts.
14614 \(fn &optional REVERSE)" t nil)
14616 (autoload 'ibuffer-save-filters "ibuf-ext" "\
14617 Save FILTERS in this buffer with name NAME in `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14618 Interactively, prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
14620 \(fn NAME FILTERS)" t nil)
14622 (autoload 'ibuffer-delete-saved-filters "ibuf-ext" "\
14623 Delete saved filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14625 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14627 (autoload 'ibuffer-add-saved-filters "ibuf-ext" "\
14628 Add saved filters from `ibuffer-saved-filters' to this buffer's filters.
14630 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14632 (autoload 'ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters "ibuf-ext" "\
14633 Set this buffer's filters to filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14635 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14636 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext")
14637 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-used-mode "ibuf-ext")
14638 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-name "ibuf-ext")
14639 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-filename "ibuf-ext")
14640 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-gt "ibuf-ext")
14641 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-lt "ibuf-ext")
14642 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-content "ibuf-ext")
14643 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-predicate "ibuf-ext")
14645 (autoload 'ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
14646 Toggle the current sorting mode.
14647 Default sorting modes are:
14648 Recency - the last time the buffer was viewed
14649 Name - the name of the buffer
14650 Major Mode - the name of the major mode of the buffer
14651 Size - the size of the buffer
14653 \(fn)" t nil)
14655 (autoload 'ibuffer-invert-sorting "ibuf-ext" "\
14656 Toggle whether or not sorting is in reverse order.
14658 \(fn)" t nil)
14659 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-major-mode "ibuf-ext")
14660 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-mode-name "ibuf-ext")
14661 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-alphabetic "ibuf-ext")
14662 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-size "ibuf-ext")
14663 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-filename/process "ibuf-ext")
14665 (autoload 'ibuffer-bs-show "ibuf-ext" "\
14666 Emulate `bs-show' from the bs.el package.
14668 \(fn)" t nil)
14670 (autoload 'ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide "ibuf-ext" "\
14671 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-hide-regexps'.
14672 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will not be shown
14673 for this Ibuffer session.
14675 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14677 (autoload 'ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show "ibuf-ext" "\
14678 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-show-regexps'.
14679 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will always be shown
14680 for this Ibuffer session.
14682 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14684 (autoload 'ibuffer-forward-next-marked "ibuf-ext" "\
14685 Move forward by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
14687 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
14688 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
14690 If DIRECTION is non-nil, it should be an integer; negative integers
14691 mean move backwards, non-negative integers mean move forwards.
14693 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK DIRECTION)" t nil)
14695 (autoload 'ibuffer-backwards-next-marked "ibuf-ext" "\
14696 Move backwards by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
14698 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
14699 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
14701 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK)" t nil)
14703 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-kill-lines "ibuf-ext" "\
14704 Hide all of the currently marked lines.
14706 \(fn)" t nil)
14708 (autoload 'ibuffer-jump-to-buffer "ibuf-ext" "\
14709 Move point to the buffer whose name is NAME.
14711 If called interactively, prompt for a buffer name and go to the
14712 corresponding line in the Ibuffer buffer. If said buffer is in a
14713 hidden group filter, open it.
14715 If `ibuffer-jump-offer-only-visible-buffers' is non-nil, only offer
14716 visible buffers in the completion list. Calling the command with
14717 a prefix argument reverses the meaning of that variable.
14719 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14721 (autoload 'ibuffer-diff-with-file "ibuf-ext" "\
14722 View the differences between this buffer and its associated file.
14723 This requires the external program \"diff\" to be in your `exec-path'.
14725 \(fn)" t nil)
14727 (autoload 'ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill "ibuf-ext" "\
14728 Copy filenames of marked buffers into the kill ring.
14730 The names are separated by a space.
14731 If a buffer has no filename, it is ignored.
14733 With no prefix arg, use the filename sans its directory of each marked file.
14734 With a zero prefix arg, use the complete filename of each marked file.
14735 With \\[universal-argument], use the filename of each marked file relative
14736 to `ibuffer-default-directory' if non-nil, otherwise `default-directory'.
14738 You can then feed the file name(s) to other commands with \\[yank].
14740 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14742 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp "ibuf-ext" "\
14743 Mark all buffers whose name matches REGEXP.
14745 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14747 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp "ibuf-ext" "\
14748 Mark all buffers whose major mode matches REGEXP.
14750 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14752 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp "ibuf-ext" "\
14753 Mark all buffers whose file name matches REGEXP.
14755 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14757 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-by-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
14758 Mark all buffers whose major mode equals MODE.
14760 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
14762 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14763 Mark all modified buffers.
14765 \(fn)" t nil)
14767 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14768 Mark all modified buffers that have an associated file.
14770 \(fn)" t nil)
14772 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14773 Mark all buffers whose associated file does not exist.
14775 \(fn)" t nil)
14777 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-help-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14778 Mark buffers like *Help*, *Apropos*, *Info*.
14780 \(fn)" t nil)
14782 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14783 Mark buffers whose associated file is compressed.
14785 \(fn)" t nil)
14787 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-old-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14788 Mark buffers which have not been viewed in `ibuffer-old-time' hours.
14790 \(fn)" t nil)
14792 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-special-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14793 Mark all buffers whose name begins and ends with '*'.
14795 \(fn)" t nil)
14797 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14798 Mark all read-only buffers.
14800 \(fn)" t nil)
14802 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14803 Mark all `dired' buffers.
14805 \(fn)" t nil)
14807 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-occur "ibuf-ext" "\
14808 View lines which match REGEXP in all marked buffers.
14809 Optional argument NLINES says how many lines of context to display: it
14810 defaults to one.
14812 \(fn REGEXP &optional NLINES)" t nil)
14814 ;;;***
14816 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
14817 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (18335
14818 ;;;;;; 54513))
14819 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14821 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
14822 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14824 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14825 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14826 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14828 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14829 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14830 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14831 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14832 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14833 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14835 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14836 title of the column.
14838 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14839 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14840 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14841 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14842 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14844 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14846 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
14847 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14848 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14849 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14850 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14852 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14853 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14854 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14856 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14858 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
14859 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14860 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14861 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14862 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14863 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14865 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14866 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14867 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14868 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14869 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14870 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14871 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14872 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14873 values are:
14874 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14875 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14876 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14877 buffer's modification flag.
14878 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14879 prompted before performing this operation.
14880 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14881 operation is complete, in the form:
14882 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14883 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14884 confirmation message, in the form:
14885 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14886 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14887 macro for exactly what it does.
14889 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14891 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
14892 Define a filter named NAME.
14893 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14894 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14895 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14897 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14898 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14899 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14900 bound to the current value of the filter.
14902 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14904 ;;;***
14906 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
14907 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (18352 62566))
14908 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14910 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
14911 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14912 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14913 buffers which are visiting a file.
14915 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14917 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
14918 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14919 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14920 buffers which are visiting a file.
14922 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14924 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
14925 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14926 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14928 All arguments are optional.
14929 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14930 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14931 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14932 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14933 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14934 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14935 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14936 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14937 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14938 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14939 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14940 that value locally in this buffer.
14942 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14944 ;;;***
14946 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
14947 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
14948 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (18335 54521))
14949 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14951 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
14952 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14953 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14954 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14956 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14958 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
14959 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14960 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14961 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14962 ICAL-FILENAME.
14963 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14964 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14965 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14967 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14969 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
14970 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14971 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14972 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14973 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14974 non-marking or not.
14976 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14978 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
14979 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14981 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14982 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14983 DIARY-FILE.
14985 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14986 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14987 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14989 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14990 non-marking.
14992 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14993 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14994 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14996 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14998 ;;;***
15000 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (18335
15001 ;;;;;; 54513))
15002 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
15004 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
15005 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
15006 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15007 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15008 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15009 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
15011 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
15013 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
15014 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
15015 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on if ARG is positive,
15016 otherwise turn it off.
15018 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15020 ;;;***
15022 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (18335 54542))
15023 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
15025 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
15026 Major mode for editing Icon code.
15027 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
15028 Tab indents for Icon code.
15029 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
15030 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
15031 \\{icon-mode-map}
15032 Variables controlling indentation style:
15033 icon-tab-always-indent
15034 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
15035 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
15036 icon-auto-newline
15037 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
15038 inserted in Icon code.
15039 icon-indent-level
15040 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
15041 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
15042 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
15043 icon-continued-statement-offset
15044 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
15045 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
15046 icon-continued-brace-offset
15047 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
15048 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
15049 icon-brace-offset
15050 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
15051 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
15052 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
15053 this far to the right of the start of its line.
15055 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
15056 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
15058 \(fn)" t nil)
15060 ;;;***
15062 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
15063 ;;;;;; (18341 12917))
15064 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
15066 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
15067 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
15068 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
15069 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
15071 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
15072 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
15073 separate frames.
15075 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
15076 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
15078 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
15079 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
15080 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
15082 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
15084 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
15086 ;;;***
15088 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
15089 ;;;;;; (18335 54542))
15090 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
15092 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
15093 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
15095 The main features of this mode are
15097 1. Indentation and Formatting
15098 --------------------------
15099 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
15100 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
15102 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
15103 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
15104 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
15105 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
15107 Comments are indented as follows:
15109 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
15110 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
15111 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
15113 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
15115 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
15116 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
15117 relative to the first will be retained. Use
15118 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
15119 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
15120 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
15122 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
15123 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
15124 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
15125 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
15127 2. Routine Info
15128 ------------
15129 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
15130 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
15131 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
15132 source file of a module. These commands know about system
15133 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
15134 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
15135 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
15136 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
15137 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
15138 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
15140 3. Online IDL Help
15141 ---------------
15143 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
15144 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
15145 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
15146 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
15148 4. Completion
15149 ----------
15150 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
15151 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
15152 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
15153 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
15154 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
15155 upper case.
15157 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
15158 --------------------------------
15159 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
15160 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
15162 \\pr PROCEDURE template
15163 \\fu FUNCTION template
15164 \\c CASE statement template
15165 \\sw SWITCH statement template
15166 \\f FOR loop template
15167 \\r REPEAT Loop template
15168 \\w WHILE loop template
15169 \\i IF statement template
15170 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
15171 \\b BEGIN
15173 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
15174 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
15176 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
15177 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
15178 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
15179 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
15181 6. Automatic Case Conversion
15182 -------------------------
15183 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
15184 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
15186 7. Automatic END completion
15187 ------------------------
15188 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
15189 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
15191 8. Hooks
15192 -----
15193 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
15194 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
15196 9. Documentation and Customization
15197 -------------------------------
15198 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
15199 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
15200 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
15201 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at `http://idlwave.org'.
15202 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
15204 10.Keybindings
15205 -----------
15206 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
15207 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
15208 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
15210 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
15212 \(fn)" t nil)
15213 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[Pp][Rr][Oo]\\'" . idlwave-mode))
15215 ;;;***
15217 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
15218 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
15219 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
15220 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
15221 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
15222 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
15223 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
15224 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (18345
15225 ;;;;;; 40619))
15226 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
15228 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
15229 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
15230 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
15231 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
15232 displaying...)
15233 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
15234 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
15235 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
15237 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15238 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
15240 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
15242 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
15243 Toggle ido speed-ups on or off.
15244 With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
15245 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
15246 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
15247 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
15248 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
15249 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
15250 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
15252 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15254 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
15255 Switch to another buffer.
15256 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
15257 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
15258 in another frame.
15260 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
15261 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
15262 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
15263 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
15264 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
15266 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
15267 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
15269 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
15270 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
15272 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
15273 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
15274 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
15275 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
15276 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
15277 in a separate window.
15278 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
15279 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
15280 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
15281 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
15282 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
15283 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
15284 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
15285 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
15286 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
15288 \(fn)" t nil)
15290 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
15291 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
15292 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15293 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
15295 \(fn)" t nil)
15297 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
15298 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
15299 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15300 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
15302 \(fn)" t nil)
15304 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
15305 Kill a buffer.
15306 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15307 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
15309 \(fn)" t nil)
15311 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
15312 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
15313 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15314 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
15316 \(fn)" t nil)
15318 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
15319 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
15320 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15321 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
15323 \(fn)" t nil)
15325 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
15326 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
15328 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
15330 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
15331 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
15332 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
15333 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
15334 visible in another frame.
15336 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
15337 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
15338 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
15339 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
15340 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
15341 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
15343 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
15344 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
15346 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
15347 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
15349 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
15350 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
15351 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
15352 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
15353 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
15354 in a separate window.
15355 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
15356 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
15357 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
15358 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
15359 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
15360 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
15361 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
15362 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
15363 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
15364 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
15365 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
15366 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
15367 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
15368 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
15369 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
15371 \(fn)" t nil)
15373 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
15374 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
15375 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15376 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15378 \(fn)" t nil)
15380 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
15381 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
15382 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15383 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15385 \(fn)" t nil)
15387 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
15388 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
15389 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15390 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15392 \(fn)" t nil)
15394 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
15395 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
15396 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15397 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15399 \(fn)" t nil)
15401 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
15402 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
15403 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15404 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15406 \(fn)" t nil)
15408 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
15409 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
15410 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15411 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15413 \(fn)" t nil)
15415 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
15416 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
15417 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15418 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15420 \(fn)" t nil)
15422 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
15423 Write current buffer to a file.
15424 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15425 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15427 \(fn)" t nil)
15429 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
15430 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
15431 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15432 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15434 \(fn)" t nil)
15436 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
15437 Call `dired' the ido way.
15438 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15439 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15441 \(fn)" t nil)
15443 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
15444 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
15445 Return the name of a buffer selected.
15446 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
15447 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
15448 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
15450 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
15452 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
15453 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
15454 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
15455 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
15457 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
15459 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
15460 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
15461 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
15462 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
15464 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
15466 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
15467 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
15468 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
15469 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
15470 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
15471 PREDICATE is currently ignored; it is included to be compatible
15472 with `completing-read'.
15473 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
15474 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
15475 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
15476 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
15477 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
15478 with point positioned at the end.
15479 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
15480 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
15482 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF)" nil nil)
15484 ;;;***
15486 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (18368 53909))
15487 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
15488 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
15490 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
15491 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
15492 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
15494 \(fn)" t nil)
15496 ;;;***
15498 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el"
15499 ;;;;;; (18335 54513))
15500 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
15502 (autoload 'turn-on-iimage-mode "iimage" "\
15503 Unconditionally turn on iimage mode.
15505 \(fn)" t nil)
15507 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
15508 Toggle inline image minor mode.
15510 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15512 ;;;***
15514 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-sliced-image
15515 ;;;;;; insert-image put-image create-image image-type-auto-detected-p
15516 ;;;;;; image-type-available-p image-type image-type-from-file-name
15517 ;;;;;; image-type-from-file-header image-type-from-buffer image-type-from-data)
15518 ;;;;;; "image" "image.el" (18335 54513))
15519 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
15521 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
15522 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
15523 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
15524 be determined.
15526 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
15528 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
15529 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
15530 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
15531 be determined.
15533 \(fn)" nil nil)
15535 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
15536 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
15537 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
15538 be determined.
15540 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
15542 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
15543 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
15544 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
15545 be determined.
15547 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
15549 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
15550 Determine and return image type.
15551 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
15552 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
15553 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
15554 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
15555 use its file extension as image type.
15556 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
15558 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
15560 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
15561 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
15562 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
15564 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
15566 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
15567 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
15568 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
15570 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
15571 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
15572 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
15573 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
15574 must be available.
15576 \(fn)" nil nil)
15578 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
15579 Create an image.
15580 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
15581 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
15582 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
15583 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
15584 use its file extension as image type.
15585 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
15586 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
15587 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
15588 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
15590 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15592 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
15593 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
15594 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
15596 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
15598 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
15599 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
15600 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
15601 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
15602 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
15603 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
15604 POS may be an integer or marker.
15605 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15606 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15607 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15608 means display it in the right marginal area.
15610 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
15612 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
15613 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15614 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15615 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
15616 defaulted if you omit it.
15617 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15618 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15619 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15620 means display it in the right marginal area.
15621 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
15622 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
15623 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
15624 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
15625 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
15627 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
15629 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
15630 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15631 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15632 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
15633 defaulted if you omit it.
15634 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15635 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15636 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15637 means display it in the right marginal area.
15638 The image is automatically split into ROW x COLS slices.
15640 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
15642 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
15643 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
15644 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
15645 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
15647 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
15649 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
15650 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
15652 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
15654 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15655 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15656 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15657 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15658 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15659 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
15660 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
15661 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
15662 satisfied.
15664 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
15666 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15668 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
15670 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
15671 Define SYMBOL as an image.
15673 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
15674 documentation string.
15676 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15677 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15678 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15679 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15680 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15681 string containing the actual image data. The first image
15682 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15683 define SYMBOL.
15685 Example:
15687 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15688 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15690 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
15692 ;;;***
15694 ;;;### (autoloads (image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags image-dired-mark-tagged-files
15695 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-comment-files image-dired-dired-display-image
15696 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-display-external image-dired-display-thumb
15697 ;;;;;; image-dired-display-thumbs-append image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings
15698 ;;;;;; image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer image-dired-delete-tag
15699 ;;;;;; image-dired-tag-files image-dired-show-all-from-dir image-dired-display-thumbs
15700 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration image-dired-dired-insert-marked-thumbs)
15701 ;;;;;; "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (18335 54513))
15702 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
15704 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-insert-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15705 Insert thumbnails before file names of marked files in the dired buffer.
15707 \(fn)" t nil)
15709 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
15710 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
15712 Convenience command that:
15714 - Opens dired in folder DIR
15715 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
15716 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
15718 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
15719 image files in dired and type
15720 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
15722 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
15724 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
15725 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
15727 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
15729 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15730 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15731 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
15732 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
15733 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
15734 another one).
15736 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
15737 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
15738 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
15740 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
15741 instead of erasing it first.
15743 Option argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
15744 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
15745 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
15746 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
15747 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
15748 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
15750 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
15752 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
15753 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
15754 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
15755 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
15756 displayed.
15758 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
15760 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15762 (defalias 'tumme 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15764 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
15765 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
15767 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15769 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
15770 Remove tag for selected file(s).
15771 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
15773 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15775 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
15776 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
15778 \(fn)" t nil)
15780 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
15781 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
15782 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
15783 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
15785 \(fn)" t nil)
15787 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
15788 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15790 \(fn)" t nil)
15792 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
15793 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
15795 \(fn)" t nil)
15797 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
15798 Display file at point using an external viewer.
15800 \(fn)" t nil)
15802 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
15803 Display current image file.
15804 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
15805 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
15807 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15809 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
15810 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
15812 \(fn)" t nil)
15814 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
15815 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
15816 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
15817 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
15818 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
15819 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
15820 matching tags will be marked in the dired buffer.
15822 \(fn)" t nil)
15824 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
15825 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
15826 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
15827 easy-to-use form.
15829 \(fn)" t nil)
15831 ;;;***
15833 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
15834 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
15835 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (18335 54513))
15836 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15838 (defvar image-file-name-extensions '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg") "\
15839 *A list of image-file filename extensions.
15840 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15841 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15843 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15844 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15845 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15846 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15848 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
15850 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15851 *List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15852 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15853 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15855 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15856 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15857 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15858 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15860 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
15862 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
15863 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15865 \(fn)" nil nil)
15867 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
15868 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15869 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15870 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15872 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15874 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15875 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15876 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15877 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15878 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15879 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15881 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
15883 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
15884 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
15885 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
15886 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
15888 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
15889 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15890 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15892 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15894 ;;;***
15896 ;;;### (autoloads (image-bookmark-jump image-mode-maybe image-minor-mode
15897 ;;;;;; image-mode) "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (18365 56507))
15898 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15899 (push '("\\.jpe?g\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15900 (push '("\\.png\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15901 (push '("\\.gif\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15902 (push '("\\.tiff?\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15903 (push '("\\.p[bpgn]m\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15904 (push '("\\.x[bp]m\\'" . c-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15905 (push '("\\.x[bp]m\\'" . image-mode-maybe) auto-mode-alist)
15906 (push '("\\.svgz?\\'" . xml-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15907 (push '("\\.svgz?\\'" . image-mode-maybe) auto-mode-alist)
15909 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
15910 Major mode for image files.
15911 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15912 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15914 \(fn)" t nil)
15916 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
15917 Toggle Image minor mode.
15918 With arg, turn Image minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
15919 See the command `image-mode' for more information on this mode.
15921 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15923 (autoload 'image-mode-maybe "image-mode" "\
15924 Set major or minor mode for image files.
15925 Set Image major mode only when there are no other major modes
15926 associated with a filename in `auto-mode-alist'. When an image
15927 filename matches another major mode in `auto-mode-alist' then
15928 set that major mode and Image minor mode.
15930 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more
15931 information on these modes.
15933 \(fn)" t nil)
15935 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
15936 Not documented
15938 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15940 ;;;***
15942 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
15943 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (18335 54513))
15944 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15946 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15947 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15949 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15951 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15952 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15953 in the buffer.
15955 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15957 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15958 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15959 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15961 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
15963 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15964 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
15966 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15967 create a buffer index. Look there for the documentation of this
15968 pattern's structure.
15970 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
15971 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
15972 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
15973 during matching.")
15975 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
15977 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
15978 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15980 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15981 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15982 called within a `save-excursion'.
15984 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15986 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
15988 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
15989 Function for finding the next index position.
15991 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15992 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15993 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15994 file.
15996 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15997 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15999 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
16001 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
16002 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
16004 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
16005 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
16006 It should return the name for that index item.")
16008 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
16010 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
16011 Function to compare string with index item.
16013 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
16014 non-nil if they match.
16016 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
16017 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
16018 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
16019 arguments match\".")
16021 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
16023 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
16024 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
16025 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
16027 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
16029 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
16031 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
16033 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
16034 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
16035 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
16036 See the command `imenu' for more information.
16038 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
16040 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
16041 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
16043 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
16045 \(fn)" t nil)
16047 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
16048 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
16049 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
16050 for more information.
16052 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
16054 ;;;***
16056 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-2-column-to-ucs-region in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
16057 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
16058 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (18341 12912))
16059 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
16061 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
16062 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
16064 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16066 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
16067 Not documented
16069 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
16071 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
16072 Not documented
16074 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
16076 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
16077 Not documented
16079 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
16081 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
16082 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
16084 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16086 ;;;***
16088 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp inferior-lisp-prompt inferior-lisp-load-command
16089 ;;;;;; inferior-lisp-program inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp"
16090 ;;;;;; "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (18335 54542))
16091 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
16093 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
16094 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
16095 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
16096 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
16097 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
16099 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "inf-lisp" t)
16101 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
16102 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp in Inferior Lisp mode.")
16104 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-program "inf-lisp" t)
16106 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
16107 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
16108 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
16109 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
16110 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
16111 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
16112 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
16113 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
16115 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-load-command "inf-lisp" t)
16117 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
16118 Regexp to recognize prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
16119 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
16120 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
16121 Inferior Lisp buffer.
16123 This variable is only used if the variable
16124 `comint-use-prompt-regexp' is non-nil.
16126 More precise choices:
16127 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
16128 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
16129 kcl: \"^>+ *\"
16131 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file or through Custom.")
16133 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-prompt "inf-lisp" t)
16135 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook 'nil "\
16136 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
16138 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
16139 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
16140 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
16141 to that buffer.
16142 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
16143 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
16144 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
16145 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
16147 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
16148 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
16150 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
16152 ;;;***
16154 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-bookmark-jump Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
16155 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-mode info-apropos Info-index
16156 ;;;;;; Info-directory Info-on-current-buffer info-standalone info-emacs-manual
16157 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (18362 26778))
16158 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
16160 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
16161 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
16163 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE)" t nil)
16164 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*info\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
16165 (put 'info 'info-file "emacs")
16167 (autoload 'info "info" "\
16168 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
16169 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
16170 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
16171 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
16172 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
16173 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
16174 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
16175 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
16176 with the top-level Info directory.
16178 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
16179 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
16180 A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
16181 appended to the Info buffer name.
16183 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
16184 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
16185 in all the directories in that path.
16187 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
16189 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
16190 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
16192 \(fn)" t nil)
16194 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
16195 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
16196 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
16197 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
16199 \(fn)" nil nil)
16201 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
16202 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
16203 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
16204 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
16206 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
16208 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
16209 Go to the Info directory node.
16211 \(fn)" t nil)
16213 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
16214 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
16215 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
16216 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
16217 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
16218 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
16220 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
16222 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
16223 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
16224 Build a menu of the possible matches.
16226 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
16228 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
16229 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
16230 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
16231 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
16232 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
16234 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
16235 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
16237 Selecting other nodes:
16238 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
16239 Follow a node reference you click on.
16240 This works with menu items, cross references, and
16241 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
16242 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
16243 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
16244 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
16245 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
16246 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
16247 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
16248 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
16249 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
16250 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
16251 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
16252 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
16253 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
16254 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
16255 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
16256 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
16257 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
16258 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
16259 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
16261 Moving within a node:
16262 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
16263 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
16264 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
16265 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
16266 move up to the parent node.
16267 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
16268 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
16269 if there is none.
16270 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
16272 Advanced commands:
16273 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
16274 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
16275 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
16276 \\[Info-search-next] Search for another occurrence of regexp
16277 from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-search] command.
16278 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
16279 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
16280 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
16281 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
16282 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
16283 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
16284 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
16285 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
16286 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
16287 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
16288 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
16290 \(fn)" nil nil)
16291 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
16293 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
16294 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
16295 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
16296 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
16297 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
16298 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
16300 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
16301 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
16303 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
16304 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
16305 KEY is a string.
16306 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
16307 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
16308 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
16309 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
16311 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
16313 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
16314 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
16315 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
16317 \(fn)" t nil)
16319 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump "info" "\
16320 Not documented
16322 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
16324 ;;;***
16326 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
16327 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
16328 ;;;;;; (18335 54513))
16329 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
16331 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
16332 Throw away all cached data.
16333 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
16334 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
16335 system.
16337 \(fn)" t nil)
16338 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
16340 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
16341 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
16342 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
16343 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
16344 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
16345 one found at point.
16347 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
16349 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
16350 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
16352 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
16353 Display the documentation of a file.
16354 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
16355 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
16356 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
16357 The default file name is the one found at point.
16359 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
16361 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
16363 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
16364 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
16366 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
16368 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
16369 Perform completion on file preceding point.
16371 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
16373 ;;;***
16375 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-check-all-custom info-xref-check-all
16376 ;;;;;; info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (18335 54513))
16377 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
16379 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
16380 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
16382 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
16384 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
16385 Check external references in all info documents in the usual path.
16386 The usual path is `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list'.
16388 \(fn)" t nil)
16390 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
16391 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
16392 `custom-manual' and `info-link' entries in the `custom-links' list are checked.
16394 `custom-load' autoloads for all symbols are loaded in order to get all the
16395 link information. This will be a lot of lisp packages loaded, and can take
16396 quite a while.
16398 \(fn)" t nil)
16400 ;;;***
16402 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
16403 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (18335 54513))
16404 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
16406 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
16407 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
16409 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
16411 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
16412 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
16413 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
16415 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
16416 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
16417 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
16419 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
16420 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
16421 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
16422 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
16424 \(fn)" t nil)
16426 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
16427 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
16428 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
16430 \(fn)" t nil)
16432 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
16433 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
16434 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
16435 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
16436 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
16438 \(fn)" nil nil)
16440 ;;;***
16442 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-buffers-minor-mode) "isearch-multi" "isearch-multi.el"
16443 ;;;;;; (18335 54513))
16444 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearch-multi.el
16446 (defvar isearch-buffers-current-buffer nil "\
16447 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
16448 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
16450 (defvar isearch-buffers-next-buffer-function nil "\
16451 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
16453 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
16454 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
16455 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
16456 next occurrence.
16458 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
16459 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
16460 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
16461 direction is backward (when `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
16462 should return the previous buffer to search. If the second argument of
16463 this function WRAP is non-nil, then it should return the first buffer
16464 in the series; and for the backward search, it should return the last
16465 buffer in the series.")
16467 (autoload 'isearch-buffers-minor-mode "isearch-multi" "\
16468 Minor mode for using isearch to search through multiple buffers.
16469 With arg, turn isearch-buffers minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
16471 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16473 ;;;***
16475 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
16476 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
16477 ;;;;;; (18335 54534))
16478 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
16480 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
16481 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
16483 \(fn)" t nil)
16485 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
16486 Toggle input method in interactive search.
16488 \(fn)" t nil)
16490 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
16491 Not documented
16493 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
16495 ;;;***
16497 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (18335
16498 ;;;;;; 54514))
16499 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
16501 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
16502 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
16503 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
16504 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
16505 accessed via isearchb.
16507 \(fn)" t nil)
16509 ;;;***
16511 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
16512 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
16513 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
16514 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (18335 54534))
16515 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
16517 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
16518 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
16519 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16520 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
16521 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16523 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16525 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
16526 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
16527 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
16528 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
16529 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16531 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16533 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
16534 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
16535 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16536 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
16537 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16539 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16541 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16542 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16543 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16544 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
16545 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16547 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16549 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16550 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16551 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16552 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
16553 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16555 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16557 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
16558 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
16559 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16560 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
16561 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16563 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16565 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
16566 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
16567 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16568 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
16569 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16571 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16573 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
16574 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
16575 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16576 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16578 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16580 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16581 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16582 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16583 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16585 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16587 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
16588 Warn that format is read-only.
16590 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16592 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
16593 Warn that format is write-only.
16595 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16597 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
16598 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
16600 \(fn)" t nil)
16602 ;;;***
16604 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
16605 ;;;;;; (18335 54534))
16606 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
16607 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
16608 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
16609 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
16611 ;;;***
16613 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
16614 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
16615 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
16616 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-local-dictionary-alist
16617 ;;;;;; ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el"
16618 ;;;;;; (18369 28764))
16619 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
16620 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
16622 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
16623 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
16624 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
16625 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
16627 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
16628 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
16630 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
16631 *List of local or customized dictionary definitions.
16632 These can override the values in `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16634 To make permanent changes to your dictionary definitions, you
16635 will need to make your changes in this variable, save, and then
16636 re-start Emacs.")
16638 (custom-autoload 'ispell-local-dictionary-alist "ispell" t)
16640 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 '((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil nil nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1)))
16642 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 '(("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1)))
16644 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 '(("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-3) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-3) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^-]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-'.@]" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\".@]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1)))
16646 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 '(("german" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "german") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-.]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1)))
16648 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 '(("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[.]" nil nil nil iso-8859-2) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C") "~latin1" iso-8859-1)))
16650 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 '(("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil nil nil koi8-r) ("russianw" "[\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "[^\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "" nil nil nil windows-1251) ("slovak" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("slovenian" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "slovenian") nil iso-8859-2) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1)))
16652 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
16653 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
16655 Each element of this list is also a list:
16657 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
16658 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
16660 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
16661 nil means the default dictionary.
16663 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a word.
16665 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
16667 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
16668 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
16669 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
16670 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
16671 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
16672 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
16673 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
16674 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
16675 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
16677 CASECHARS, NOT-CASECHARS, and OTHERCHARS must be unibyte strings
16678 containing bytes of CHARACTER-SET. In addition, if they contain
16679 a non-ASCII byte, the regular expression must be a single
16680 `character set' construct that doesn't specify a character range
16681 for non-ASCII bytes.
16683 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
16684 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
16685 single word.
16687 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
16688 subprocess.
16690 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
16691 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
16692 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
16693 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
16694 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
16695 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
16696 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
16697 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
16699 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
16701 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
16702 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
16703 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
16705 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
16706 Key map for ispell menu.")
16708 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
16709 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
16710 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
16711 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
16713 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
16715 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] '(menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit dictionary file name")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] '(menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] '(menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] '(menu-item "Customize..." (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help "Customize spell checking options")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] '(menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] '(menu-item "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)" flyspell-mode :help "Check spelling while you edit the text" :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] '(menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] '(menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor"))))
16717 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] '(menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings"))))
16719 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help "Skip headers and included message text")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer")) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
16721 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist '((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$" . "\nend\n") ("^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0" . "\n%%EOF\n") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)")) "\
16722 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16723 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16724 Valid forms include:
16725 (KEY) - just skip the key.
16726 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16727 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
16728 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16730 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}"))) "\
16731 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16732 First list is used raw.
16733 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16735 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16736 for skipping in latex mode.")
16738 (defvar ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
16739 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16740 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'
16741 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16742 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16743 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
16744 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
16746 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
16747 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16748 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16749 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16751 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16752 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16753 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16754 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16755 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16757 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16758 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16760 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
16761 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
16763 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16764 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16766 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16767 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16769 Return values:
16770 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16771 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16772 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16773 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16774 quit spell session exited.
16776 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
16778 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
16779 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16780 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16782 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16784 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
16785 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16787 Selections are:
16789 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16790 SPC: Accept word this time.
16791 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16792 `a': Accept word for this session.
16793 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16794 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16795 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16796 `?': Show these commands.
16797 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16798 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16799 the aborted check to be completed later.
16800 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16801 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16802 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16803 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16804 `C-l': Redraw screen.
16805 `C-r': Recursive edit.
16806 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16808 \(fn)" nil nil)
16810 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
16811 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16812 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16814 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
16816 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
16817 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16818 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16819 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16821 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16823 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16825 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
16826 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16827 Return nil if spell session is quit,
16828 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
16830 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16832 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
16833 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16835 \(fn)" t nil)
16837 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
16838 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16840 \(fn)" t nil)
16842 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
16843 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16845 \(fn)" t nil)
16847 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
16848 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
16849 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
16850 sequence inside of a word.
16852 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16854 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16856 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
16857 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16859 \(fn)" t nil)
16861 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
16862 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16863 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16864 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16866 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16867 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16868 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16869 available on the net.
16871 \(fn)" t nil)
16873 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
16874 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
16875 With prefix argument ARG, turn Ispell minor mode on if ARG is positive,
16876 otherwise turn it off.
16878 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
16879 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
16881 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
16882 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC.
16884 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16886 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
16887 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16888 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16889 Don't check included messages.
16891 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16892 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16893 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
16895 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16896 in your .emacs file:
16897 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16898 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16899 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
16900 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16902 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16903 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16904 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16906 \(fn)" t nil)
16908 ;;;***
16910 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (18335
16911 ;;;;;; 54514))
16912 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
16914 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
16915 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
16916 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16917 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16918 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16919 or call the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
16921 (custom-autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" nil)
16923 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" "\
16924 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
16925 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
16926 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
16927 `iswitchb' for details.
16929 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16931 ;;;***
16933 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
16934 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
16935 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
16936 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (18362 36889))
16937 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16939 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
16940 Not documented
16942 \(fn)" nil nil)
16944 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
16945 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16946 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16947 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16948 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16949 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16950 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16951 necessary to represent OBJ.
16953 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16955 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
16956 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16957 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16958 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16960 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16962 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
16963 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16964 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16965 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16966 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16968 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16970 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
16971 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16972 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16973 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16975 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16977 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
16978 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16979 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16980 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16982 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16984 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
16985 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16987 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16989 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
16990 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16991 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16992 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16993 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16995 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16997 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
16998 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16999 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
17000 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
17001 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
17003 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
17005 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
17006 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
17007 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
17009 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
17011 ;;;***
17013 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
17014 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" (18335 54514))
17015 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
17017 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
17018 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
17019 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
17020 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
17022 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
17023 Not documented
17025 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
17027 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
17028 Uninstall jka-compr.
17029 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
17030 and `inhibit-first-line-modes-suffixes' that were added
17031 by `jka-compr-installed'.
17033 \(fn)" nil nil)
17035 ;;;***
17037 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
17038 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
17039 ;;;;;; (18341 12907))
17040 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
17042 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
17043 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
17044 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
17045 decimal key must be specified.")
17047 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
17049 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
17050 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
17051 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
17052 decimal key must be specified.")
17054 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
17056 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
17057 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
17058 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
17059 decimal key must be specified.")
17061 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
17063 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
17064 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
17065 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
17066 decimal key must be specified.")
17068 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
17070 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
17071 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
17072 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
17073 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
17074 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
17075 keys are bound.
17077 Setup Binding
17078 -------------------------------------------------------------
17079 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
17080 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
17081 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
17082 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
17083 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
17084 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
17085 in the global and local keymaps.
17087 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
17088 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
17090 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
17092 ;;;***
17094 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
17095 ;;;;;; (18335 54534))
17096 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
17098 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
17099 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
17100 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
17102 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
17103 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
17104 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
17105 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
17106 shorter.
17108 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
17109 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
17110 the context of text formatting.
17112 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
17114 ;;;***
17116 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (18335
17117 ;;;;;; 54534))
17118 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
17120 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
17121 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
17122 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
17123 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
17124 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
17125 positions that contains the current selection.")
17127 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
17128 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
17129 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
17130 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
17131 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
17132 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
17133 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
17135 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
17137 ;;;***
17139 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
17140 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
17141 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro"
17142 ;;;;;; "kmacro.el" (18335 54514))
17143 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
17144 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
17145 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
17146 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
17147 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
17148 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
17149 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
17150 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
17152 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
17153 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
17154 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
17155 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
17156 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
17158 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
17160 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
17161 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
17162 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
17164 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
17165 defining the macro.
17167 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
17168 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
17169 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
17171 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
17172 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
17174 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17176 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
17177 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
17178 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
17179 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
17180 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
17181 under that name.
17183 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
17184 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
17185 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
17187 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17189 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
17190 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
17191 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
17193 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
17194 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
17195 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
17196 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
17198 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
17199 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
17201 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
17203 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
17204 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
17205 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
17207 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
17208 macro.
17210 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
17211 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
17213 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
17214 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
17215 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
17217 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
17218 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
17220 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17222 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
17223 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
17224 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
17225 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
17227 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
17229 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
17230 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
17231 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
17232 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
17234 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
17235 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
17237 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
17239 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
17240 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
17241 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
17243 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
17245 ;;;***
17247 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
17248 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (18335 54537))
17249 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
17251 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
17252 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
17253 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
17255 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
17256 Not documented
17258 \(fn)" nil nil)
17260 ;;;***
17262 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
17263 ;;;;;; (18335 54541))
17264 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
17266 (defalias 'landmark-repeat 'lm-test-run)
17268 (autoload 'lm-test-run "landmark" "\
17269 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
17271 \(fn)" t nil)
17273 (defalias 'landmark 'lm)
17275 (autoload 'lm "landmark" "\
17276 Start or resume an Lm game.
17277 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
17278 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
17280 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
17281 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
17282 none / 1 | yes | no
17283 2 | yes | yes
17284 3 | no | yes
17285 4 | no | no
17287 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
17288 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
17289 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
17291 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
17293 ;;;***
17295 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string
17296 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao lao-compose-string)
17297 ;;;;;; "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (18341 12912))
17298 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
17300 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
17301 Not documented
17303 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
17305 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
17306 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
17307 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
17308 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
17309 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
17310 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
17312 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
17313 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
17315 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
17317 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
17318 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
17320 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
17322 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
17323 Not documented
17325 \(fn POS &optional STRING)" nil nil)
17327 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
17328 Not documented
17330 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
17332 ;;;***
17334 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
17335 ;;;;;; latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
17336 ;;;;;; "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (18335 54534))
17337 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
17339 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8)) "\
17340 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
17341 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
17342 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
17344 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
17346 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
17347 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
17348 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
17350 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
17352 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
17353 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
17354 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
17356 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
17358 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
17359 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
17360 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
17361 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
17363 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
17365 ;;;***
17367 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
17368 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (18364 47319))
17369 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
17371 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
17372 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
17373 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
17374 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
17375 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
17376 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
17377 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
17378 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
17380 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
17381 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
17383 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17384 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
17386 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
17388 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
17389 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
17390 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
17391 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
17392 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
17393 `latin1-display-setup'.
17395 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
17397 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
17398 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
17399 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
17400 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
17402 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17403 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
17405 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
17407 ;;;***
17409 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
17410 ;;;;;; (18335 54542))
17411 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
17413 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ld[si]?\\>" . ld-script-mode))
17415 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.x[bdsru]?[cn]?\\'" . ld-script-mode))
17417 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
17418 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
17420 \(fn)" t nil)
17422 ;;;***
17424 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
17425 ;;;;;; (18335 54514))
17426 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
17428 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
17429 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
17431 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
17432 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
17434 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
17435 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
17437 (autoload 'ledit-mode "ledit" "\
17438 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
17439 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
17440 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
17441 for later transmission to Lisp job.
17442 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
17443 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
17444 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
17445 and transmit saved text.
17447 \\{ledit-mode-map}
17448 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
17449 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
17451 \(fn)" t nil)
17453 (autoload 'ledit-from-lisp-mode "ledit" "\
17454 Not documented
17456 \(fn)" nil nil)
17458 ;;;***
17460 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (18335 54541))
17461 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
17463 (autoload 'life "life" "\
17464 Run Conway's Life simulation.
17465 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
17466 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
17467 generations (this defaults to 1).
17469 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
17471 ;;;***
17473 ;;;### (autoloads (global-linum-mode linum-mode linum-format) "linum"
17474 ;;;;;; "linum.el" (18368 43684))
17475 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
17477 (defvar linum-format 'dynamic "\
17478 Format used to display line numbers.
17479 Either a format string like \"%7d\", `dynamic' to adapt the width
17480 as needed, or a function that is called with a line number as its
17481 argument and should evaluate to a string to be shown on that line.
17482 See also `linum-before-numbering-hook'.")
17484 (custom-autoload 'linum-format "linum" t)
17486 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
17487 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin.
17489 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17491 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
17492 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
17493 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17494 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17495 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17496 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
17498 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
17500 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
17501 Toggle Linum mode in every possible buffer.
17502 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Linum mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
17503 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where `linum-on' would do it.
17504 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
17506 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17508 ;;;***
17510 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (18335
17511 ;;;;;; 54514))
17512 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
17514 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
17515 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
17516 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
17517 is nil, raise an error.
17519 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
17520 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
17521 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
17522 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
17523 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
17524 defined by the library.
17526 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
17527 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
17528 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
17529 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
17530 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
17531 proceeds.
17533 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
17534 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
17535 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
17536 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
17538 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
17540 ;;;***
17542 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
17543 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (18335 54514))
17544 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
17546 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
17547 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
17548 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
17550 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
17552 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
17553 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
17554 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
17555 With prefix arg, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
17557 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
17558 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
17559 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
17560 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
17561 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
17562 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
17563 the version.)
17565 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
17566 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
17568 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
17569 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
17571 ARG is the interactive prefix arg.
17573 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
17575 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
17576 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
17577 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
17578 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
17579 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
17580 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
17581 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
17582 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
17583 to constrain a big search.
17585 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
17587 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
17588 except that FILTER is not optional.
17590 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
17592 ;;;***
17594 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (18335 54514))
17595 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
17597 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
17598 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
17599 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
17600 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
17601 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the buffer so
17602 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
17603 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
17604 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
17606 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist. Possible keys and associated values:
17607 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
17608 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
17609 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
17610 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
17612 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
17613 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
17614 uses the current buffer.
17616 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
17618 ;;;***
17620 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (18335
17621 ;;;;;; 54514))
17622 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
17624 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
17625 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
17627 \(fn)" t nil)
17629 ;;;***
17631 ;;;### (autoloads (longlines-mode) "longlines" "longlines.el" (18335
17632 ;;;;;; 54514))
17633 ;;; Generated autoloads from longlines.el
17635 (autoload 'longlines-mode "longlines" "\
17636 Toggle Long Lines mode.
17637 In Long Lines mode, long lines are wrapped if they extend beyond
17638 `fill-column'. The soft newlines used for line wrapping will not
17639 show up when the text is yanked or saved to disk.
17641 If the variable `longlines-auto-wrap' is non-nil, lines are automatically
17642 wrapped whenever the buffer is changed. You can always call
17643 `fill-paragraph' to fill individual paragraphs.
17645 If the variable `longlines-show-hard-newlines' is non-nil, hard newlines
17646 are indicated with a symbol.
17648 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17650 ;;;***
17652 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
17653 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (18335
17654 ;;;;;; 54514))
17655 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
17657 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt)))
17659 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)))
17661 (defvar printer-name (and (memq system-type '(emx ms-dos)) "PRN") "\
17662 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
17663 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
17665 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
17666 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
17668 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
17669 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
17670 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
17671 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
17672 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
17673 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
17674 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
17676 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
17678 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
17679 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
17680 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
17681 switch on this list.
17682 See `lpr-command'.")
17684 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
17686 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
17687 *Name of program for printing a file.
17689 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
17690 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
17691 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
17692 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
17693 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
17694 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
17695 argument.")
17697 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
17699 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
17700 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
17701 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17702 for customization of the printer command.
17704 \(fn)" t nil)
17706 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
17707 Paginate and print buffer contents.
17709 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17710 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17711 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17712 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17714 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17715 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17717 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17718 for further customization of the printer command.
17720 \(fn)" t nil)
17722 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
17723 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
17724 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17725 for customization of the printer command.
17727 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17729 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
17730 Paginate and print the region contents.
17732 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17733 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17734 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17735 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17737 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17738 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17740 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17741 for further customization of the printer command.
17743 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17745 ;;;***
17747 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
17748 ;;;;;; (18335 54514))
17749 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17751 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17752 *Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17753 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17755 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
17757 ;;;***
17759 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (18335
17760 ;;;;;; 54521))
17761 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17763 (autoload 'phases-of-moon "lunar" "\
17764 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17765 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
17767 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
17769 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17771 ;;;***
17773 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (18335
17774 ;;;;;; 54542))
17775 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17777 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
17778 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17779 \\{m4-mode-map}
17781 \(fn)" t nil)
17783 ;;;***
17785 ;;;### (autoloads (macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
17786 ;;;;;; (18335 54522))
17787 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/macroexp.el
17789 (autoload 'macroexpand-all "macroexp" "\
17790 Return result of expanding macros at all levels in FORM.
17791 If no macros are expanded, FORM is returned unchanged.
17792 The second optional arg ENVIRONMENT specifies an environment of macro
17793 definitions to shadow the loaded ones for use in file byte-compilation.
17795 \(fn FORM &optional ENVIRONMENT)" nil nil)
17797 ;;;***
17799 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
17800 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (18335 54514))
17801 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17803 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17804 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17805 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17806 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17807 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17809 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17811 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17812 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
17813 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17814 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17816 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17817 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17818 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17819 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17820 bindings.
17822 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17823 use this command, and then save the file.
17825 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17827 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
17828 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17829 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17830 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17831 each time the macro executes.
17832 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17833 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17834 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17835 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17836 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17837 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17838 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17840 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
17842 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
17843 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17844 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17845 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17847 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17848 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17849 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17850 execute.
17852 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17853 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17855 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17856 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17857 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17858 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17859 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17861 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17862 looked like this:
17864 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17865 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17866 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17868 You could enter the names in this format:
17874 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17876 \\C-x (
17877 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17878 \\C-x )
17880 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17881 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17883 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17884 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17886 ;;;***
17888 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
17889 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (18369 28759))
17890 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17892 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
17893 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17894 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17895 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17896 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17897 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17899 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17900 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17901 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17902 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17903 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17905 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17906 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17907 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17908 consing a string.)
17910 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17912 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
17913 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17915 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17917 ;;;***
17919 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
17920 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
17921 ;;;;;; (18335 54537))
17922 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17924 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
17925 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17927 \(fn)" nil nil)
17929 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
17930 Not documented
17932 \(fn)" nil nil)
17934 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17935 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17937 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
17939 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
17940 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17941 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17942 message.
17944 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17946 \(fn)" nil nil)
17948 ;;;***
17950 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
17951 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
17952 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (18335
17953 ;;;;;; 54537))
17954 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17956 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17957 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17958 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17959 often correct parser.")
17961 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
17963 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
17964 Not documented
17966 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17968 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17969 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17970 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17971 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17973 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17975 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17976 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17977 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17978 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17980 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17982 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17983 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17984 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17985 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17986 If NOERROR is non-nil, return t if successful.
17987 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17988 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17989 as Rmail does.
17991 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17993 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
17994 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17995 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
17996 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17997 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17998 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
18000 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
18002 ;;;***
18004 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup
18005 ;;;;;; mail-abbrevs-mode) "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (18335
18006 ;;;;;; 54537))
18007 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
18009 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
18010 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
18011 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18012 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18013 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18014 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
18016 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
18018 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
18019 Non-nil means expand mail aliases as abbrevs, in certain message headers.
18021 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18023 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
18024 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
18026 \(fn)" nil nil)
18028 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
18029 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
18030 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
18032 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
18034 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
18035 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
18036 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
18038 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
18040 ;;;***
18042 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
18043 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (18335
18044 ;;;;;; 54537))
18045 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
18047 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
18048 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
18049 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
18050 king@grassland.com
18051 If `parens', they look like:
18052 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
18053 If `angles', they look like:
18054 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
18056 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
18058 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
18059 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
18060 If interactive, expand in header fields.
18061 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
18062 their `Resent-' variants.
18064 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
18065 removed from alias expansions.
18067 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
18069 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
18070 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
18071 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
18073 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
18074 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
18075 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
18076 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
18078 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
18080 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
18081 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
18082 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
18083 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any.
18085 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18087 ;;;***
18089 ;;;### (autoloads (mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el"
18090 ;;;;;; (18335 54537))
18091 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
18093 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
18094 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
18095 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
18096 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
18098 \(fn)" nil nil)
18100 ;;;***
18102 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-imake-mode makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode
18103 ;;;;;; makefile-gmake-mode makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode)
18104 ;;;;;; "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (18335 54542))
18105 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
18107 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
18108 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
18110 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
18111 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
18112 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
18113 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
18114 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
18115 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
18117 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
18118 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
18119 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
18120 dependency, despite the colon.
18122 \\{makefile-mode-map}
18124 In the browser, use the following keys:
18126 \\{makefile-browser-map}
18128 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
18130 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
18131 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
18133 `makefile-target-colon':
18134 The string that gets appended to all target names
18135 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
18136 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
18138 `makefile-macro-assign':
18139 The string that gets appended to all macro names
18140 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
18141 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
18142 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
18143 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
18144 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
18146 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
18147 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
18148 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
18150 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
18151 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
18153 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
18154 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
18155 up or down in the browser.
18157 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
18158 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
18160 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
18161 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
18163 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
18164 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
18165 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
18166 has been selected in the browser.
18168 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
18169 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
18170 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
18171 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
18172 filenames are omitted.
18174 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
18175 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
18176 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
18177 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
18178 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
18179 the backslash itself intact.
18180 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
18181 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
18183 `makefile-browser-hook':
18184 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
18185 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
18187 `makefile-special-targets-list':
18188 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
18189 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
18190 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
18192 \(fn)" t nil)
18194 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
18195 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
18197 \(fn)" t nil)
18199 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
18200 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
18202 \(fn)" t nil)
18204 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
18205 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
18207 \(fn)" t nil)
18209 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
18210 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
18212 \(fn)" t nil)
18214 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
18215 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
18217 \(fn)" t nil)
18219 ;;;***
18221 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (18335
18222 ;;;;;; 54514))
18223 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
18225 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
18226 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
18227 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
18229 \(fn)" t nil)
18231 ;;;***
18233 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (18335 54514))
18234 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
18236 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
18238 (autoload 'man "man" "\
18239 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
18240 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
18241 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
18242 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
18243 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
18244 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
18246 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
18247 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from
18248 all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the
18249 `Man-switches' variable, which see.
18251 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
18253 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
18254 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
18256 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
18258 ;;;***
18260 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (18335 54514))
18261 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
18263 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
18264 Toggle Master mode.
18265 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
18266 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
18267 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
18269 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
18270 following commands:
18272 \\{master-mode-map}
18274 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
18275 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
18276 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
18278 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18280 ;;;***
18282 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-indicate-depth-mode) "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el"
18283 ;;;;;; (18335 54514))
18284 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
18286 (defvar minibuffer-indicate-depth-mode nil "\
18287 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Indicate-Depth mode is enabled.
18288 See the command `minibuffer-indicate-depth-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18289 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18290 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18291 or call the function `minibuffer-indicate-depth-mode'.")
18293 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-indicate-depth-mode "mb-depth" nil)
18295 (autoload 'minibuffer-indicate-depth-mode "mb-depth" "\
18296 Toggle Minibuffer Indicate Depth mode.
18297 When active, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show
18298 the recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only
18299 useful if `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
18301 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18302 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18304 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18306 ;;;***
18308 ;;;### (autoloads (menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "menu-bar.el" (18368
18309 ;;;;;; 43872))
18310 ;;; Generated autoloads from menu-bar.el
18312 (put 'menu-bar-mode 'standard-value '(t))
18314 (defvar menu-bar-mode nil "\
18315 Non-nil if Menu-Bar mode is enabled.
18316 See the command `menu-bar-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18317 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18318 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18319 or call the function `menu-bar-mode'.")
18321 (custom-autoload 'menu-bar-mode "menu-bar" nil)
18323 (autoload 'menu-bar-mode "menu-bar" "\
18324 Toggle display of a menu bar on each frame.
18325 This command applies to all frames that exist and frames to be
18326 created in the future.
18327 With a numeric argument, if the argument is positive,
18328 turn on menu bars; otherwise, turn off menu bars.
18330 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18332 ;;;***
18334 ;;;### (autoloads (message-unbold-region message-bold-region message-news-other-frame
18335 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
18336 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
18337 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
18338 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
18339 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode) "message"
18340 ;;;;;; "gnus/message.el" (18369 28758))
18341 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
18343 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
18345 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
18346 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
18347 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
18348 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
18349 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
18350 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
18351 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
18352 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
18353 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
18354 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
18355 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
18356 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
18357 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
18358 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
18359 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
18360 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
18361 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
18362 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
18363 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
18364 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
18365 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
18366 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
18367 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
18368 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
18369 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
18370 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
18371 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
18372 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
18373 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
18374 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
18375 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
18376 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
18377 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
18378 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
18379 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
18380 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
18381 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
18382 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
18384 \(fn)" t nil)
18386 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
18387 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
18388 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
18389 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
18390 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
18392 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
18394 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
18395 Start editing a news article to be sent.
18397 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
18399 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
18400 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
18402 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
18404 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
18405 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
18407 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
18409 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
18410 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
18411 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
18413 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
18415 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
18416 Cancel an article you posted.
18417 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
18419 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18421 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
18422 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
18423 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
18424 header line with the old Message-ID.
18426 \(fn)" t nil)
18428 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
18429 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
18431 \(fn)" t nil)
18433 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
18434 Forward the current message via mail.
18435 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
18436 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
18438 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
18440 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
18441 Not documented
18443 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
18445 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
18446 Not documented
18448 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
18450 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
18451 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
18453 \(fn)" t nil)
18455 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
18456 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
18458 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
18460 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
18461 Re-mail the current message.
18462 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
18463 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
18464 you.
18466 \(fn)" t nil)
18468 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
18469 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
18471 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
18473 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
18474 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
18476 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
18478 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
18479 Start editing a news article to be sent.
18481 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
18483 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
18484 Start editing a news article to be sent.
18486 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
18488 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
18489 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
18490 Works by overstriking characters.
18491 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
18492 which specify the range to operate on.
18494 \(fn START END)" t nil)
18496 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
18497 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
18498 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
18499 which specify the range to operate on.
18501 \(fn START END)" t nil)
18503 ;;;***
18505 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
18506 ;;;;;; (18335 54543))
18507 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
18509 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
18510 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
18511 Special commands:
18512 \\{meta-mode-map}
18514 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
18515 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
18517 \(fn)" t nil)
18519 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
18520 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
18521 Special commands:
18522 \\{meta-mode-map}
18524 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
18525 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
18527 \(fn)" t nil)
18529 ;;;***
18531 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
18532 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
18533 ;;;;;; (18335 54537))
18534 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
18536 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
18537 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
18538 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
18540 \(fn)" t nil)
18542 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
18543 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
18544 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18545 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18546 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18547 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18548 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
18550 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18552 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
18553 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
18554 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18555 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18556 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
18557 means current).
18558 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18559 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18561 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18563 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
18564 Process current region through 'metamail'.
18565 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18566 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18567 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
18568 means current).
18569 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18570 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18572 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18574 ;;;***
18576 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-fully-kill-draft mh-send-letter mh-user-agent-compose
18577 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail-other-window mh-smail) "mh-comp"
18578 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (18368 43878))
18579 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
18581 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
18582 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
18583 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
18585 \(fn)" t nil)
18587 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
18588 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
18589 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
18591 \(fn)" t nil)
18593 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
18594 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
18596 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
18597 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
18598 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
18600 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
18601 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
18603 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
18604 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
18606 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
18608 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
18610 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
18611 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
18612 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
18613 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
18614 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
18615 as `compose-mail'.
18617 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
18618 initial Subject field, respectively.
18620 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
18621 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
18622 are strings.
18624 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION and SEND-ACTIONS are
18625 ignored.
18627 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" nil nil)
18629 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
18630 Save draft and send message.
18632 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
18633 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
18634 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
18635 Mail Delivery*\".
18637 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
18638 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
18639 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
18641 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
18642 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
18643 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
18644 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
18645 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
18646 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
18648 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
18649 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
18651 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18653 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
18654 Quit editing and delete draft message.
18656 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
18657 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
18658 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
18659 delete the draft message.
18661 \(fn)" t nil)
18663 ;;;***
18665 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (18369 28760))
18666 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
18668 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18670 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
18672 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18674 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
18675 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
18677 \(fn)" t nil)
18679 ;;;***
18681 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-folder"
18682 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (18335 54538))
18683 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
18685 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
18686 Incorporate new mail with MH.
18687 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18689 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18690 the MH mail system.
18692 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18694 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
18695 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
18696 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18698 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18699 the MH mail system.
18701 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18703 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
18704 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
18706 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
18707 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
18708 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
18709 separate command.
18711 Options that control this mode can be changed with
18712 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
18713 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18714 format.
18716 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18718 Ranges
18719 ======
18720 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18721 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18722 can be used in several ways.
18724 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18725 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18726 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18727 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18728 page):
18730 <num1>-<num2>
18731 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18732 The range must be nonempty.
18734 <num>:N
18735 <num>:+N
18736 <num>:-N
18737 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18738 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18739 last.
18741 first:N
18742 prev:N
18743 next:N
18744 last:N
18745 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18748 All of the messages.
18750 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18751 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18753 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18754 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18755 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18757 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18759 \(fn)" t nil)
18761 ;;;***
18763 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
18764 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (18335 54515))
18765 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18767 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
18768 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18769 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18770 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18771 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18772 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18773 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18774 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18775 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18776 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18777 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18779 \(fn)" t nil)
18781 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
18782 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18783 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18784 to its second argument TM.
18786 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18788 ;;;***
18790 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
18791 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (18335 54515))
18792 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18794 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18795 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18796 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18797 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18798 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18799 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18801 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18803 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
18804 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18805 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
18806 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
18807 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
18808 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
18809 default indication.
18811 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18812 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18814 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18816 ;;;***
18818 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
18819 ;;;;;; (18335 54543))
18820 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18822 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
18823 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18824 \\{mixal-mode-map}
18826 \(fn)" t nil)
18828 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.mixal\\'" . mixal-mode))
18830 ;;;***
18832 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body mm-extern-cache-contents)
18833 ;;;;;; "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (18335 54533))
18834 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18836 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
18837 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18839 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18841 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
18842 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18843 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18844 the entire message.
18845 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18847 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18849 ;;;***
18851 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
18852 ;;;;;; (18335 54533))
18853 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18855 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
18856 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18857 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18858 the entire message.
18859 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18861 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18863 ;;;***
18865 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
18866 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (18335 54533))
18867 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18869 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
18870 Insert file contents of URL.
18871 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18873 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18875 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
18876 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18878 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18880 ;;;***
18882 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect-text-parts mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu"
18883 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-uu.el" (18335 54533))
18884 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18886 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
18887 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18888 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18889 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18890 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18892 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18894 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
18895 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18896 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18898 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18900 ;;;***
18902 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
18903 ;;;;;; (18335 54533))
18904 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18906 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
18907 Not documented
18909 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18911 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
18912 Not documented
18914 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18916 ;;;***
18918 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
18919 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
18920 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (18369 28759))
18921 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18923 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
18924 Not documented
18926 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18928 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
18929 Not documented
18931 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18933 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
18934 Not documented
18936 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18938 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
18939 Not documented
18941 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18943 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18944 Not documented
18946 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18948 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
18949 Not documented
18951 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18953 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18954 Not documented
18956 \(fn)" nil nil)
18958 ;;;***
18960 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
18961 ;;;;;; (18154 63989))
18962 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18964 (autoload 'modula-2-mode "modula2" "\
18965 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18966 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18967 followed by the first character of the construct.
18968 \\<m2-mode-map>
18969 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18970 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18971 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18972 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18973 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18974 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18975 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18976 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18977 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18978 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18979 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18980 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18981 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18982 \\[m2-link] link
18984 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18985 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18986 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18988 \(fn)" t nil)
18990 ;;;***
18992 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
18993 ;;;;;; (18335 54541))
18994 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18996 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
18997 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18999 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
19001 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
19002 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
19004 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
19006 ;;;***
19008 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (18335
19009 ;;;;;; 54515))
19010 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
19012 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
19013 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
19014 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
19015 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19016 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
19017 or call the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
19019 (custom-autoload 'mouse-sel-mode "mouse-sel" nil)
19021 (autoload 'mouse-sel-mode "mouse-sel" "\
19022 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
19023 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
19024 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
19026 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
19028 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
19030 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
19032 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
19033 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
19034 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
19035 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
19036 Triple-clicking selects lines.
19037 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
19039 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
19040 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
19041 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
19042 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
19043 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
19045 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
19046 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
19048 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
19049 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
19051 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
19053 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
19054 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
19055 primary selection and region.
19057 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19059 ;;;***
19061 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (18335 54541))
19062 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
19064 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
19065 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
19067 \(fn)" t nil)
19069 ;;;***
19071 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (18335 54515))
19072 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
19074 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
19075 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
19076 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
19077 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19078 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
19079 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
19081 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
19083 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
19084 Toggle Msb mode.
19085 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
19086 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
19087 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
19089 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19091 ;;;***
19093 ;;;### (autoloads (unicode-data unicodedata-file mule-diag list-input-methods
19094 ;;;;;; list-fontsets describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-categories
19095 ;;;;;; list-coding-systems describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
19096 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
19097 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
19098 ;;;;;; (18343 28560))
19099 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
19101 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
19102 Display a list of all character sets.
19104 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
19105 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
19106 set. The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022 <final-char> to use
19107 for designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
19109 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
19110 but still shows the full information.
19112 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19114 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
19115 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
19116 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
19118 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
19119 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
19120 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
19121 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
19122 detailed meanings of these arguments.
19124 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
19126 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
19127 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
19129 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
19131 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
19132 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
19134 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
19136 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
19137 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
19139 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
19141 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
19142 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
19144 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
19145 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
19146 in place of `..':
19147 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
19148 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
19149 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
19150 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
19151 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
19152 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
19153 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
19154 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
19155 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
19156 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
19157 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
19158 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
19159 `default-process-coding-system' for read
19160 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
19161 `default-process-coding-system' for write
19162 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
19164 \(fn)" t nil)
19166 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
19167 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
19169 \(fn)" t nil)
19171 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
19172 Display a list of all coding systems.
19173 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
19175 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
19176 but still contains full information about each coding system.
19178 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19180 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
19181 Display a list of all coding categories.
19183 \(fn)" nil nil)
19185 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
19186 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
19187 The font must be already used by Emacs.
19189 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
19191 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
19192 Display information about FONTSET.
19193 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
19195 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
19197 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
19198 Display a list of all fontsets.
19199 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
19200 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
19201 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
19203 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19205 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
19206 Display information about all input methods.
19208 \(fn)" t nil)
19210 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
19211 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
19213 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
19214 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
19215 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
19216 system which uses fontsets).
19218 \(fn)" t nil)
19220 (defvar unicodedata-file nil "\
19221 Location of UnicodeData file.
19222 This is the UnicodeData.txt file from the Unicode consortium, used for
19223 diagnostics. If it is non-nil `describe-char-after' will print data
19224 looked up from it.")
19226 (custom-autoload 'unicodedata-file "mule-diag" t)
19228 (autoload 'unicode-data "mule-diag" "\
19229 Return a list of Unicode data for unicode CHAR.
19230 Each element is a list of a property description and the property value.
19231 The list is null if CHAR isn't found in `unicodedata-file'.
19233 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
19235 ;;;***
19237 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
19238 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority with-coding-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
19239 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
19240 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
19241 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
19242 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (18364 47319))
19243 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
19245 (autoload 'string-to-sequence "mule-util" "\
19246 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
19247 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
19249 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
19251 (make-obsolete 'string-to-sequence "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "22.1")
19253 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
19254 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
19256 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
19257 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
19259 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
19260 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
19262 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
19264 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
19265 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
19266 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
19267 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
19268 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
19269 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
19270 buffer; see also `char-width'.
19272 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
19273 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
19274 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
19275 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
19276 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
19277 middle of a character in STR.
19279 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
19280 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
19282 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
19283 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
19284 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
19285 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
19286 defaults to \"...\".
19288 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
19290 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
19291 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
19293 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
19294 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
19295 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
19297 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
19298 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
19299 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
19301 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
19302 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
19303 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
19304 is considered.
19305 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
19306 longer than KEYSEQ.
19307 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
19309 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
19311 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
19312 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
19313 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
19314 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
19315 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
19316 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
19317 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
19318 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
19319 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
19320 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
19321 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
19323 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
19325 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
19326 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
19328 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19330 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
19331 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
19333 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19335 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
19336 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
19338 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19340 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
19341 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
19343 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19345 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
19346 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
19347 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See
19348 `set-coding-priority'. This affects the implicit sorting of lists of
19349 coding sysems returned by operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
19351 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
19353 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
19354 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
19355 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
19356 coding systems ordered by priority.
19358 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
19360 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
19361 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
19362 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
19363 language environment LANG-ENV.
19365 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
19367 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
19368 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
19369 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
19370 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display CHAR's
19371 charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a per-character
19372 basis, this may not be accurate.
19374 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
19376 ;;;***
19378 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
19379 ;;;;;; (18335 54515))
19380 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
19382 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
19383 Non-nil if Mouse-Wheel mode is enabled.
19384 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
19385 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19386 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
19387 or call the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
19389 (custom-autoload 'mouse-wheel-mode "mwheel" nil)
19391 (autoload 'mouse-wheel-mode "mwheel" "\
19392 Toggle mouse wheel support.
19393 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
19394 Return non-nil if the new state is enabled.
19396 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19398 (autoload 'mwheel-install "mwheel" "\
19399 Enable mouse wheel support.
19401 \(fn &optional UNINSTALL)" nil nil)
19403 ;;;***
19405 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
19406 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
19407 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host route arp netstat iwconfig ifconfig
19408 ;;;;;; ping traceroute) "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (18370 1627))
19409 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
19411 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
19412 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
19414 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
19416 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
19417 Ping HOST.
19418 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
19419 `ping-program-options'.
19421 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19423 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
19424 Run ifconfig program.
19426 \(fn)" t nil)
19428 (defalias 'ipconfig 'ifconfig)
19430 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
19431 Run iwconfig program.
19433 \(fn)" t nil)
19435 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
19436 Run netstat program.
19438 \(fn)" t nil)
19440 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
19441 Run the arp program.
19443 \(fn)" t nil)
19445 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
19446 Run the route program.
19448 \(fn)" t nil)
19450 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
19451 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
19453 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19455 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
19456 Run nslookup program.
19458 \(fn)" t nil)
19460 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
19461 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
19463 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19465 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
19466 Run dig program.
19468 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19470 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
19471 Run ftp program.
19473 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19475 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
19476 Finger USER on HOST.
19478 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
19480 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
19481 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
19482 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
19483 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
19485 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
19487 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
19488 Not documented
19490 \(fn)" t nil)
19492 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
19493 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
19495 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
19497 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
19498 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
19500 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
19502 ;;;***
19504 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-auto-fill-only-comments
19505 ;;;;;; comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region comment-box comment-region
19506 ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent
19507 ;;;;;; comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars comment-multi-line
19508 ;;;;;; comment-padding comment-style comment-column) "newcomment"
19509 ;;;;;; "newcomment.el" (18335 54515))
19510 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
19512 (defalias 'indent-for-comment 'comment-indent)
19514 (defalias 'set-comment-column 'comment-set-column)
19516 (defalias 'kill-comment 'comment-kill)
19518 (defalias 'indent-new-comment-line 'comment-indent-new-line)
19520 (defvar comment-use-syntax 'undecided "\
19521 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
19522 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
19523 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
19524 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
19525 Major modes should set this variable.")
19527 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
19528 Column to indent right-margin comments to.
19529 Each mode may establish a different default value for this variable; you
19530 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
19531 Comments might be indented to a different value in order not to go beyond
19532 `comment-fill-column' or in order to align them with surrounding comments.")
19534 (custom-autoload 'comment-column "newcomment" t)
19535 (put 'comment-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
19537 (defvar comment-start nil "\
19538 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
19539 (put 'comment-start 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19541 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
19542 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
19543 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
19544 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
19545 (put 'comment-start-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19547 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
19548 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
19549 (put 'comment-end-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19551 (defvar comment-end "" "\
19552 *String to insert to end a new comment.
19553 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
19554 (put 'comment-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19556 (defvar comment-indent-function 'comment-indent-default "\
19557 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
19558 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
19559 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
19560 column indentation or nil.
19561 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
19563 (defvar comment-insert-comment-function nil "\
19564 Function to insert a comment when a line doesn't contain one.
19565 The function has no args.
19567 Applicable at least in modes for languages like fixed-format Fortran where
19568 comments always start in column zero.")
19570 (defvar comment-style 'indent-or-triple "\
19571 Style to be used for `comment-region'.
19572 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
19574 (custom-autoload 'comment-style "newcomment" t)
19576 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
19577 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
19578 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
19579 of the corresponding number of spaces.
19581 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
19582 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
19584 (custom-autoload 'comment-padding "newcomment" t)
19586 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
19587 Non-nil means `comment-indent-new-line' continues comments.
19588 That is, it inserts no new terminator or starter.
19589 This affects `auto-fill-mode', which is the main reason to
19590 customize this variable.
19592 It also affects \\[indent-new-comment-line]. However, if you want this
19593 behavior for explicit filling, you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
19595 (custom-autoload 'comment-multi-line "newcomment" t)
19597 (autoload 'comment-normalize-vars "newcomment" "\
19598 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
19599 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
19600 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
19601 the variables are properly set.
19603 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
19605 (autoload 'comment-indent-default "newcomment" "\
19606 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
19608 \(fn)" nil nil)
19610 (autoload 'comment-indent "newcomment" "\
19611 Indent this line's comment to `comment-column', or insert an empty comment.
19612 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
19614 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
19616 (autoload 'comment-set-column "newcomment" "\
19617 Set the comment column based on point.
19618 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
19619 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
19620 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
19621 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
19623 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19625 (autoload 'comment-kill "newcomment" "\
19626 Kill the comment on this line, if any.
19627 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
19629 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19631 (autoload 'uncomment-region "newcomment" "\
19632 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
19633 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
19634 comment markers.
19636 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19638 (autoload 'comment-region "newcomment" "\
19639 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
19640 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
19641 Numeric prefix ARG means use ARG comment characters.
19642 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
19643 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
19644 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
19645 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
19647 The strings used as comment starts are built from
19648 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'.
19650 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19652 (autoload 'comment-box "newcomment" "\
19653 Comment out the BEG .. END region, putting it inside a box.
19654 The numeric prefix ARG specifies how many characters to add to begin- and
19655 end- comment markers additionally to what `comment-add' already specifies.
19657 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19659 (autoload 'comment-or-uncomment-region "newcomment" "\
19660 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
19661 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
19662 is passed on to the respective function.
19664 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19666 (autoload 'comment-dwim "newcomment" "\
19667 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
19668 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
19669 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
19670 case it calls `uncomment-region').
19671 Else, if the current line is empty, call `comment-insert-comment-function'
19672 if it is defined, otherwise insert a comment and indent it.
19673 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
19674 Else, call `comment-indent'.
19675 You can configure `comment-style' to change the way regions are commented.
19677 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19679 (defvar comment-auto-fill-only-comments nil "\
19680 Non-nil means to only auto-fill inside comments.
19681 This has no effect in modes that do not define a comment syntax.")
19683 (custom-autoload 'comment-auto-fill-only-comments "newcomment" t)
19685 (autoload 'comment-indent-new-line "newcomment" "\
19686 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
19687 This indents the body of the continued comment
19688 under the previous comment line.
19690 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
19691 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
19692 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
19694 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
19695 or comment indentation.
19697 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
19698 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
19700 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
19702 ;;;***
19704 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-show-news newsticker-start-ticker newsticker-start
19705 ;;;;;; newsticker-ticker-running-p newsticker-running-p) "newsticker"
19706 ;;;;;; "net/newsticker.el" (18335 54538))
19707 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newsticker.el
19709 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newsticker" "\
19710 Check whether newsticker is running.
19711 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19712 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19714 \(fn)" nil nil)
19716 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newsticker" "\
19717 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19718 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19719 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19720 empty.
19722 \(fn)" nil nil)
19724 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newsticker" "\
19725 Start the newsticker.
19726 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19727 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19728 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19729 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19731 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19733 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newsticker" "\
19734 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19735 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19736 running already.
19738 \(fn)" t nil)
19740 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newsticker" "\
19741 Switch to newsticker buffer. You may want to bind this to a key.
19743 \(fn)" t nil)
19745 ;;;***
19747 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
19748 ;;;;;; (18335 54533))
19749 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19751 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
19752 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19754 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19756 ;;;***
19758 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (18335
19759 ;;;;;; 54533))
19760 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19762 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
19763 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19764 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19765 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19766 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19767 symbol in the alist.
19769 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19771 ;;;***
19773 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
19774 ;;;;;; (18335 54533))
19775 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19777 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
19778 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19779 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19781 \(fn)" t nil)
19783 ;;;***
19785 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
19786 ;;;;;; (18335 54533))
19787 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
19789 (autoload 'nnkiboze-generate-groups "nnkiboze" "\
19790 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
19791 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups.
19793 \(fn)" t nil)
19795 ;;;***
19797 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
19798 ;;;;;; (18335 54533))
19799 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19801 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
19802 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19804 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19806 ;;;***
19808 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
19809 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (18335 54533))
19810 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
19812 (autoload 'nnsoup-pack-replies "nnsoup" "\
19813 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies.
19815 \(fn)" t nil)
19817 (autoload 'nnsoup-set-variables "nnsoup" "\
19818 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail.
19820 \(fn)" t nil)
19822 (autoload 'nnsoup-revert-variables "nnsoup" "\
19823 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods.
19825 \(fn)" t nil)
19827 ;;;***
19829 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
19830 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (18335 54515))
19831 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19833 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
19834 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19835 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19837 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
19839 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
19840 Not documented
19842 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
19844 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
19845 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19846 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19847 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19848 to future sessions.
19850 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19852 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
19853 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19854 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19855 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19856 to future sessions.
19858 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19860 ;;;***
19862 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
19863 ;;;;;; (18335 54544))
19864 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19866 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
19867 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19868 \\{nroff-mode-map}
19869 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19870 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19871 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19873 \(fn)" t nil)
19875 ;;;***
19877 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-glyph-display-string) "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el"
19878 ;;;;;; (18335 54539))
19879 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
19881 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
19882 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
19883 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
19884 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
19886 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
19888 ;;;***
19890 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-mode) "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (18362
19891 ;;;;;; 26778))
19892 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
19894 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
19895 Major mode for editing XML.
19897 Syntax highlighting is performed unless the variable
19898 `nxml-syntax-highlight-flag' is nil.
19900 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
19901 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
19902 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
19903 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
19904 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
19905 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
19906 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
19908 \\[nxml-complete] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
19910 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
19911 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
19913 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
19914 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
19915 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
19916 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
19917 instead of C-c.
19919 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
19920 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
19921 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
19922 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled. You
19923 can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
19924 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
19926 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
19927 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
19928 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
19930 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
19931 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name). \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char]
19932 inserts the character directly.
19934 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
19935 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
19936 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
19937 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
19938 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
19939 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
19940 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
19941 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
19942 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
19944 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
19946 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
19947 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
19949 \(fn)" t nil)
19951 ;;;***
19953 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets) "nxml-uchnm"
19954 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (18335 54540))
19955 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
19957 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
19958 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
19959 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
19960 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
19962 \(fn)" t nil)
19964 ;;;***
19966 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
19967 ;;;;;; (18335 54543))
19968 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
19970 (autoload 'octave-help "octave-hlp" "\
19971 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
19972 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
19973 specified by `octave-help-files'.
19974 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion.
19976 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
19978 ;;;***
19980 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
19981 ;;;;;; (18335 54543))
19982 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
19984 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave-inf" "\
19985 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19986 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19988 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19990 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19991 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19993 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19994 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19995 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19997 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19999 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
20001 ;;;***
20003 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
20004 ;;;;;; (18335 54543))
20005 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
20007 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave-mod" "\
20008 Major mode for editing Octave code.
20010 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
20011 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
20012 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc.. in different faces (with
20013 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
20015 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
20016 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
20017 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
20018 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
20019 is why you need this mode!).
20021 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
20022 ftp from ftp.octave.org in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
20023 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
20025 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
20027 Keybindings
20028 ===========
20030 \\{octave-mode-map}
20032 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
20033 ==============================================
20035 `octave-auto-indent'
20036 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
20037 Default is nil.
20039 `octave-auto-newline'
20040 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
20041 Default is nil.
20043 `octave-blink-matching-block'
20044 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
20045 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
20047 `octave-block-offset'
20048 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
20049 Default is 2.
20051 `octave-continuation-offset'
20052 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
20053 Default is 4.
20055 `octave-continuation-string'
20056 String used for Octave continuation lines.
20057 Default is a backslash.
20059 `octave-send-echo-input'
20060 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
20061 command to the inferior Octave process.
20063 `octave-send-line-auto-forward'
20064 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
20065 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
20067 `octave-send-echo-input'
20068 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
20070 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
20072 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
20073 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
20075 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '(\"\\\\.m\\\\'\" . octave-mode))
20077 To automatically turn on the abbrev and auto-fill features,
20078 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
20080 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
20081 (lambda ()
20082 (abbrev-mode 1)
20083 (auto-fill-mode 1)))
20085 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
20086 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
20087 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
20088 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
20090 \(fn)" t nil)
20092 ;;;***
20094 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files
20095 ;;;;;; org-export-icalendar-this-file org-diary org-agenda-list-stuck-projects
20096 ;;;;;; org-tags-view org-todo-list org-agenda-list org-cycle-agenda-files
20097 ;;;;;; org-batch-store-agenda-views org-store-agenda-views org-batch-agenda-csv
20098 ;;;;;; org-batch-agenda org-agenda org-agenda-to-appt org-remember-handler
20099 ;;;;;; org-remember org-remember-apply-template org-remember-annotation
20100 ;;;;;; org-remember-insinuate org-open-at-point-global org-insert-link-global
20101 ;;;;;; org-store-link orgtbl-mode turn-on-orgtbl org-run-like-in-org-mode
20102 ;;;;;; turn-on-orgstruct++ turn-on-orgstruct orgstruct-mode org-global-cycle
20103 ;;;;;; org-cycle org-mode) "org" "textmodes/org.el" (18360 56635))
20104 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/org.el
20106 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
20107 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
20108 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
20110 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
20111 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
20112 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
20113 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
20114 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
20115 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
20116 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
20117 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
20118 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
20119 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
20121 The following commands are available:
20123 \\{org-mode-map}
20125 \(fn)" t nil)
20127 (autoload 'org-cycle "org" "\
20128 Visibility cycling for Org-mode.
20130 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
20131 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
20132 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
20133 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
20134 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
20136 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
20137 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
20138 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
20139 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
20140 From this state, you can move to one of the children
20141 and zoom in further.
20142 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
20144 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
20145 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
20146 is negative, go up that many levels.
20148 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute
20149 `indent-relative', like TAB normally does. See the option
20150 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
20152 - Special case: if point is at the beginning of the buffer and there is
20153 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg.
20154 But only if also the variable `org-cycle-global-at-bob' is t.
20156 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20158 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
20159 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
20161 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20163 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
20164 Toggle the minor more `orgstruct-mode'.
20165 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other modes.
20166 The following key behave as if Org-mode was active, if the cursor
20167 is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both in the definition
20168 of Org-mode).
20170 M-up Move entry/item up
20171 M-down Move entry/item down
20172 M-left Promote
20173 M-right Demote
20174 M-S-up Move entry/item up
20175 M-S-down Move entry/item down
20176 M-S-left Promote subtree
20177 M-S-right Demote subtree
20178 M-q Fill paragraph and items like in Org-mode
20179 C-c ^ Sort entries
20180 C-c - Cycle list bullet
20181 TAB Cycle item visibility
20182 M-RET Insert new heading/item
20183 S-M-RET Insert new TODO heading / Chekbox item
20184 C-c C-c Set tags / toggle checkbox
20186 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20188 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
20189 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
20191 \(fn)" nil nil)
20193 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
20194 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode', and force org-mode indentations.
20195 In addition to setting orgstruct-mode, this also exports all indentation and
20196 autofilling variables from org-mode into the buffer. Note that turning
20197 off orgstruct-mode will *not* remove these additional settings.
20199 \(fn)" nil nil)
20201 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
20202 Not documented
20204 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
20206 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org" "\
20207 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
20209 \(fn)" nil nil)
20211 (autoload 'orgtbl-mode "org" "\
20212 The `org-mode' table editor as a minor mode for use in other modes.
20214 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20216 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
20217 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
20218 This link can later be inserted into an org-buffer with
20219 \\[org-insert-link].
20220 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
20221 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-usenet-links-prefer-google'.
20222 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
20224 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20226 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
20227 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
20228 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
20230 \(fn)" t nil)
20232 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
20233 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
20234 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
20235 Org-mode syntax.
20237 \(fn)" t nil)
20239 (autoload 'org-remember-insinuate "org" "\
20240 Setup remember.el for use wiht Org-mode.
20242 \(fn)" nil nil)
20244 (autoload 'org-remember-annotation "org" "\
20245 Return a link to the current location as an annotation for remember.el.
20246 If you are using Org-mode files as target for data storage with
20247 remember.el, then the annotations should include a link compatible with the
20248 conventions in Org-mode. This function returns such a link.
20250 \(fn)" nil nil)
20252 (autoload 'org-remember-apply-template "org" "\
20253 Initialize *remember* buffer with template, invoke `org-mode'.
20254 This function should be placed into `remember-mode-hook' and in fact requires
20255 to be run from that hook to function properly.
20257 \(fn &optional USE-CHAR SKIP-INTERACTIVE)" nil nil)
20259 (autoload 'org-remember "org" "\
20260 Call `remember'. If this is already a remember buffer, re-apply template.
20261 If there is an active region, make sure remember uses it as initial content
20262 of the remember buffer.
20264 When called interactively with a `C-u' prefix argument GOTO, don't remember
20265 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template usually
20266 stores its notes. With a double prefix arg `C-u C-u', go to the last
20267 note stored by remember.
20269 Lisp programs can set ORG-FORCE-REMEMBER-TEMPLATE-CHAR to a character
20270 associated with a template in `org-remember-templates'.
20272 \(fn &optional GOTO ORG-FORCE-REMEMBER-TEMPLATE-CHAR)" t nil)
20274 (autoload 'org-remember-handler "org" "\
20275 Store stuff from remember.el into an org file.
20276 First prompts for an org file. If the user just presses return, the value
20277 of `org-default-notes-file' is used.
20278 Then the command offers the headings tree of the selected file in order to
20279 file the text at a specific location.
20280 You can either immediately press RET to get the note appended to the
20281 file, or you can use vertical cursor motion and visibility cycling (TAB) to
20282 find a better place. Then press RET or <left> or <right> in insert the note.
20284 Key Cursor position Note gets inserted
20285 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
20286 RET buffer-start as level 1 heading at end of file
20287 RET on headline as sublevel of the heading at cursor
20288 RET no heading at cursor position, level taken from context.
20289 Or use prefix arg to specify level manually.
20290 <left> on headline as same level, before current heading
20291 <right> on headline as same level, after current heading
20293 So the fastest way to store the note is to press RET RET to append it to
20294 the default file. This way your current train of thought is not
20295 interrupted, in accordance with the principles of remember.el.
20296 You can also get the fast execution without prompting by using
20297 C-u C-c C-c to exit the remember buffer. See also the variable
20298 `org-remember-store-without-prompt'.
20300 Before being stored away, the function ensures that the text has a
20301 headline, i.e. a first line that starts with a \"*\". If not, a headline
20302 is constructed from the current date and some additional data.
20304 If the variable `org-adapt-indentation' is non-nil, the entire text is
20305 also indented so that it starts in the same column as the headline
20306 \(i.e. after the stars).
20308 See also the variable `org-reverse-note-order'.
20310 \(fn)" nil nil)
20312 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org" "\
20313 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
20314 When prefixed, prompt for a regular expression and use it as a
20315 filter: only add entries if they match this regular expression.
20317 FILTER can be a string. In this case, use this string as a
20318 regular expression to filter results.
20320 FILTER can also be an alist, with the car of each cell being
20321 either 'headline or 'category. For example:
20323 '((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
20324 (category \"Work\"))
20326 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
20327 belonging to the category \"Work\".
20329 \(fn &optional FILTER)" t nil)
20331 (autoload 'org-agenda "org" "\
20332 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
20333 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
20334 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
20336 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
20337 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
20338 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
20339 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
20340 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
20341 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
20342 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
20343 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
20344 e Export views to associated files.
20346 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
20347 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
20348 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
20350 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
20351 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
20352 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
20353 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
20354 \(if active).
20356 \(fn ARG &optional KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
20358 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org" "\
20359 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
20360 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
20361 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
20362 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
20363 Paramters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
20364 before running the agenda command.
20366 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
20368 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org" "\
20369 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
20370 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
20371 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
20372 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
20373 Paramters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
20374 before running the agenda command.
20376 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
20377 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
20379 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
20381 category The category of the item
20382 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
20383 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
20384 todo selected in TODO match
20385 tagsmatch selected in tags match
20386 diary imported from diary
20387 deadline a deadline on given date
20388 scheduled scheduled on given date
20389 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
20390 closed entry was closed on given date
20391 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
20392 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
20393 block entry has date block including g. date
20394 todo The todo keyword, if any
20395 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
20396 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
20397 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
20398 extra Sting with extra planning info
20399 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
20400 priority-n The computed numerical priority
20401 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
20403 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
20405 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org" "\
20406 Not documented
20408 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
20410 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org" "\
20411 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
20413 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
20415 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
20416 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
20417 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
20418 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
20420 \(fn)" t nil)
20422 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org" "\
20423 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
20424 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
20425 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
20427 With one \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL,
20428 all unfinished TODO items will also be shown, before the agenda.
20429 This feature is considered obsolete, please use the TODO list or a block
20430 agenda instead.
20432 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
20433 span INCLUDE-ALL days. Lisp programs should instead specify NDAYS to change
20434 the number of days. NDAYS defaults to `org-agenda-ndays'.
20436 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
20437 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
20439 \(fn &optional INCLUDE-ALL START-DAY NDAYS)" t nil)
20441 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org" "\
20442 Show all TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
20443 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
20444 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
20445 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
20446 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
20448 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20450 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org" "\
20451 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
20452 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
20454 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
20456 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org" "\
20457 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
20458 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
20459 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
20460 `org-stuck-projects'.
20461 MATCH is being ignored.
20463 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20465 (autoload 'org-diary "org" "\
20466 Return diary information from org-files.
20467 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
20468 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
20469 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
20470 items should be listed. The following arguments are allowed:
20472 :timestamp List the headlines of items containing a date stamp or
20473 date range matching the selected date. Deadlines will
20474 also be listed, on the expiration day.
20476 :sexp List entries resulting from diary-like sexps.
20478 :deadline List any deadlines past due, or due within
20479 `org-deadline-warning-days'. The listing occurs only
20480 in the diary for *today*, not at any other date. If
20481 an entry is marked DONE, it is no longer listed.
20483 :scheduled List all items which are scheduled for the given date.
20484 The diary for *today* also contains items which were
20485 scheduled earlier and are not yet marked DONE.
20487 :todo List all TODO items from the org-file. This may be a
20488 long list - so this is not turned on by default.
20489 Like deadlines, these entries only show up in the
20490 diary for *today*, not at any other date.
20492 The call in the diary file should look like this:
20494 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
20496 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
20497 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
20499 &%%(org-diary)
20501 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
20502 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp) are used.
20503 So the example above may also be written as
20505 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
20507 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
20508 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
20509 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
20511 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
20513 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-this-file "org" "\
20514 Export current file as an iCalendar file.
20515 The iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
20516 file, but with extension `.ics'.
20518 \(fn)" t nil)
20520 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files "org" "\
20521 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to iCalendar .ics files.
20522 Each iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
20523 file, but with extension `.ics'.
20525 \(fn)" t nil)
20527 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files "org" "\
20528 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to a single combined iCalendar file.
20529 The file is stored under the name `org-combined-agenda-icalendar-file'.
20531 \(fn)" t nil)
20533 ;;;***
20535 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-latex org-export-region-as-latex
20536 ;;;;;; org-replace-region-by-latex org-export-as-latex-to-buffer
20537 ;;;;;; org-export-as-latex-batch) "org-export-latex" "textmodes/org-export-latex.el"
20538 ;;;;;; (18335 54544))
20539 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/org-export-latex.el
20541 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-batch "org-export-latex" "\
20542 Call `org-export-as-latex', may be used in batch processing as
20543 emacs --batch
20544 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
20545 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
20546 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-latex-batch
20548 \(fn)" nil nil)
20550 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-to-buffer "org-export-latex" "\
20551 Call `org-exort-as-latex` with output to a temporary buffer.
20552 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-latex'.
20554 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20556 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-latex "org-export-latex" "\
20557 Replace the region from BEG to END with its LaTeX export.
20558 It assumes the region has `org-mode' syntax, and then convert it to
20559 LaTeX. This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could
20560 write an itemized list in `org-mode' syntax in an LaTeX buffer and
20561 then use this command to convert it.
20563 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
20565 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-latex "org-export-latex" "\
20566 Convert region from BEG to END in `org-mode' buffer to LaTeX.
20567 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
20568 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
20569 cut-and-paste operations.
20570 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
20571 of the converted LaTeX. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
20572 produced LaTeX as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
20573 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
20575 (setq latex (org-export-region-as-latex beg end t 'string))
20577 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
20578 in a window. A non-interactive call will only retunr the buffer.
20580 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
20582 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex "org-export-latex" "\
20583 Export current buffer to a LaTeX file.
20584 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
20585 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
20586 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will be exported
20587 depending on `org-export-latex-low-levels'. The default is to
20588 convert them as description lists. When HIDDEN is non-nil, don't
20589 display the LaTeX buffer. EXT-PLIST is a property list with
20590 external parameters overriding org-mode's default settings, but
20591 still inferior to file-local settings. When TO-BUFFER is
20592 non-nil, create a buffer with that name and export to that
20593 buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol `string', don't leave any
20594 buffer behind but just return the resulting LaTeX as a string.
20595 When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce the file header and footer,
20596 simply return the content of \begin{document}...\end{document},
20597 without even the \begin{document} and \end{document} commands.
20599 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY)" t nil)
20601 ;;;***
20603 ;;;### (autoloads (org-publish-all org-publish-current-file org-publish-current-project
20604 ;;;;;; org-publish) "org-publish" "textmodes/org-publish.el" (18356
20605 ;;;;;; 12618))
20606 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/org-publish.el
20608 (autoload 'org-publish "org-publish" "\
20609 Publish the project PROJECT-NAME.
20611 \(fn PROJECT-NAME &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20613 (autoload 'org-publish-current-project "org-publish" "\
20614 Publish the project associated with the current file.
20615 With prefix argument, force publishing all files in project.
20617 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20619 (autoload 'org-publish-current-file "org-publish" "\
20620 Publish the current file.
20621 With prefix argument, force publish the file.
20623 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20625 (autoload 'org-publish-all "org-publish" "\
20626 Publish all projects.
20627 With prefix argument, force publish all files.
20629 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20631 ;;;***
20633 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
20634 ;;;;;; (18335 54515))
20635 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
20636 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
20638 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
20639 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
20640 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
20641 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
20643 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
20644 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
20645 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
20646 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
20648 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
20649 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
20650 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
20651 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
20652 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
20653 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
20655 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
20656 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
20657 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
20659 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
20660 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
20661 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
20662 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
20663 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
20664 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
20665 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
20666 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
20667 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
20668 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
20669 The subheadings remain visible.
20670 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
20672 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20673 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20674 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20676 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20677 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20679 \(fn)" t nil)
20681 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
20682 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20683 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
20684 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20686 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20688 ;;;***
20690 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paragraphs" "textmodes/paragraphs.el" (18335
20691 ;;;;;; 54545))
20692 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/paragraphs.el
20693 (put 'paragraph-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20694 (put 'paragraph-separate 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20695 (put 'sentence-end-double-space 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
20696 (put 'sentence-end-without-period 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
20697 (put 'sentence-end-without-space 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20698 (put 'sentence-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
20699 (put 'sentence-end-base 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20700 (put 'page-delimiter 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20701 (put 'paragraph-ignore-fill-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
20703 ;;;***
20705 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (18335 54515))
20706 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20708 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20709 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20710 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20711 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20712 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20713 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20715 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20717 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20718 Toggle Show Paren mode.
20719 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
20720 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
20722 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
20723 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20725 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20727 ;;;***
20729 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
20730 ;;;;;; (18335 54521))
20731 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20733 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20734 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20735 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20736 unknown are returned as nil.
20738 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20740 ;;;***
20742 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (18335
20743 ;;;;;; 54543))
20744 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20746 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20747 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
20748 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20750 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20751 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
20753 Other useful functions are:
20755 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20756 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20757 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20758 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20759 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20760 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20761 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20762 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20763 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20765 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20767 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
20768 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20769 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
20770 Indentation for case statements.
20771 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
20772 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20773 mark after an end.
20774 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
20775 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20776 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
20777 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20778 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20779 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
20780 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20781 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20782 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
20783 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20785 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
20786 pascal-separator-keywords.
20788 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
20789 no args, if that value is non-nil.
20791 \(fn)" t nil)
20793 ;;;***
20795 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
20796 ;;;;;; (18335 54524))
20797 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
20799 (autoload 'pc-bindings-mode "pc-mode" "\
20800 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
20801 The keys affected are:
20802 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
20803 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
20804 M-Backspace does undo.
20805 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
20806 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
20807 C-Escape does list-buffers.
20809 \(fn)" t nil)
20811 ;;;***
20813 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "emulation/pc-select.el"
20814 ;;;;;; (18335 54524))
20815 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
20817 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
20818 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
20819 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20820 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20821 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20822 or call the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
20824 (custom-autoload 'pc-selection-mode "pc-select" nil)
20826 (autoload 'pc-selection-mode "pc-select" "\
20827 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
20829 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
20831 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
20832 which modify the status of the mark.
20834 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
20835 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
20837 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
20838 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
20840 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
20841 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
20842 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
20843 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
20844 turning PC Selection mode on.
20846 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
20847 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
20849 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
20850 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
20851 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
20853 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
20854 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
20855 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
20857 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
20858 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
20860 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
20861 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
20862 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
20864 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
20865 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
20866 but before calling PC Selection mode):
20868 F6 other-window
20869 DELETE delete-char
20870 C-DELETE kill-line
20871 M-DELETE kill-word
20872 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
20873 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
20874 M-BACKSPACE undo
20876 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20878 ;;;***
20880 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (18335
20881 ;;;;;; 54515))
20882 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20884 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20885 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20887 \(fn)" nil nil)
20889 ;;;***
20891 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
20892 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (18335 54515))
20893 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20895 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20896 Completion for `gzip'.
20898 \(fn)" nil nil)
20900 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20901 Completion for `bzip2'.
20903 \(fn)" nil nil)
20905 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20906 Completion for GNU `make'.
20908 \(fn)" nil nil)
20910 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20911 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20913 \(fn)" nil nil)
20915 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
20917 ;;;***
20919 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
20920 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (18335 54515))
20921 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20923 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
20924 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20926 \(fn)" nil nil)
20928 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20929 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20931 \(fn)" nil nil)
20933 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20934 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20936 \(fn)" nil nil)
20938 ;;;***
20940 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (18335
20941 ;;;;;; 54515))
20942 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20944 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20945 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
20946 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
20947 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
20948 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
20949 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so.
20951 \(fn)" nil nil)
20953 ;;;***
20955 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/scp pcomplete/ssh pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown
20956 ;;;;;; pcomplete/which pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir
20957 ;;;;;; pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (18348 20419))
20958 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20960 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
20961 Completion for `cd'.
20963 \(fn)" nil nil)
20965 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20967 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20968 Completion for `rmdir'.
20970 \(fn)" nil nil)
20972 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
20973 Completion for `rm'.
20975 \(fn)" nil nil)
20977 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
20978 Completion for `xargs'.
20980 \(fn)" nil nil)
20982 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
20984 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
20985 Completion for `which'.
20987 \(fn)" nil nil)
20989 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
20990 Completion for the `chown' command.
20992 \(fn)" nil nil)
20994 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20995 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20997 \(fn)" nil nil)
20999 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
21000 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
21002 \(fn)" nil nil)
21004 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
21005 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
21006 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
21008 \(fn)" nil nil)
21010 ;;;***
21012 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
21013 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
21014 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (18335
21015 ;;;;;; 54515))
21016 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
21018 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
21019 Support extensible programmable completion.
21020 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
21021 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
21023 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
21025 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
21026 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
21028 \(fn)" t nil)
21030 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
21031 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
21032 This will modify the current buffer.
21034 \(fn)" t nil)
21036 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
21037 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
21039 \(fn)" t nil)
21041 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
21042 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
21043 This will modify the current buffer.
21045 \(fn)" t nil)
21047 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
21048 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
21050 \(fn)" t nil)
21052 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
21053 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
21055 \(fn)" t nil)
21057 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
21058 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
21059 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
21060 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
21061 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
21063 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
21065 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
21066 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete.
21068 \(fn)" nil nil)
21070 ;;;***
21072 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
21073 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
21074 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (18335 54515))
21075 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
21077 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
21078 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
21079 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
21080 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21082 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
21084 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
21086 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
21087 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
21088 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
21089 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21090 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21091 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
21092 FLAGS is ignored.
21094 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
21096 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
21097 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
21098 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
21099 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21100 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
21101 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21102 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21103 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
21105 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
21107 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
21108 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
21109 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21110 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
21111 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21112 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21113 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
21114 passed to cvs.
21116 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
21118 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
21119 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
21120 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21121 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
21122 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21123 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21124 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
21126 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
21128 (add-to-list 'completion-ignored-extensions "CVS/")
21130 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
21131 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
21132 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
21134 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
21136 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
21137 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
21138 A value of nil means never do it.
21139 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
21140 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
21141 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
21143 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
21145 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
21146 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
21147 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
21149 ;;;***
21151 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (18335 54515))
21152 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
21154 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] '(menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea")) (define-key m [checkout] '(menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository")) (define-key m [update] '(menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository")) (define-key m [examine] '(menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea")) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)))
21156 ;;;***
21158 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
21159 ;;;;;; (18341 12917))
21160 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
21161 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21162 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21163 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21164 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21165 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21166 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21168 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
21169 Major mode for editing Perl code.
21170 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
21171 Tab indents for Perl code.
21172 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
21173 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
21174 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
21175 \\{perl-mode-map}
21176 Variables controlling indentation style:
21177 `perl-tab-always-indent'
21178 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
21179 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
21180 `perl-tab-to-comment'
21181 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
21182 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
21183 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
21184 `perl-nochange'
21185 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
21186 `perl-indent-level'
21187 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
21188 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
21189 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
21190 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
21191 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
21192 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
21193 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
21194 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
21195 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
21196 `perl-brace-offset'
21197 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
21198 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
21199 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
21200 this far to the right of the start of its line.
21201 `perl-label-offset'
21202 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
21203 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
21204 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
21206 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
21207 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
21208 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
21209 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
21210 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
21211 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
21212 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
21214 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
21216 \(fn)" t nil)
21218 ;;;***
21220 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-snarf-keys pgg-snarf-keys-region pgg-insert-key
21221 ;;;;;; pgg-verify pgg-verify-region pgg-sign pgg-sign-region pgg-decrypt
21222 ;;;;;; pgg-decrypt-region pgg-encrypt pgg-encrypt-symmetric pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region
21223 ;;;;;; pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "pgg.el" (18335 54515))
21224 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg.el
21226 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-region "pgg" "\
21227 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RCPTS.
21229 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
21231 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
21232 passphrase cache or user.
21234 \(fn START END RCPTS &optional SIGN PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21236 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region "pgg" "\
21237 Encrypt the current region between START and END symmetric with passphrase.
21239 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
21240 cache or user.
21242 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21244 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-symmetric "pgg" "\
21245 Encrypt the current buffer using a symmetric, rather than key-pair, cipher.
21247 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
21248 the region.
21250 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
21251 passphrase cache or user.
21253 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21255 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt "pgg" "\
21256 Encrypt the current buffer for RCPTS.
21258 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
21260 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
21261 the region.
21263 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
21264 passphrase cache or user.
21266 \(fn RCPTS &optional SIGN START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21268 (autoload 'pgg-decrypt-region "pgg" "\
21269 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
21271 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
21272 passphrase cache or user.
21274 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21276 (autoload 'pgg-decrypt "pgg" "\
21277 Decrypt the current buffer.
21279 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only decrypt within
21280 the region.
21282 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
21283 passphrase cache or user.
21285 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21287 (autoload 'pgg-sign-region "pgg" "\
21288 Make the signature from text between START and END.
21290 If the optional 3rd argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create
21291 a detached signature.
21293 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
21294 and the output is displayed.
21296 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
21297 passphrase cache or user.
21299 \(fn START END &optional CLEARTEXT PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21301 (autoload 'pgg-sign "pgg" "\
21302 Sign the current buffer.
21304 If the optional argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create a
21305 detached signature.
21307 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only sign data
21308 within the region.
21310 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
21311 and the output is displayed.
21313 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
21314 passphrase cache or user.
21316 \(fn &optional CLEARTEXT START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21318 (autoload 'pgg-verify-region "pgg" "\
21319 Verify the current region between START and END.
21320 If the optional 3rd argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
21321 the detached signature of the current region.
21323 If the optional 4th argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
21324 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
21326 \(fn START END &optional SIGNATURE FETCH)" t nil)
21328 (autoload 'pgg-verify "pgg" "\
21329 Verify the current buffer.
21330 If the optional argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
21331 the detached signature of the current region.
21332 If the optional argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
21333 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
21334 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only verify data
21335 within the region.
21337 \(fn &optional SIGNATURE FETCH START END)" t nil)
21339 (autoload 'pgg-insert-key "pgg" "\
21340 Insert the ASCII armored public key.
21342 \(fn)" t nil)
21344 (autoload 'pgg-snarf-keys-region "pgg" "\
21345 Import public keys in the current region between START and END.
21347 \(fn START END)" t nil)
21349 (autoload 'pgg-snarf-keys "pgg" "\
21350 Import public keys in the current buffer.
21352 \(fn)" t nil)
21354 ;;;***
21356 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "pgg-gpg.el"
21357 ;;;;;; (18335 54515))
21358 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg-gpg.el
21360 (autoload 'pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p "pgg-gpg" "\
21361 True if decoded armor MESSAGE-KEYS has symmetric encryption indicator.
21363 \(fn MESSAGE-KEYS)" nil nil)
21365 ;;;***
21367 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
21368 ;;;;;; (18335 54545))
21369 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
21371 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
21372 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
21373 \\<picture-mode-map>
21374 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
21375 afterwards settable by these commands:
21377 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
21378 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
21379 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
21380 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
21382 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
21383 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
21384 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
21385 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
21387 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
21388 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
21389 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
21390 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
21392 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
21393 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
21394 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
21395 with these commands:
21397 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
21398 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
21399 Move to column following last
21400 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
21401 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
21402 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
21403 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
21404 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
21405 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
21407 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
21409 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
21410 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
21411 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
21412 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
21413 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
21414 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
21416 You can manipulate text with these commands:
21417 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
21418 Delete char at point: \\[delete-char]
21419 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
21420 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
21421 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
21422 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
21424 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
21425 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
21426 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
21427 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
21428 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
21429 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
21430 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
21431 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[advertised-undo]
21433 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
21434 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
21435 by supplying an argument.
21437 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
21439 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
21440 they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
21442 \(fn)" t nil)
21444 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
21446 ;;;***
21448 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
21449 ;;;;;; (18335 54545))
21450 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
21452 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
21453 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
21454 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
21456 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
21458 ;;;***
21460 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (18335 54541))
21461 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
21463 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
21464 Play pong and waste time.
21465 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
21466 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
21468 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
21470 \\{pong-mode-map}
21472 \(fn)" t nil)
21474 ;;;***
21476 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer
21477 ;;;;;; pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (18335 54522))
21478 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
21480 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
21481 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
21482 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
21483 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
21485 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
21487 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
21488 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
21490 \(fn)" nil nil)
21492 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
21493 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
21494 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
21495 can handle, whenever this is possible.
21496 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
21498 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
21500 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
21501 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
21502 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
21504 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
21506 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
21507 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
21508 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21509 Ignores leading comment characters.
21511 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21513 ;;;***
21515 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
21516 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
21517 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
21518 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
21519 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
21520 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
21521 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
21522 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
21523 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
21524 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
21525 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
21526 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
21527 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
21528 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
21529 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
21530 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
21531 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
21532 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
21533 ;;;;;; (18335 54515))
21534 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
21536 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
21537 Activate the printing interface buffer.
21539 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
21541 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
21543 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
21545 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
21546 Preview directory using ghostview.
21548 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21549 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21550 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21551 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21553 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21554 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21555 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21556 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21557 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21558 file name.
21560 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21562 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21564 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21565 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
21567 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21568 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21569 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21570 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21572 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21573 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21574 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21575 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21576 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21577 file name.
21579 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21581 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21583 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
21584 Print directory using PostScript printer.
21586 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21587 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21588 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21589 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21591 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21592 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21593 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21594 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21595 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21596 file name.
21598 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21600 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21602 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
21603 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21605 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21607 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21608 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21609 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21610 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21612 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21613 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21614 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21615 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21616 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21617 file name.
21619 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21621 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21623 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
21624 Preview buffer using ghostview.
21626 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21627 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21628 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21630 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21631 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
21632 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
21633 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21635 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21637 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21638 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
21640 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21641 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21642 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21644 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21645 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21646 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21647 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21649 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21651 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
21652 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
21654 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21655 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21656 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21658 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21659 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21660 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21661 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21663 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21665 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
21666 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21668 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21670 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21671 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21672 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21674 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21675 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21676 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21677 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21679 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21681 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
21682 Preview region using ghostview.
21684 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21686 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21688 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21689 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21691 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21693 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21695 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
21696 Print region using PostScript printer.
21698 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21700 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21702 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
21703 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21705 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21707 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21709 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21710 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21712 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21714 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21716 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21717 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21719 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21721 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21723 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21724 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21726 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21728 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21730 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21731 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21733 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21735 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21737 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21738 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21739 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21740 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21742 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21743 matching.
21745 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21746 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21748 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21750 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21752 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21753 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21754 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21755 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21757 \(fn)" t nil)
21759 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21760 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21761 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21762 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21764 \(fn)" t nil)
21766 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21767 Print directory using text printer.
21769 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21770 matching.
21772 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21773 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21775 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21777 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21779 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21780 Print buffer using text printer.
21782 \(fn)" t nil)
21784 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21785 Print region using text printer.
21787 \(fn)" t nil)
21789 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21790 Print major mode using text printer.
21792 \(fn)" t nil)
21794 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21795 Preview spooled PostScript.
21797 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21798 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21799 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21801 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21802 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21803 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21805 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21807 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21808 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21810 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21811 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21812 instead of sending it to the printer.
21814 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21815 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21816 image in a file with that name.
21818 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21820 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21821 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21823 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21824 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21825 instead of sending it to the printer.
21827 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21828 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21829 image in a file with that name.
21831 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21833 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21834 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21836 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21837 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21838 instead of sending it to the printer.
21840 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21841 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21842 image in a file with that name.
21844 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21846 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21847 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21849 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21851 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21852 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21854 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21856 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21857 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21859 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21861 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21862 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21864 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21866 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21867 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21869 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21871 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21872 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21874 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21875 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21876 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21877 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21879 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21880 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21881 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21882 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21883 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21884 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21885 file name.
21887 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21889 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21890 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21892 \(fn)" t nil)
21894 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21895 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21897 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21898 right.
21899 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21900 bottom.
21902 \(fn)" t nil)
21904 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21905 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21907 \(fn)" t nil)
21909 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21910 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21912 \(fn)" t nil)
21914 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21915 Toggle printing with faces.
21917 \(fn)" t nil)
21919 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21920 Toggle spooling.
21922 \(fn)" t nil)
21924 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21925 Toggle duplex.
21927 \(fn)" t nil)
21929 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21930 Toggle tumble.
21932 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21933 right.
21934 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21935 bottom.
21937 \(fn)" t nil)
21939 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21940 Toggle landscape.
21942 \(fn)" t nil)
21944 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21945 Toggle upside-down.
21947 \(fn)" t nil)
21949 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
21950 Toggle line number.
21952 \(fn)" t nil)
21954 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21955 Toggle zebra stripes.
21957 \(fn)" t nil)
21959 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21960 Toggle printing header.
21962 \(fn)" t nil)
21964 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
21965 Toggle printing header frame.
21967 \(fn)" t nil)
21969 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
21970 Toggle menu lock.
21972 \(fn)" t nil)
21974 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
21975 Toggle auto region.
21977 \(fn)" t nil)
21979 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
21980 Toggle auto mode.
21982 \(fn)" t nil)
21984 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
21985 Customization of the `printing' group.
21987 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21989 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
21990 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21992 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21994 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
21995 Help for the printing package.
21997 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21999 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
22000 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
22002 \(fn)" t nil)
22004 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
22005 Interactively select a text printer.
22007 \(fn)" t nil)
22009 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
22010 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
22012 \(fn)" t nil)
22014 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
22015 Show current ps-print settings.
22017 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22019 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
22020 Show current printing settings.
22022 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22024 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
22025 Show current lpr settings.
22027 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22029 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
22030 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
22032 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
22033 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
22034 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
22035 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
22038 Interactively, you have the following situations:
22040 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22041 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
22042 immediatelly be done using the current active printer.
22044 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22045 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22046 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
22047 PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new
22048 current active printer.
22050 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22051 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
22052 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
22053 printer.
22055 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22056 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
22057 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
22058 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
22059 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
22062 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
22063 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
22065 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
22067 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
22068 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly
22069 be done using the new current active printer.
22071 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
22072 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
22073 printer.
22075 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
22076 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
22077 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
22078 instead of sending it to the printer.
22080 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
22081 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
22082 printer.
22084 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
22087 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
22088 are both set to t.
22090 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
22092 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
22093 Fast fire function for text printing.
22095 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
22096 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
22097 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
22098 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
22100 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
22101 user for a new active text printer.
22103 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
22105 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
22107 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
22108 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
22109 printer.
22111 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
22113 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
22114 are both set to t.
22116 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
22118 ;;;***
22120 ;;;### (autoloads (switch-to-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
22121 ;;;;;; (18335 54543))
22122 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
22124 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
22125 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
22126 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
22127 Commands:
22128 \\{prolog-mode-map}
22129 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
22130 if that value is non-nil.
22132 \(fn)" t nil)
22134 (defalias 'run-prolog 'switch-to-prolog)
22136 (autoload 'switch-to-prolog "prolog" "\
22137 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
22138 With prefix argument \\[universal-prefix], prompt for the program to use.
22140 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
22142 ;;;***
22144 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (18341 12905))
22145 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
22147 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
22148 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
22149 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
22151 ;;;***
22153 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (18335
22154 ;;;;;; 54543))
22155 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
22157 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
22158 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
22160 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
22162 The following variables hold user options, and can
22163 be set through the `customize' command:
22165 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
22166 `ps-mode-tab'
22167 `ps-mode-paper-size'
22168 `ps-mode-print-function'
22169 `ps-run-prompt'
22170 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
22171 `ps-run-x'
22172 `ps-run-dumb'
22173 `ps-run-init'
22174 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
22175 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
22177 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
22180 \\{ps-mode-map}
22183 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
22184 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
22185 The keymap for this second window is:
22187 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
22190 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
22191 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
22192 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
22193 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
22194 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
22196 \(fn)" t nil)
22198 ;;;***
22200 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
22201 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
22202 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
22203 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
22204 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
22205 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (18367
22206 ;;;;;; 13960))
22207 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
22209 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5")) "\
22210 *List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
22211 See `ps-paper-type'.")
22213 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
22215 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
22216 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
22217 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
22218 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
22220 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
22222 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
22223 *Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
22225 Valid values are:
22227 nil Do not print colors.
22229 t Print colors.
22231 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
22232 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
22234 Any other value is treated as t.")
22236 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
22238 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
22239 Customization of ps-print group.
22241 \(fn)" t nil)
22243 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
22244 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
22246 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
22247 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
22248 sending it to the printer.
22250 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22251 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22252 image in a file with that name.
22254 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22256 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22257 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
22258 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22259 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22260 so it has a way to determine color values.
22262 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22264 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
22265 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
22266 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
22268 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22270 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22271 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
22272 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22273 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22274 so it has a way to determine color values.
22276 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22278 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
22279 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
22280 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
22281 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
22283 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22285 \(fn)" t nil)
22287 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22288 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
22289 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22290 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22291 so it has a way to determine color values.
22293 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22295 \(fn)" t nil)
22297 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
22298 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
22299 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
22301 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22303 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
22305 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22306 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
22307 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22308 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22309 so it has a way to determine color values.
22311 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22313 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
22315 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
22316 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
22318 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
22319 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
22320 instead of sending it to the printer.
22322 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22323 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22324 image in a file with that name.
22326 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22328 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
22329 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
22330 Done using the current ps-print setup.
22331 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
22332 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
22334 \(fn)" t nil)
22336 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
22337 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
22338 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
22340 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
22342 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
22343 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
22344 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
22346 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
22348 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
22349 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
22351 \(fn)" nil nil)
22353 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
22354 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
22356 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
22357 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
22359 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
22360 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
22362 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
22364 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
22366 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
22368 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
22369 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
22371 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
22372 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
22374 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
22375 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
22377 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
22379 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
22381 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
22383 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
22384 foreground and background colors respectively.
22386 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
22387 bold - use bold font.
22388 italic - use italic font.
22389 underline - put a line under text.
22390 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
22391 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
22392 shadow - text will have a shadow.
22393 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
22394 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
22396 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
22398 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
22400 ;;;***
22402 ;;;### (autoloads (python-shell jython-mode python-mode run-python)
22403 ;;;;;; "python" "progmodes/python.el" (18367 13962))
22404 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
22406 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("jython" . jython-mode))
22408 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("python" . python-mode))
22410 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.py\\'" . python-mode))
22412 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
22413 Run an inferior Python process, input and output via buffer *Python*.
22414 CMD is the Python command to run. NOSHOW non-nil means don't show the
22415 buffer automatically.
22417 Normally, if there is a process already running in `python-buffer',
22418 switch to that buffer. Interactively, a prefix arg allows you to edit
22419 the initial command line (default is `python-command'); `-i' etc. args
22420 will be added to this as appropriate. A new process is started if:
22421 one isn't running attached to `python-buffer', or interactively the
22422 default `python-command', or argument NEW is non-nil. See also the
22423 documentation for `python-buffer'.
22425 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' (after the
22426 `comint-mode-hook' is run). (Type \\[describe-mode] in the process
22427 buffer for a list of commands.)
22429 \(fn &optional CMD NOSHOW NEW)" t nil)
22431 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
22432 Major mode for editing Python files.
22433 Turns on Font Lock mode unconditionally since it is currently required
22434 for correct parsing of the source.
22435 See also `jython-mode', which is actually invoked if the buffer appears to
22436 contain Jython code. See also `run-python' and associated Python mode
22437 commands for running Python under Emacs.
22439 The Emacs commands which work with `defun's, e.g. \\[beginning-of-defun], deal
22440 with nested `def' and `class' blocks. They take the innermost one as
22441 current without distinguishing method and class definitions. Used multiple
22442 times, they move over others at the same indentation level until they reach
22443 the end of definitions at that level, when they move up a level.
22444 \\<python-mode-map>
22445 Colon is electric: it outdents the line if appropriate, e.g. for
22446 an else statement. \\[python-backspace] at the beginning of an indented statement
22447 deletes a level of indentation to close the current block; otherwise it
22448 deletes a character backward. TAB indents the current line relative to
22449 the preceding code. Successive TABs, with no intervening command, cycle
22450 through the possibilities for indentation on the basis of enclosing blocks.
22452 \\[fill-paragraph] fills comments and multi-line strings appropriately, but has no
22453 effect outside them.
22455 Supports Eldoc mode (only for functions, using a Python process),
22456 Info-Look and Imenu. In Outline minor mode, `class' and `def'
22457 lines count as headers. Symbol completion is available in the
22458 same way as in the Python shell using the `rlcompleter' module
22459 and this is added to the Hippie Expand functions locally if
22460 Hippie Expand mode is turned on. Completion of symbols of the
22461 form x.y only works if the components are literal
22462 module/attribute names, not variables. An abbrev table is set up
22463 with skeleton expansions for compound statement templates.
22465 \\{python-mode-map}
22467 \(fn)" t nil)
22469 (autoload 'jython-mode "python" "\
22470 Major mode for editing Jython files.
22471 Like `python-mode', but sets up parameters for Jython subprocesses.
22472 Runs `jython-mode-hook' after `python-mode-hook'.
22474 \(fn)" t nil)
22476 (autoload 'python-shell "python" "\
22477 Start an interactive Python interpreter in another window.
22478 This is like Shell mode, except that Python is running in the window
22479 instead of a shell. See the `Interactive Shell' and `Shell Mode'
22480 sections of the Emacs manual for details, especially for the key
22481 bindings active in the `*Python*' buffer.
22483 With optional \\[universal-argument], the user is prompted for the
22484 flags to pass to the Python interpreter. This has no effect when this
22485 command is used to switch to an existing process, only when a new
22486 process is started. If you use this, you will probably want to ensure
22487 that the current arguments are retained (they will be included in the
22488 prompt). This argument is ignored when this function is called
22489 programmatically, or when running in Emacs 19.34 or older.
22491 Note: You can toggle between using the CPython interpreter and the
22492 JPython interpreter by hitting \\[python-toggle-shells]. This toggles
22493 buffer local variables which control whether all your subshell
22494 interactions happen to the `*JPython*' or `*Python*' buffers (the
22495 latter is the name used for the CPython buffer).
22497 Warning: Don't use an interactive Python if you change sys.ps1 or
22498 sys.ps2 from their default values, or if you're running code that
22499 prints `>>> ' or `... ' at the start of a line. `python-mode' can't
22500 distinguish your output from Python's output, and assumes that `>>> '
22501 at the start of a line is a prompt from Python. Similarly, the Emacs
22502 Shell mode code assumes that both `>>> ' and `... ' at the start of a
22503 line are Python prompts. Bad things can happen if you fool either
22504 mode.
22506 Warning: If you do any editing *in* the process buffer *while* the
22507 buffer is accepting output from Python, do NOT attempt to `undo' the
22508 changes. Some of the output (nowhere near the parts you changed!) may
22509 be lost if you do. This appears to be an Emacs bug, an unfortunate
22510 interaction between undo and process filters; the same problem exists in
22511 non-Python process buffers using the default (Emacs-supplied) process
22512 filter.
22514 \(fn &optional ARGPROMPT)" t nil)
22516 ;;;***
22518 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
22519 ;;;;;; (18335 54533))
22520 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
22522 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
22523 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
22524 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
22525 coding-system.
22527 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
22528 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
22530 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
22531 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
22532 them into characters should be done separately.
22534 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
22536 ;;;***
22538 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
22539 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
22540 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
22541 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
22542 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (18341 12911))
22543 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
22545 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
22546 Return the title of the current Quail package.
22548 \(fn)" nil nil)
22550 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
22551 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
22552 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package.
22554 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
22555 `quail-activate', which see.
22557 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
22559 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
22560 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
22561 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
22562 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
22563 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
22564 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
22565 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
22567 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
22568 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
22569 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
22570 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
22571 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
22572 shown.
22573 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
22575 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
22576 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
22577 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
22578 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
22579 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
22580 list of candidates.
22582 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
22583 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
22584 command to be called.
22586 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
22587 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
22588 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
22589 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
22591 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
22592 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
22593 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
22594 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
22595 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
22596 to t.
22598 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
22599 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
22600 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
22601 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
22603 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
22604 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
22605 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
22606 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
22608 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
22609 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
22610 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
22611 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
22612 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
22613 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
22615 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
22616 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
22617 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
22618 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
22619 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
22620 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
22622 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
22623 covers Quail translation region.
22625 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
22626 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
22627 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
22628 for it) is inserted.
22630 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
22631 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
22632 vs. corresponding command to be called.
22634 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
22635 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
22636 non-Quail commands.
22638 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
22640 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22641 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
22643 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
22644 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
22645 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
22646 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
22647 you type is correctly handled.
22649 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
22651 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22652 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
22654 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
22655 keyboard type.
22657 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
22659 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
22660 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
22661 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
22662 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22663 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
22664 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22665 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22666 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22667 for the translation.
22668 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22670 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22671 it is used to handle KEY.
22673 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
22674 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
22675 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
22676 the following annotation types are supported.
22678 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
22679 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
22681 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
22682 candidate list.
22684 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
22685 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
22686 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
22687 inserted.
22689 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
22690 generated for the following translations.
22692 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
22694 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
22695 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22697 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22698 which to install MAP.
22700 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22702 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22704 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
22705 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22707 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22708 which to install MAP.
22710 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22712 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22714 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
22715 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22716 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22717 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22718 a function, or a cons.
22719 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22720 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22721 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22722 for the translation.
22723 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22724 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22725 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22726 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22727 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22729 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22730 it is used to handle KEY.
22732 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22733 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22734 current Quail package.
22736 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22737 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22739 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22741 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22742 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22744 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22745 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22747 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22749 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22750 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22752 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22754 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22755 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22756 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22757 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22758 of the Emacs source tree.
22760 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22761 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22763 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22764 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22765 of each directory.
22767 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22769 ;;;***
22771 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
22772 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
22773 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (18335
22774 ;;;;;; 54538))
22775 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22777 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22778 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22779 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22780 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22782 To make use of this do something like:
22784 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22786 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22788 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22789 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
22791 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22792 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
22793 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22795 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22797 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22798 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22800 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22802 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22803 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22805 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
22806 is decided.
22808 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22810 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22811 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22813 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22814 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
22815 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22817 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22819 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22820 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22822 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22824 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22825 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22827 \(fn)" t nil)
22829 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22830 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22832 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22834 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22836 \(fn)" t nil)
22838 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22839 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22841 \(fn)" t nil)
22843 ;;;***
22845 ;;;### (autoloads (rcirc-track-minor-mode rcirc-connect rcirc) "rcirc"
22846 ;;;;;; "net/rcirc.el" (18369 28761))
22847 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22849 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22850 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22852 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22854 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22856 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22858 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22860 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22861 Not documented
22863 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS)" nil nil)
22865 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22866 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22867 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22868 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22869 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22870 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22872 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22874 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22875 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22877 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22879 ;;;***
22881 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (18341
22882 ;;;;;; 12914))
22883 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
22885 (autoload 'remote-compile "rcompile" "\
22886 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
22887 See \\[compile].
22889 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
22891 ;;;***
22893 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
22894 ;;;;;; (18335 54522))
22895 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22897 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22899 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22900 Construct a regexp interactively.
22902 \(fn)" t nil)
22904 ;;;***
22906 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (18335 54515))
22907 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22909 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22910 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22911 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22912 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22913 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22914 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22916 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22918 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22919 Toggle recentf mode.
22920 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
22921 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
22923 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files
22924 that were operated on recently.
22926 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22928 ;;;***
22930 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
22931 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
22932 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
22933 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (18335
22934 ;;;;;; 54515))
22935 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22937 (autoload 'move-to-column-force "rect" "\
22938 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
22939 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
22940 the desired column only if the line is long enough.
22942 \(fn COLUMN &optional FLAG)" nil nil)
22944 (make-obsolete 'move-to-column-force 'move-to-column "21.2")
22946 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
22947 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22948 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22949 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22950 ends.
22952 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22953 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22954 to be deleted.
22956 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22958 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22959 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22960 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22962 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22963 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22964 deleted.
22966 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22968 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22969 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22970 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22972 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22974 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
22975 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22977 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22978 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22980 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22981 deleted.
22983 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22984 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22985 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22986 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22987 even beep.)
22989 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22991 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
22992 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22994 \(fn)" t nil)
22996 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22997 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22998 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22999 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
23000 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
23001 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
23002 and point is at the lower right corner.
23004 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
23006 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
23007 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
23009 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
23010 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
23012 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23013 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
23014 on the right side of the rectangle.
23016 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23018 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
23020 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
23021 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
23022 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
23023 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
23024 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
23026 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23027 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
23029 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23031 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
23032 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
23033 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
23035 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
23037 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
23039 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
23041 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
23042 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
23044 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23045 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
23046 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
23048 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
23050 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
23051 Blank out the region-rectangle.
23052 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
23054 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23055 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
23056 rectangle which were empty.
23058 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23060 ;;;***
23062 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (18335
23063 ;;;;;; 54545))
23064 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
23066 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
23067 Toggle Refill minor mode.
23068 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn it off.
23070 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
23071 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
23072 refilling if they would cause auto-filling.
23074 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23076 ;;;***
23078 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
23079 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (18335 54545))
23080 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
23082 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
23083 Turn on RefTeX mode.
23085 \(fn)" nil nil)
23087 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
23088 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
23090 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
23091 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
23093 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
23094 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
23095 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
23096 \\ref macro.
23098 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
23099 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
23100 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
23102 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
23103 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
23104 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
23106 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
23107 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
23109 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
23110 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
23112 \\{reftex-mode-map}
23113 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
23114 on the menu bar.
23116 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23118 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23120 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
23121 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
23122 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
23124 \(fn)" nil nil)
23126 ;;;***
23128 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
23129 ;;;;;; (18335 54545))
23130 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
23132 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" "\
23133 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
23134 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
23135 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
23136 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
23137 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
23139 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
23141 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
23143 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
23144 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
23145 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
23146 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
23147 `reftex-cite-format'.
23149 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
23150 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
23151 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
23152 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
23154 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
23156 ;;;***
23158 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
23159 ;;;;;; (18335 54545))
23160 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
23162 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" "\
23163 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
23164 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
23165 the current TeX document.
23167 With no argument, this command toggles
23168 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
23169 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
23171 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23173 ;;;***
23175 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
23176 ;;;;;; (18335 54545))
23177 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
23179 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" "\
23180 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
23181 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
23183 To insert new phrases, use
23184 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
23185 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
23187 To index phrases use one of:
23189 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
23190 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
23191 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
23192 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
23193 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
23195 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
23196 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
23198 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
23200 Here are all local bindings.
23202 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}
23204 \(fn)" t nil)
23206 ;;;***
23208 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
23209 ;;;;;; (18335 54545))
23210 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
23212 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse" "\
23213 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
23214 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
23215 of master file.
23217 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
23219 ;;;***
23221 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (18335
23222 ;;;;;; 54545))
23223 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
23224 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
23225 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
23226 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
23227 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
23229 ;;;***
23231 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
23232 ;;;;;; (18341 12907))
23233 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
23235 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
23236 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
23237 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
23238 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
23239 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
23240 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
23242 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
23243 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
23245 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
23246 by \\=\\< and \\>.
23248 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
23250 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
23251 Return the depth of REGEXP.
23252 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
23253 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
23255 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
23257 ;;;***
23259 ;;;### (autoloads (remember-diary-extract-entries remember-clipboard
23260 ;;;;;; remember-other-frame remember) "remember" "textmodes/remember.el"
23261 ;;;;;; (18335 54546))
23262 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
23264 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
23265 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
23266 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
23267 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
23269 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
23271 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
23273 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
23274 Call `remember' in another frame.
23276 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
23278 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
23279 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
23280 Most useful for remembering things from Netscape or other X Windows
23281 application.
23283 \(fn)" t nil)
23285 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
23286 Extract diary entries from the region.
23288 \(fn)" nil nil)
23290 ;;;***
23292 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (18335 54516))
23293 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
23295 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
23296 Repeat most recently executed command.
23297 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise,
23298 use the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
23299 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
23301 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
23302 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
23303 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
23304 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
23306 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
23307 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
23308 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
23310 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
23312 ;;;***
23314 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
23315 ;;;;;; (18335 54537))
23316 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
23318 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
23319 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
23321 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
23322 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
23323 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
23324 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
23325 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
23326 and point is left after the salutation.
23328 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
23329 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
23330 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
23331 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
23332 left after that text.
23334 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
23335 is non-nil.
23337 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
23338 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
23339 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
23340 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
23342 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
23344 ;;;***
23346 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
23347 ;;;;;; (18335 54516))
23348 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
23350 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
23351 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
23352 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
23353 visibility of comments that precede it.
23354 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
23355 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
23356 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
23357 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
23358 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
23359 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
23360 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
23361 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
23362 the comment lines.
23363 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
23364 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
23365 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
23366 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
23367 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
23369 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23371 ;;;***
23373 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (18335
23374 ;;;;;; 54516))
23375 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
23377 (autoload 'resume-suspend-hook "resume" "\
23378 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes.
23380 \(fn)" nil nil)
23382 ;;;***
23384 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
23385 ;;;;;; (18335 54516))
23386 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
23388 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
23389 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
23390 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
23392 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
23393 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
23394 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
23396 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23398 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
23399 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
23400 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23401 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23402 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23403 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
23405 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
23407 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
23408 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
23409 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
23411 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
23412 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
23413 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
23415 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23417 ;;;***
23419 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
23420 ;;;;;; (18335 54522))
23421 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
23423 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
23424 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
23426 \(fn X)" nil nil)
23428 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
23429 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
23431 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
23433 ;;;***
23435 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (18335 54538))
23436 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
23437 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
23439 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
23440 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
23441 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
23442 other arguments for `rlogin'.
23444 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
23446 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
23447 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
23448 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
23449 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
23451 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
23452 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
23454 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
23455 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
23457 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
23458 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
23459 INPUT-ARGS.
23461 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
23462 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
23463 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
23464 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
23465 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
23467 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
23468 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
23469 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
23470 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
23472 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
23473 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
23474 variable.
23476 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
23478 ;;;***
23480 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
23481 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
23482 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
23483 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
23484 ;;;;;; rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers rmail-displayed-headers
23485 ;;;;;; rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names rmail-movemail-variant-p)
23486 ;;;;;; "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (18364 62105))
23487 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
23489 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
23490 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
23491 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
23493 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
23495 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
23496 *A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
23497 A value of nil means exclude your own email address as an address
23498 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
23500 (custom-autoload 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names "rmail" t)
23502 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "\\`info-" "\
23503 A regular expression specifying part of the default value of the
23504 variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
23505 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
23506 value is the user's email address and name.)
23507 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
23509 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:\\|^DomainKey-Signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:") "\
23510 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
23511 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
23512 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
23513 which normally happens once for each message,
23514 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
23515 To make a change in this variable take effect
23516 for a message that you have already viewed,
23517 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
23519 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23521 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
23522 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
23523 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
23524 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
23526 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
23528 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:" "\
23529 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
23531 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23533 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
23534 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
23535 A value of nil means don't highlight.")
23537 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
23539 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
23540 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
23542 (custom-autoload 'rmail-delete-after-output "rmail" t)
23544 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
23545 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
23546 nil means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
23547 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
23548 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
23550 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
23552 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
23553 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.
23554 This is handy if you want to preserve the window configuration of
23555 the frame where you have the RMAIL buffer displayed.")
23557 (custom-autoload 'rmail-mail-new-frame "rmail" t)
23559 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
23560 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
23562 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
23564 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
23565 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
23567 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
23569 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge 'y-or-n-p "\
23570 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
23572 (custom-autoload 'rmail-confirm-expunge "rmail" t)
23574 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
23575 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
23577 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
23578 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
23580 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
23581 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
23583 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
23585 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
23586 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
23588 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
23589 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
23590 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
23591 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
23593 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
23594 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
23596 This is set to nil by default.")
23598 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
23599 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
23600 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
23601 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
23602 until a user explicitly requires it.
23604 Even if the value is non-nil, you can't use MIME feature
23605 if the feature specified by `rmail-mime-feature' is not available
23606 in your session.")
23608 (custom-autoload 'rmail-enable-mime "rmail" t)
23610 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
23611 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.
23612 This function is called when `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
23613 It is called with no argument.")
23615 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
23616 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
23617 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
23618 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
23619 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
23620 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
23621 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
23623 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-resent-message-function nil "\
23624 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be resent.
23625 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
23626 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
23627 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
23628 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
23630 (defvar rmail-search-mime-message-function nil "\
23631 Function to check if a regexp matches a MIME message.
23632 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
23633 It is called with two arguments MSG and REGEXP, where
23634 MSG is the message number, REGEXP is the regular expression.")
23636 (defvar rmail-search-mime-header-function nil "\
23637 Function to check if a regexp matches a header of MIME message.
23638 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
23639 It is called with three arguments MSG, REGEXP, and LIMIT, where
23640 MSG is the message number,
23641 REGEXP is the regular expression,
23642 LIMIT is the position specifying the end of header.")
23644 (defvar rmail-mime-feature 'rmail-mime "\
23645 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
23646 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
23647 this feature is required with `require'.
23649 The default value is `rmail-mime'. This feature is provided by
23650 the rmail-mime package available at <http://www.m17n.org/rmail-mime/>.")
23652 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
23653 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
23654 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
23655 the message is decoded as normal way.
23657 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
23658 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
23659 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
23661 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern (concat "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;" "\\(?:[ \n]*\\(?:format\\|delsp\\)=\"?[-a-z0-9]+\"?;\\)*" "[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\";]+\\)\"?") "\
23662 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
23663 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
23665 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
23666 Read and edit incoming mail.
23667 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
23668 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
23669 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
23671 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
23672 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
23673 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
23674 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
23676 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
23678 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
23680 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
23681 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
23682 All normal editing commands are turned off.
23683 Instead, these commands are available:
23685 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
23686 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
23687 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
23688 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
23689 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
23690 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
23691 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
23692 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
23693 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
23694 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
23695 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
23696 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
23697 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
23698 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
23699 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
23700 till a deleted message is found.
23701 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
23702 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
23703 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
23704 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
23705 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
23706 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
23707 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
23708 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
23709 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
23710 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
23711 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
23712 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
23713 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
23714 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
23715 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
23716 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
23717 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
23718 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
23719 (label defaults to last one specified).
23720 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
23721 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
23722 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
23723 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
23724 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
23725 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
23726 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
23727 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
23728 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
23730 \(fn)" t nil)
23732 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
23733 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
23735 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23737 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
23738 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23740 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23742 ;;;***
23744 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
23745 ;;;;;; (18335 54537))
23746 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
23748 (autoload 'rmail-edit-current-message "rmailedit" "\
23749 Edit the contents of this message.
23751 \(fn)" t nil)
23753 ;;;***
23755 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
23756 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
23757 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (18335 54537))
23758 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
23760 (autoload 'rmail-add-label "rmailkwd" "\
23761 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
23762 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
23764 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
23766 (autoload 'rmail-kill-label "rmailkwd" "\
23767 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
23768 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
23770 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
23772 (autoload 'rmail-read-label "rmailkwd" "\
23773 Not documented
23775 \(fn PROMPT)" nil nil)
23777 (autoload 'rmail-previous-labeled-message "rmailkwd" "\
23778 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
23779 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
23780 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
23781 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels.
23783 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
23785 (autoload 'rmail-next-labeled-message "rmailkwd" "\
23786 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
23787 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
23788 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
23789 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels.
23791 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
23793 ;;;***
23795 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
23796 ;;;;;; (18335 54537))
23797 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
23799 (autoload 'set-rmail-inbox-list "rmailmsc" "\
23800 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
23801 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
23802 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list.
23804 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23806 ;;;***
23808 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
23809 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
23810 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (18335 54537))
23811 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23813 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
23814 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
23815 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
23816 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
23817 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
23818 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
23819 a file name as a string.")
23821 (custom-autoload 'rmail-output-file-alist "rmailout" t)
23823 (autoload 'rmail-output-to-rmail-file "rmailout" "\
23824 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
23825 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
23826 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
23827 buffer visiting that file.
23828 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
23829 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
23831 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
23832 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
23834 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
23835 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
23837 If the optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
23838 message up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message.
23840 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT STAY)" t nil)
23842 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
23843 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
23845 (custom-autoload 'rmail-fields-not-to-output "rmailout" t)
23847 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
23848 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
23849 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
23850 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
23851 When called from lisp code, COUNT may be omitted and defaults to 1.
23853 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
23854 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
23855 will be appended with their original headers.
23857 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23858 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
23860 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
23861 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
23863 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS.
23865 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE FROM-GNUS)" t nil)
23867 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23868 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23869 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message.
23871 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23873 ;;;***
23875 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-labels rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
23876 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
23877 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (18335
23878 ;;;;;; 54537))
23879 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
23881 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-date "rmailsort" "\
23882 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
23883 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23885 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23887 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-subject "rmailsort" "\
23888 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
23889 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23891 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23893 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-author "rmailsort" "\
23894 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
23895 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23897 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23899 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-recipient "rmailsort" "\
23900 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
23901 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23903 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23905 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-correspondent "rmailsort" "\
23906 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
23907 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23909 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23911 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-lines "rmailsort" "\
23912 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
23913 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23915 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23917 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-labels "rmailsort" "\
23918 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
23919 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23920 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels.
23922 \(fn REVERSE LABELS)" t nil)
23924 ;;;***
23926 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
23927 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
23928 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
23929 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
23930 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (18335 54537))
23931 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
23933 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
23934 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
23936 (custom-autoload 'rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages "rmailsum" t)
23938 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
23939 *Non-nil means Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
23941 (custom-autoload 'rmail-summary-line-count-flag "rmailsum" t)
23943 (autoload 'rmail-summary "rmailsum" "\
23944 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message.
23946 \(fn)" t nil)
23948 (autoload 'rmail-summary-by-labels "rmailsum" "\
23949 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
23950 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas.
23952 \(fn LABELS)" t nil)
23954 (autoload 'rmail-summary-by-recipients "rmailsum" "\
23955 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
23956 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
23957 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
23958 only look in the To and From fields.
23959 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas.
23961 \(fn RECIPIENTS &optional PRIMARY-ONLY)" t nil)
23963 (autoload 'rmail-summary-by-regexp "rmailsum" "\
23964 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
23965 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
23966 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
23967 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary.
23969 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
23971 (autoload 'rmail-summary-by-topic "rmailsum" "\
23972 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
23973 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
23974 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
23975 look in the whole message.
23976 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas.
23978 \(fn SUBJECT &optional WHOLE-MESSAGE)" t nil)
23980 (autoload 'rmail-summary-by-senders "rmailsum" "\
23981 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
23982 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas.
23984 \(fn SENDERS)" t nil)
23986 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder #'identity "\
23987 *Function to decode summary-line.
23989 By default, `identity' is set.")
23991 (custom-autoload 'rmail-summary-line-decoder "rmailsum" t)
23993 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
23994 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
23995 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
23996 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
23997 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
23998 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
23999 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
24001 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
24002 sent by you under different user names.
24003 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
24005 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
24007 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmailsum" t)
24009 ;;;***
24011 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-c-load-schema) "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el"
24012 ;;;;;; (18335 54540))
24013 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
24015 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
24016 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
24017 Return a pattern.
24019 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
24021 ;;;***
24023 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-nxml-mode-init) "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el"
24024 ;;;;;; (18335 54540))
24025 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
24027 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
24028 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
24029 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
24030 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
24032 \(fn)" t nil)
24034 ;;;***
24036 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-validate-mode) "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el"
24037 ;;;;;; (18335 54540))
24038 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
24040 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
24041 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
24043 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
24044 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
24045 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
24046 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
24047 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
24048 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
24049 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
24050 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
24051 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
24052 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending..
24054 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
24055 document. A schema can be specified explictly using
24056 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
24057 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
24058 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
24059 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
24060 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
24061 to use for finding the schema.
24063 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
24065 ;;;***
24067 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-xsd-compile) "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (18335
24068 ;;;;;; 54541))
24069 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
24071 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
24073 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
24074 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library. NAME is a
24075 symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a list of
24076 pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol giving
24077 the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving its
24078 value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error passing
24079 it arguments in the same style as format; the value from rng-dt-error
24080 will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The first member of
24081 the list is t if any string is a legal value for the datatype and nil
24082 otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this symbol will be
24083 called as a function passing it a string followed by the remaining
24084 members of the list. The function must return an object representing
24085 the value of the datatype that was represented by the string, or nil
24086 if the string is not a representation of any value. The object
24087 returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided that, if two
24088 strings represent the same value, the returned objects must be equal.
24090 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
24092 ;;;***
24094 ;;;### (autoloads (robin-use-package robin-modify-package robin-define-package)
24095 ;;;;;; "robin" "international/robin.el" (18340 25864))
24096 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
24098 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
24099 Define a robin package.
24101 NAME is the string of this robin package.
24102 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
24103 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
24104 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
24106 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
24107 one replaces the old one.
24109 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
24111 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
24112 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
24114 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
24115 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
24116 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
24118 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
24120 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
24121 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
24123 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
24125 ;;;***
24127 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
24128 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (18335 54516))
24129 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
24131 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
24132 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
24134 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
24136 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
24137 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
24139 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
24141 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
24142 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
24144 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24146 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
24147 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
24148 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
24150 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
24151 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
24152 in ROT13.
24154 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
24156 \(fn)" t nil)
24158 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
24159 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
24161 \(fn)" t nil)
24163 ;;;***
24165 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (18341
24166 ;;;;;; 12905))
24167 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
24169 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
24170 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0.
24172 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24174 ;;;***
24176 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (18335
24177 ;;;;;; 54522))
24178 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
24180 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
24181 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
24182 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
24183 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
24185 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
24187 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
24188 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
24189 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
24190 See also `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
24192 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
24193 notation.
24195 STRING
24196 matches string STRING literally.
24198 CHAR
24199 matches character CHAR literally.
24201 `not-newline', `nonl'
24202 matches any character except a newline.
24204 `anything'
24205 matches any character
24207 `(any SET ...)'
24208 `(in SET ...)'
24209 `(char SET ...)'
24210 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
24211 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
24212 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
24214 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
24215 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
24216 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
24217 `word', or one of their synonyms.
24219 `(not (any SET ...))'
24220 matches any character not in SET ...
24222 `line-start', `bol'
24223 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
24224 in the text being matched
24226 `line-end', `eol'
24227 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
24229 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
24230 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
24231 string being matched against.
24233 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
24234 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
24235 string being matched against.
24237 `buffer-start'
24238 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
24239 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
24241 `buffer-end'
24242 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
24243 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
24245 `point'
24246 matches the empty string, but only at point.
24248 `word-start', `bow'
24249 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
24251 `word-end', `eow'
24252 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
24254 `word-boundary'
24255 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
24256 word.
24258 `(not word-boundary)'
24259 `not-word-boundary'
24260 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
24261 word.
24263 `symbol-start'
24264 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
24266 `symbol-end'
24267 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
24269 `digit', `numeric', `num'
24270 matches 0 through 9.
24272 `control', `cntrl'
24273 matches ASCII control characters.
24275 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
24276 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
24278 `blank'
24279 matches space and tab only.
24281 `graphic', `graph'
24282 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
24283 space, and DEL.
24285 `printing', `print'
24286 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
24287 and DEL.
24289 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
24290 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
24291 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
24293 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
24294 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
24295 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
24297 `ascii'
24298 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
24300 `nonascii'
24301 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
24303 `lower', `lower-case'
24304 matches anything lower-case.
24306 `upper', `upper-case'
24307 matches anything upper-case.
24309 `punctuation', `punct'
24310 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
24311 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
24313 `space', `whitespace', `white'
24314 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
24316 `word', `wordchar'
24317 matches anything that has word syntax.
24319 `not-wordchar'
24320 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
24322 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
24323 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
24324 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
24325 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
24327 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
24328 `punctuation' (\\s.)
24329 `word' (\\sw)
24330 `symbol' (\\s_)
24331 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
24332 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
24333 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
24334 `string-quote' (\\s\")
24335 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
24336 `escape' (\\s\\)
24337 `character-quote' (\\s/)
24338 `comment-start' (\\s<)
24339 `comment-end' (\\s>)
24340 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
24341 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
24343 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
24344 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
24346 `(category CATEGORY)'
24347 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
24348 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
24350 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
24351 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
24352 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
24353 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
24354 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
24355 `symbol' (\\c5)
24356 `digit' (\\c6)
24357 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
24358 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
24359 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
24360 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
24361 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
24362 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
24363 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
24364 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
24365 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
24366 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
24367 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
24368 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
24369 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
24370 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
24371 `ascii' (\\ca)
24372 `arabic' (\\cb)
24373 `chinese' (\\cc)
24374 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
24375 `greek' (\\cg)
24376 `korean' (\\ch)
24377 `indian' (\\ci)
24378 `japanese' (\\cj)
24379 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
24380 `latin' (\\cl)
24381 `lao' (\\co)
24382 `tibetan' (\\cq)
24383 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
24384 `thai' (\\ct)
24385 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
24386 `hebrew' (\\cw)
24387 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
24388 `can-break' (\\c|)
24390 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
24391 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
24393 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24394 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24395 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24396 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24397 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
24399 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24400 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24401 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
24402 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
24404 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24405 another name for `submatch'.
24407 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24408 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24409 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
24410 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
24411 regular expression.
24413 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
24414 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
24415 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
24416 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
24417 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
24419 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
24420 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
24422 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
24423 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
24425 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
24426 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
24427 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
24429 `(* SEXP ...)'
24430 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
24431 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
24433 `(*? SEXP ...)'
24434 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
24435 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
24437 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
24438 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
24439 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
24441 `(+ SEXP ...)'
24442 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
24444 `(+? SEXP ...)'
24445 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
24447 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
24448 `(optional SEXP ...)'
24449 `(opt SEXP ...)'
24450 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
24452 `(? SEXP ...)'
24453 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
24455 `(?? SEXP ...)'
24456 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
24458 `(repeat N SEXP)'
24459 `(= N SEXP ...)'
24460 matches N occurrences.
24462 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
24463 matches N or more occurrences.
24465 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
24466 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
24467 matches N to M occurrences.
24469 `(backref N)'
24470 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
24472 `(backref N)'
24473 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
24475 `(backref N)'
24476 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
24478 `(eval FORM)'
24479 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
24480 `regexp-quote' it.
24482 `(regexp REGEXP)'
24483 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
24485 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil (quote macro))
24487 ;;;***
24489 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-mode savehist-mode) "savehist" "savehist.el"
24490 ;;;;;; (18301 39792))
24491 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
24493 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
24494 Mode for automatic saving of minibuffer history.
24495 Set this by calling the `savehist-mode' function or using the customize
24496 interface.")
24498 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
24500 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
24501 Toggle savehist-mode.
24502 Positive ARG turns on `savehist-mode'. When on, savehist-mode causes
24503 minibuffer history to be saved periodically and when exiting Emacs.
24504 When turned on for the first time in an Emacs session, it causes the
24505 previous minibuffer history to be loaded from `savehist-file'.
24507 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
24508 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer histories,
24509 which is probably undesirable.
24511 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24513 ;;;***
24515 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
24516 ;;;;;; (18369 28763))
24517 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
24519 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
24520 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
24521 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
24523 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
24524 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
24525 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
24526 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
24527 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
24528 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
24529 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
24530 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
24532 Commands:
24533 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24534 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
24535 \\{scheme-mode-map}
24536 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
24537 if that value is non-nil.
24539 \(fn)" t nil)
24541 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
24542 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
24543 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
24545 Commands:
24546 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24547 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
24548 \\{scheme-mode-map}
24549 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
24550 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
24551 that variable's value is a string.
24553 \(fn)" t nil)
24555 ;;;***
24557 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
24558 ;;;;;; (18335 54533))
24559 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
24561 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
24562 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
24563 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
24565 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
24567 \(fn)" t nil)
24569 ;;;***
24571 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
24572 ;;;;;; (18335 54516))
24573 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
24575 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
24576 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
24577 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24578 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24579 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24580 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
24582 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
24584 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
24585 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
24586 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
24587 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
24588 apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
24590 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24592 ;;;***
24594 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
24595 ;;;;;; (18335 54516))
24596 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
24598 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
24599 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
24600 Keys which normally move point by line or paragraph will scroll
24601 the buffer by the respective amount of lines instead and point
24602 will be kept vertically fixed relative to window boundaries
24603 during scrolling.
24605 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24607 ;;;***
24609 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
24610 ;;;;;; mail-mode mail-send-nonascii mail-bury-selects-summary mail-default-headers
24611 ;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature-file mail-signature
24612 ;;;;;; mail-citation-prefix-regexp mail-citation-hook mail-indentation-spaces
24613 ;;;;;; mail-yank-prefix mail-setup-hook mail-personal-alias-file
24614 ;;;;;; mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
24615 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-interactive
24616 ;;;;;; mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style)
24617 ;;;;;; "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (18341 12913))
24618 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
24620 (defvar mail-from-style 'angles "\
24621 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
24623 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
24624 king@grassland.com
24625 If `parens', they look like:
24626 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
24627 If `angles', they look like:
24628 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
24629 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
24630 derived from the envelope-from address.
24632 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
24633 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
24634 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
24635 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
24637 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
24639 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
24640 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
24641 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
24642 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
24644 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
24645 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
24646 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
24647 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
24649 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
24651 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
24652 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
24653 This is done when the message is initialized,
24654 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
24656 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
24658 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
24659 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
24660 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
24662 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
24664 (put 'send-mail-function 'standard-value '((if (and window-system (memq system-type '(darwin windows-nt))) 'mailclient-send-it 'sendmail-send-it)))
24666 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and window-system (memq system-type '(darwin windows-nt))) 'mailclient-send-it 'sendmail-send-it) "\
24667 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
24668 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
24669 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
24670 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
24671 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
24672 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
24674 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
24676 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
24677 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
24679 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
24681 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
24682 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
24683 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
24685 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
24687 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
24688 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
24689 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
24690 when you first send mail.")
24692 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
24694 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
24695 If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
24696 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
24697 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
24698 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
24700 (custom-autoload 'mail-alias-file "sendmail" t)
24702 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
24703 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
24704 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
24705 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
24706 This file need not actually exist.")
24708 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
24710 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
24711 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing mail message is initialized.
24712 The function `mail-setup' runs this hook.")
24714 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
24716 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
24717 Alist of mail address aliases,
24718 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
24719 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
24720 can specify a different file name.)
24721 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
24722 alias ALIAS MEANING")
24724 (defvar mail-yank-prefix nil "\
24725 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
24726 nil means use indentation.")
24728 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
24730 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
24731 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
24732 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
24734 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
24736 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
24737 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
24738 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
24739 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
24740 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
24741 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
24742 in the cited portion of the message.
24744 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
24745 instead of no action.")
24747 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
24749 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp "[ ]*[-a-z0-9A-Z]*>+[ ]*\\|[ ]*" "\
24750 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
24751 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
24752 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
24753 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
24755 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
24757 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
24758 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
24759 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
24760 If a string, that string is inserted.
24761 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
24762 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
24763 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
24764 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
24766 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
24768 (defvar mail-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
24769 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
24771 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
24773 (defvar mail-default-directory "~/" "\
24774 Directory for mail buffers.
24775 Value of `default-directory' for mail buffers.
24776 This directory is used for auto-save files of mail buffers.")
24778 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
24780 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
24781 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
24782 It is inserted before you edit the message,
24783 so you can edit or delete these lines.")
24785 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
24787 (defvar mail-bury-selects-summary t "\
24788 If non-nil, try to show RMAIL summary buffer after returning from mail.
24789 The functions \\[mail-send-on-exit] or \\[mail-dont-send] select
24790 the RMAIL summary buffer before returning, if it exists and this variable
24791 is non-nil.")
24793 (custom-autoload 'mail-bury-selects-summary "sendmail" t)
24795 (defvar mail-send-nonascii 'mime "\
24796 Specify whether to allow sending non-ASCII characters in mail.
24797 If t, that means do allow it. nil means don't allow it.
24798 `query' means ask the user each time.
24799 `mime' means add an appropriate MIME header if none already present.
24800 The default is `mime'.
24801 Including non-ASCII characters in a mail message can be problematical
24802 for the recipient, who may not know how to decode them properly.")
24804 (custom-autoload 'mail-send-nonascii "sendmail" t)
24806 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
24807 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24808 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24810 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
24811 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
24813 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24814 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
24815 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
24816 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
24817 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
24818 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
24819 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
24820 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
24821 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
24822 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
24823 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a sent-via field for each To or CC).
24824 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24825 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24827 \(fn)" t nil)
24829 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24830 *List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24832 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24833 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24835 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
24837 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24838 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24839 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
24840 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24841 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24842 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24844 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
24845 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24846 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24848 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24849 User should not set this variable manually,
24850 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24851 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24852 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24853 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
24855 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
24856 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24857 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24858 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24860 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24861 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24863 \\<mail-mode-map>
24864 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24866 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24867 to move to message header fields:
24868 \\{mail-mode-map}
24870 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24871 when the message is initialized.
24873 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24874 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24876 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24877 is inserted.
24879 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24880 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24882 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24883 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24884 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24885 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24886 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24887 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24888 buffer without erasing the contents.
24890 The second through fifth arguments,
24891 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24892 the initial contents of those header fields.
24893 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24894 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24895 original message being replied to, or else an action
24896 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24897 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24898 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24899 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24900 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24901 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24903 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS)" t nil)
24905 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24906 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24908 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24910 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24911 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24913 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24915 ;;;***
24917 ;;;### (autoloads (server-save-buffers-kill-terminal server-mode
24918 ;;;;;; server-start) "server" "server.el" (18335 54516))
24919 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24921 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24922 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24923 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
24924 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs
24925 job. To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
24926 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24928 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24929 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24931 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD)" t nil)
24933 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24934 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24935 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24936 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24937 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24938 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24940 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24942 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24943 Toggle Server mode.
24944 With ARG, turn Server mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
24945 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24946 `emacsclient' program. See `server-start' and Info node `Emacs server'.
24948 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24950 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24951 Offer to save each buffer, then kill PROC.
24953 With prefix arg, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24955 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24956 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24958 \(fn PROC &optional ARG)" nil nil)
24960 ;;;***
24962 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (18335 54516))
24963 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24965 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24966 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24967 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for more info.
24969 Key definitions:
24970 \\{ses-mode-map}
24971 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
24972 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24973 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
24974 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24976 \(fn)" t nil)
24978 ;;;***
24980 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
24981 ;;;;;; (18369 28764))
24982 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24984 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24985 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24986 Makes > match <.
24987 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
24988 `sgml-quick-keys'.
24990 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24991 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24992 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24994 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
24995 in your `.emacs' file.
24997 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24999 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
25000 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
25001 \\{sgml-mode-map}
25003 \(fn)" t nil)
25005 (defalias 'xml-mode 'sgml-mode)
25007 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
25008 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
25009 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
25010 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
25011 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
25012 which this is based.
25014 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
25016 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
25017 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
25018 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
25019 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
25021 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
25022 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
25023 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
25025 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
25026 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
25027 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
25028 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
25030 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
25031 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
25032 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
25033 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
25035 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
25037 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
25038 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
25039 To work around that, do:
25040 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
25042 \\{html-mode-map}
25044 \(fn)" t nil)
25046 ;;;***
25048 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
25049 ;;;;;; (18341 12918))
25050 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
25051 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
25053 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
25054 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
25055 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
25056 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
25057 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
25058 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
25060 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
25061 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
25062 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
25063 shell-specific features.
25065 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
25066 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
25067 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
25068 \\<sh-mode-map>
25069 \\[sh-case] case statement
25070 \\[sh-for] for loop
25071 \\[sh-function] function definition
25072 \\[sh-if] if statement
25073 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
25074 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
25075 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
25076 \\[sh-select] select loop
25077 \\[sh-until] until loop
25078 \\[sh-while] while loop
25080 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
25081 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
25082 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
25083 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
25084 would indent to the way it currently is.
25085 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
25086 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
25089 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
25090 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
25091 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
25092 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
25093 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
25094 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
25096 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
25097 {, (, [, ', \", `
25098 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
25100 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
25101 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
25102 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
25104 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
25105 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
25107 \(fn)" t nil)
25109 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
25111 ;;;***
25113 ;;;### (autoloads (sha1) "sha1" "sha1.el" (18335 54516))
25114 ;;; Generated autoloads from sha1.el
25116 (autoload 'sha1 "sha1" "\
25117 Return the SHA1 (Secure Hash Algorithm) of an object.
25118 OBJECT is either a string or a buffer.
25119 Optional arguments BEG and END denote buffer positions for computing the
25120 hash of a portion of OBJECT.
25121 If BINARY is non-nil, return a string in binary form.
25123 \(fn OBJECT &optional BEG END BINARY)" nil nil)
25125 ;;;***
25127 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
25128 ;;;;;; (18335 54522))
25129 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
25131 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
25132 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
25134 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
25135 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
25136 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
25137 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
25138 the earlier.
25140 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
25142 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
25144 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
25145 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
25146 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
25148 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
25149 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
25151 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
25152 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
25153 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
25154 19.30. An Emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
25155 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
25156 Unless the Emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
25157 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
25158 Emacs version).
25160 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
25161 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
25162 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
25163 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
25164 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
25166 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
25167 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
25168 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'.
25170 \(fn)" t nil)
25172 ;;;***
25174 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
25175 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (18335
25176 ;;;;;; 54516))
25177 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
25179 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
25180 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
25181 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
25182 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
25183 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
25184 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
25185 sites in the cluster.
25187 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
25189 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
25190 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
25191 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
25192 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
25193 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
25195 \(fn)" t nil)
25197 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
25198 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
25199 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
25200 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
25201 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
25202 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
25203 `shadow-define-cluster').
25205 \(fn)" t nil)
25207 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
25208 Set up file shadowing.
25210 \(fn)" t nil)
25212 ;;;***
25214 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
25215 ;;;;;; (18335 54516))
25216 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
25218 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
25219 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
25220 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
25221 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
25222 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
25223 arguments.")
25225 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
25227 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
25228 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
25229 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
25230 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
25231 to change if called with a prefix arg.
25233 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
25234 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
25235 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
25236 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
25237 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
25238 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
25239 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
25240 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
25241 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
25242 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
25243 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
25245 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25246 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25247 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25248 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
25249 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25250 `default-process-coding-system'.
25252 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
25253 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
25254 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
25255 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
25257 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
25259 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25260 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
25262 ;;;***
25264 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload sieve-manage)
25265 ;;;;;; "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (18335 54533))
25266 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
25268 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
25269 Not documented
25271 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
25273 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
25274 Not documented
25276 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
25278 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
25279 Not documented
25281 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
25283 ;;;***
25285 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
25286 ;;;;;; (18335 54533))
25287 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
25289 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
25290 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
25291 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
25292 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
25293 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
25295 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
25297 \(fn)" t nil)
25299 ;;;***
25301 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simple" "simple.el" (18360 55730))
25302 ;;; Generated autoloads from simple.el
25303 (put 'fill-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
25305 ;;;***
25307 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (18335
25308 ;;;;;; 54543))
25309 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
25311 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
25312 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
25313 \\{simula-mode-map}
25314 Variables controlling indentation style:
25315 `simula-tab-always-indent'
25316 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
25317 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
25318 `simula-indent-level'
25319 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
25320 `simula-substatement-offset'
25321 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
25322 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
25323 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
25324 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
25325 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
25326 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
25327 `simula-label-offset' -4711
25328 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
25329 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
25330 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
25331 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
25332 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
25333 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
25334 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
25335 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
25336 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
25337 `simula-electric-indent' nil
25338 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
25339 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
25340 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
25341 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
25342 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
25343 or nil if they should not be changed.
25344 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
25345 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
25346 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
25347 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
25349 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
25350 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
25352 \(fn)" t nil)
25354 ;;;***
25356 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
25357 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (18341 12905))
25358 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
25360 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
25361 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
25363 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
25364 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
25365 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
25366 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
25368 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
25370 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
25371 Insert SKELETON.
25372 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
25373 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
25374 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
25375 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
25376 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
25378 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
25379 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
25381 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
25383 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
25384 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
25386 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
25387 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
25388 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
25389 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
25391 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
25392 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
25393 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
25394 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
25396 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
25397 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
25398 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
25400 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
25401 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
25403 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
25404 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
25406 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
25407 _ interesting point, interregion here
25408 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
25409 interesting point set by _
25410 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
25411 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
25412 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
25413 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
25414 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
25415 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
25416 nil skipped
25418 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
25419 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
25421 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
25422 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
25423 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
25424 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
25425 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
25426 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
25427 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
25428 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
25430 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
25431 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
25432 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
25433 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
25434 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
25435 available:
25437 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
25438 then: insert previously read string once more
25439 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
25440 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
25441 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
25443 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
25444 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
25446 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
25448 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
25449 Insert the character you type ARG times.
25451 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
25452 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
25453 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
25454 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
25455 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
25456 such as backslash.
25458 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
25459 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
25460 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
25462 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25464 ;;;***
25466 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-start-session smerge-mode smerge-ediff)
25467 ;;;;;; "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el" (18356 12617))
25468 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
25470 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
25471 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
25472 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
25473 buffer names.
25475 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
25477 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
25478 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
25479 \\{smerge-mode-map}
25481 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25483 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
25484 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
25485 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
25487 \(fn)" nil nil)
25489 ;;;***
25491 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
25492 ;;;;;; (18335 54533))
25493 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
25495 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
25496 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
25497 A list of images is returned.
25499 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25501 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
25502 Run `smiley-region' at the buffer, specified in the argument or
25503 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer
25505 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25507 ;;;***
25509 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
25510 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (18368 43878))
25511 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
25513 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
25514 Not documented
25516 \(fn)" nil nil)
25518 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
25519 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
25521 \(fn)" t nil)
25523 ;;;***
25525 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (18335 54541))
25526 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
25528 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
25529 Play the Snake game.
25530 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
25532 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
25534 Snake mode keybindings:
25535 \\<snake-mode-map>
25536 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
25537 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
25538 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
25539 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
25540 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
25541 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
25542 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
25544 \(fn)" t nil)
25546 ;;;***
25548 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
25549 ;;;;;; (18335 54538))
25550 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
25552 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
25553 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
25554 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
25555 Tab indents for C code.
25556 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
25557 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25558 \\{snmp-mode-map}
25559 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
25560 `snmp-mode-hook'.
25562 \(fn)" t nil)
25564 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
25565 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
25566 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
25567 Tab indents for C code.
25568 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
25569 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25570 \\{snmp-mode-map}
25571 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
25572 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
25574 \(fn)" t nil)
25576 ;;;***
25578 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
25579 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
25580 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (18335 54521))
25581 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
25583 (defvar calendar-time-display-form '(12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")")) "\
25584 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
25586 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
25587 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
25588 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
25590 For example, the form
25592 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
25593 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
25595 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
25597 (custom-autoload 'calendar-time-display-form "solar" t)
25599 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
25600 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
25602 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
25603 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
25604 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
25605 York City.
25607 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
25609 (custom-autoload 'calendar-latitude "solar" t)
25611 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
25612 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
25614 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
25615 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
25616 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
25617 York City.
25619 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
25621 (custom-autoload 'calendar-longitude "solar" t)
25623 (defvar calendar-location-name '(let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) 'north) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) 'east) "E" "W")))) "\
25624 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
25625 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
25626 pair.
25628 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
25630 (custom-autoload 'calendar-location-name "solar" t)
25632 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
25633 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
25634 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
25636 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
25637 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
25639 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
25641 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25643 (autoload 'solar-equinoxes-solstices "solar" "\
25644 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
25645 Requires floating point.
25647 \(fn)" nil nil)
25649 ;;;***
25651 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (18335
25652 ;;;;;; 54541))
25653 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
25655 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
25656 Play Solitaire.
25658 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
25659 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
25660 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
25661 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
25662 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
25663 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
25664 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
25665 check after each move or undo)
25667 What is Solitaire?
25669 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
25670 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
25671 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
25673 Le Solitaire
25674 ============
25676 o o o
25678 o o o
25680 o o o o o o o
25682 o o o . o o o
25684 o o o o o o o
25686 o o o
25688 o o o
25690 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
25691 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
25692 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
25693 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
25695 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
25696 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
25697 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
25698 this: o o .
25700 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
25701 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
25703 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
25705 o o o
25707 . o o
25709 o o . o o o o
25711 o . o o o o o
25713 o o o o o o o
25715 o o o
25717 o o o
25719 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
25721 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
25723 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25725 ;;;***
25727 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
25728 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
25729 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (18335 54516))
25730 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
25731 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
25733 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
25734 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
25736 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
25737 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
25738 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
25739 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
25740 contiguous.
25742 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
25743 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
25744 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25745 the sort order.
25747 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
25748 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
25750 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
25751 It moves point to the start of the next record.
25752 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
25753 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
25754 is called.
25756 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
25757 It should move point to the end of the record.
25759 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
25760 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
25761 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
25762 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
25763 starts at the beginning of the record.
25765 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
25766 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
25767 same as ENDRECFUN.
25769 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
25770 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
25772 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
25774 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
25775 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25776 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25777 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25778 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25779 the sort order.
25781 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25783 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
25784 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25785 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25786 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25787 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25788 the sort order.
25790 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25792 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
25793 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25794 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25795 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25796 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25797 the sort order.
25799 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25800 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25802 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
25803 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
25804 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25805 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
25806 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
25807 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25808 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25809 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25810 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25812 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25814 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
25815 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
25816 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25817 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25818 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25819 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25820 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25821 the sort order.
25823 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25825 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
25826 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
25827 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
25828 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
25829 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
25830 is to be used for sorting.
25831 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
25832 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
25833 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
25834 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
25835 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
25837 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
25839 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25840 the sort order.
25842 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25843 starting with the letter \"f\",
25844 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
25846 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25848 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
25849 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25850 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25851 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25852 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25853 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25854 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25855 the sort order.
25857 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25858 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25859 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
25860 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25861 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25863 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25865 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
25866 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25867 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25869 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25871 ;;;***
25873 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (18335
25874 ;;;;;; 54533))
25875 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25877 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
25878 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
25879 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
25880 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
25881 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
25882 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
25884 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
25886 ;;;***
25888 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
25889 ;;;;;; spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
25890 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" (18335 54533))
25891 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25893 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25894 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25896 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25897 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25898 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25900 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25902 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25903 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25904 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25905 server.
25907 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25909 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25910 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25911 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25913 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25915 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25916 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25917 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25918 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25919 Agent is plugged.
25921 \(fn)" t nil)
25923 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25924 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25925 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25926 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25928 \(fn)" t nil)
25930 ;;;***
25932 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
25933 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (18335 54516))
25934 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25936 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25938 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25939 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25940 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25941 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25942 supported at a time.
25943 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25944 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25946 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25948 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25949 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25950 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25951 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25953 \(fn)" t nil)
25955 ;;;***
25957 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
25958 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (18367 13963))
25959 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
25961 (put 'spell-filter 'risky-local-variable t)
25963 (autoload 'spell-buffer "spell" "\
25964 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
25965 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
25966 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
25967 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
25968 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped.
25970 \(fn)" t nil)
25972 (make-obsolete 'spell-buffer 'ispell-buffer "23.1")
25974 (autoload 'spell-word "spell" "\
25975 Check spelling of word at or before point.
25976 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
25977 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it.
25979 \(fn)" t nil)
25981 (make-obsolete 'spell-word 'ispell-word "23.1")
25983 (autoload 'spell-region "spell" "\
25984 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
25985 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
25986 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
25987 for example, \"word\".
25989 \(fn START END &optional DESCRIPTION)" t nil)
25991 (make-obsolete 'spell-region 'ispell-region "23.1")
25993 (autoload 'spell-string "spell" "\
25994 Check spelling of string supplied as argument.
25996 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
25998 (make-obsolete 'spell-string "The `spell' package is obsolete - use `ispell'." "23.1")
26000 ;;;***
26002 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (18335
26003 ;;;;;; 54541))
26004 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
26006 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
26007 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
26009 \(fn)" t nil)
26011 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
26012 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
26014 \(fn)" nil nil)
26016 ;;;***
26018 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
26019 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
26020 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-mode sql-help
26021 ;;;;;; sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (18335
26022 ;;;;;; 54543))
26023 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
26025 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
26026 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
26028 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a sql product, such as
26029 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
26030 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
26031 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
26032 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
26033 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
26034 of the current highlighting list.
26036 For example:
26038 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
26039 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
26041 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
26042 `_t' as data types.
26044 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
26046 (autoload 'sql-help "sql" "\
26047 Show short help for the SQL modes.
26049 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
26050 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
26052 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
26054 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
26055 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
26056 SQLite: \\[sql-sqlite]
26058 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
26060 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
26061 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
26062 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
26063 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
26064 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
26065 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
26066 DB2: \\[sql-db2]
26067 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
26068 Linter: \\[sql-linter]
26070 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
26072 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
26073 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
26074 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
26075 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
26077 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
26078 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
26079 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
26080 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
26082 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
26083 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
26084 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
26086 \(fn)" t nil)
26088 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
26089 Major mode to edit SQL.
26091 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
26092 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
26093 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
26095 \\{sql-mode-map}
26096 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
26098 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
26099 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
26100 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
26101 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
26102 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
26103 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
26105 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
26106 `sql-interactive-mode'.
26108 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
26109 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
26110 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
26112 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
26113 (lambda ()
26114 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
26116 \(fn)" t nil)
26118 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
26119 Run product interpreter as an inferior process.
26121 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26122 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26123 `*SQL*'.
26125 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26127 \(fn &optional PRODUCT)" t nil)
26129 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
26130 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
26132 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26133 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26134 `*SQL*'.
26136 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
26137 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
26138 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
26139 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
26141 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26142 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26144 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26145 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26146 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26147 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26148 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26149 `default-process-coding-system'.
26151 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26153 \(fn)" t nil)
26155 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
26156 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
26158 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26159 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26160 `*SQL*'.
26162 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
26163 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
26164 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26165 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
26167 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26168 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26170 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26171 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26172 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26173 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26174 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26175 `default-process-coding-system'.
26177 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26179 \(fn)" t nil)
26181 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
26182 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
26184 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26185 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26186 `*SQL*'.
26188 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
26189 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
26191 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26192 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26194 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26195 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26196 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26197 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26198 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26199 `default-process-coding-system'.
26201 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26203 \(fn)" t nil)
26205 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
26206 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
26208 SQLite is free software.
26210 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26211 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26212 `*SQL*'.
26214 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
26215 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
26216 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26217 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
26219 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26220 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26222 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26223 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26224 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26225 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26226 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26227 `default-process-coding-system'.
26229 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26231 \(fn)" t nil)
26233 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
26234 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
26236 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
26238 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26239 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26240 `*SQL*'.
26242 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
26243 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
26244 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26245 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
26247 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26248 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26250 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26251 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26252 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26253 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26254 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26255 `default-process-coding-system'.
26257 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26259 \(fn)" t nil)
26261 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
26262 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
26264 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26265 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26266 `*SQL*'.
26268 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
26269 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
26270 defaults, if set.
26272 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26273 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26275 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26276 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26277 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26278 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26279 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26280 `default-process-coding-system'.
26282 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26284 \(fn)" t nil)
26286 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
26287 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
26289 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26290 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26291 `*SQL*'.
26293 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
26294 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
26296 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26297 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26299 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26300 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26301 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26302 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26303 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26304 `default-process-coding-system'.
26306 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26308 \(fn)" t nil)
26310 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
26311 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
26313 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26314 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26315 `*SQL*'.
26317 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
26318 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
26319 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
26320 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
26322 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26323 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26325 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26326 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26327 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26328 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26329 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26330 `default-process-coding-system'.
26332 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26334 \(fn)" t nil)
26336 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
26337 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
26339 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26340 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26341 `*SQL*'.
26343 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
26344 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
26345 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
26346 `sql-postgres-options'.
26348 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26349 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26351 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26352 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26353 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26354 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26355 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26356 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
26357 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
26358 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
26360 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
26361 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
26363 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26365 \(fn)" t nil)
26367 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
26368 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
26370 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26371 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26372 `*SQL*'.
26374 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
26375 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
26376 defaults, if set.
26378 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26379 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26381 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26382 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26383 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26384 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26385 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26386 `default-process-coding-system'.
26388 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26390 \(fn)" t nil)
26392 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
26393 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
26395 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26396 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26397 `*SQL*'.
26399 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
26400 automatic login.
26402 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26403 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26405 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
26406 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
26407 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
26408 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
26410 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26411 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26412 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26413 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26414 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26415 `default-process-coding-system'.
26417 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26419 \(fn)" t nil)
26421 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
26422 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
26424 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26425 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26426 `*SQL*'.
26428 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
26429 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
26430 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26431 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
26432 parameters.
26434 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
26435 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
26436 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
26437 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
26438 an empty password.
26440 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26441 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26443 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26445 \(fn)" t nil)
26447 ;;;***
26449 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
26450 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
26451 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
26452 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
26453 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (18335
26454 ;;;;;; 54516))
26455 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
26457 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
26458 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
26459 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
26460 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
26461 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
26462 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
26464 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
26466 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
26468 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
26469 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
26470 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
26471 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
26472 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
26473 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
26474 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
26476 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
26478 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26479 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
26480 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
26481 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
26482 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
26483 then complete the stroke with button 3.
26484 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
26486 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
26488 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
26489 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
26490 This must be bound to a mouse event.
26492 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
26494 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26495 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
26496 This must be bound to a mouse event.
26498 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
26500 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
26501 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
26503 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
26505 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
26506 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
26508 \(fn)" t nil)
26510 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
26511 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
26513 \(fn)" t nil)
26515 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
26516 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
26517 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
26518 chronologically by command name.
26519 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
26521 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
26523 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
26524 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
26525 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26526 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26527 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26528 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
26530 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
26532 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
26533 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
26534 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
26535 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
26536 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
26537 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
26538 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
26540 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
26541 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
26542 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
26543 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
26545 \\{strokes-mode-map}
26547 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26549 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
26550 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
26551 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
26552 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
26554 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
26556 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26557 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
26559 \(fn)" t nil)
26561 ;;;***
26563 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
26564 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (16211 27038))
26565 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
26567 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
26568 Studlify-case the region.
26570 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
26572 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
26573 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
26575 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
26577 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
26578 Studlify-case the current buffer.
26580 \(fn)" t nil)
26582 ;;;***
26584 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-library) "subr" "subr.el" (18369 28751))
26585 ;;; Generated autoloads from subr.el
26587 (autoload 'locate-library "subr" "\
26588 Show the precise file name of Emacs library LIBRARY.
26589 This command searches the directories in `load-path' like `\\[load-library]'
26590 to find the file that `\\[load-library] RET LIBRARY RET' would load.
26591 Optional second arg NOSUFFIX non-nil means don't add suffixes `load-suffixes'
26592 to the specified name LIBRARY.
26594 If the optional third arg PATH is specified, that list of directories
26595 is used instead of `load-path'.
26597 When called from a program, the file name is normaly returned as a
26598 string. When run interactively, the argument INTERACTIVE-CALL is t,
26599 and the file name is displayed in the echo area.
26601 \(fn LIBRARY &optional NOSUFFIX PATH INTERACTIVE-CALL)" t nil)
26603 ;;;***
26605 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
26606 ;;;;;; (18335 54537))
26607 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
26609 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
26610 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
26611 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
26612 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
26613 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
26614 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
26615 original message but it does require a few things:
26617 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
26619 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
26620 reply buffer.
26622 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
26623 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
26624 original message.
26626 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
26628 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
26630 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
26631 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
26632 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
26634 \(fn)" nil nil)
26636 ;;;***
26638 ;;;### (autoloads (symbol-completion-try-complete symbol-complete)
26639 ;;;;;; "sym-comp" "progmodes/sym-comp.el" (18368 4866))
26640 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sym-comp.el
26642 (autoload 'symbol-complete "sym-comp" "\
26643 Perform completion of the symbol preceding point.
26644 This is done in a way appropriate to the current major mode,
26645 perhaps by interrogating an inferior interpreter. Compare
26646 `complete-symbol'.
26647 If no characters can be completed, display a list of possible completions.
26648 Repeating the command at that point scrolls the list.
26650 When called from a program, optional arg PREDICATE is a predicate
26651 determining which symbols are considered.
26653 This function requires `symbol-completion-completions-function'
26654 to be set buffer-locally. Variables `symbol-completion-symbol-function',
26655 `symbol-completion-predicate-function' and
26656 `symbol-completion-transform-function' are also consulted.
26658 \(fn &optional PREDICATE)" t nil)
26660 (autoload 'symbol-completion-try-complete "sym-comp" "\
26661 Completion function for use with `hippie-expand'.
26662 Uses `symbol-completion-symbol-function' and
26663 `symbol-completion-completions-function'. It is intended to be
26664 used something like this in a major mode which provides symbol
26665 completion:
26667 (if (featurep 'hippie-exp)
26668 (set (make-local-variable 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list)
26669 (cons 'symbol-completion-try-complete
26670 hippie-expand-try-functions-list)))
26672 \(fn OLD)" nil nil)
26674 ;;;***
26676 ;;;### (autoloads (gpm-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (18335
26677 ;;;;;; 54516))
26678 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
26680 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
26682 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode nil "\
26683 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
26684 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26685 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26686 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26687 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
26689 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
26691 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
26692 Toggle gpm-mouse mode to use the mouse in GNU/Linux consoles.
26693 With prefix arg, turn gpm-mouse mode on if arg is positive,
26694 otherwise turn it off.
26696 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
26697 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
26698 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
26700 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26702 ;;;***
26704 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (18335 54516))
26705 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
26707 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
26708 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
26709 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26710 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26711 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26713 \(fn START END)" t nil)
26715 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
26716 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
26717 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
26718 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
26719 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26720 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26721 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26723 \(fn START END)" t nil)
26725 ;;;***
26727 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
26728 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
26729 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
26730 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
26731 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
26732 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
26733 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
26734 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
26735 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
26736 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
26737 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
26738 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
26739 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (18335 54546))
26740 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
26742 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
26743 *Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
26744 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
26746 (custom-autoload 'table-cell-map-hook "table" t)
26748 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
26749 *List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
26751 (custom-autoload 'table-load-hook "table" t)
26753 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
26754 *List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
26756 (custom-autoload 'table-point-entered-cell-hook "table" t)
26758 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
26759 *List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
26761 (custom-autoload 'table-point-left-cell-hook "table" t)
26763 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
26764 Insert an editable text table.
26765 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
26766 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
26767 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
26768 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
26769 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
26770 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
26771 delimiting them.
26773 Examples:
26775 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
26777 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
26778 location of point.
26782 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
26783 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
26784 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
26785 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
26786 first cell.
26788 +-----+-----+-----+
26789 |-!- | | |
26790 +-----+-----+-----+
26792 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
26794 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
26795 width, which results as
26797 +--------------+-----+-----+
26798 |-!- | | |
26799 +--------------+-----+-----+
26801 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
26802 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
26804 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26805 | | |-!- |
26806 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26808 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
26809 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
26810 width information to `table-insert'.
26812 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
26814 instead of
26816 Cell width(s): 5
26818 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
26819 work all together.
26821 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
26822 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
26824 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26825 |-!- | | |
26826 | | | |
26827 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26829 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
26831 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26832 |-!- | | |
26833 | | | |
26834 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26835 | | | |
26836 | | | |
26837 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26839 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26841 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26842 | | | |
26843 | | | |
26844 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26845 | | | |
26846 | | | |
26847 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26850 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26851 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26852 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26854 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26855 | | | |
26856 | | | |
26857 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26858 | | | |
26859 | | | |
26860 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26861 |-!- | | |
26862 | | | |
26863 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26865 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26866 results.
26868 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26869 | | | |
26870 | | | |
26871 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26872 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26873 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26874 | | |expected results.-!- |
26875 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26876 | | | |
26877 | | | |
26878 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26880 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26882 \\{table-cell-map}
26884 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26886 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26887 Insert N table row(s).
26888 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26889 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26890 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26891 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26893 \(fn N)" t nil)
26895 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26896 Insert N table column(s).
26897 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26898 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26899 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26900 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26902 \(fn N)" t nil)
26904 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26905 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26906 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26908 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26910 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26911 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26912 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26913 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26914 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26915 all the table specific features.
26917 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26919 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26920 Not documented
26922 \(fn)" t nil)
26924 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26925 Recognize all tables within region.
26926 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26927 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26928 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26929 specific features.
26931 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26933 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26934 Not documented
26936 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26938 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26939 Recognize a table at point.
26940 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26941 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26942 the table specific features.
26944 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26946 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26947 Not documented
26949 \(fn)" t nil)
26951 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26952 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26953 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26954 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26955 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26956 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26957 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26959 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26961 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26962 Not documented
26964 \(fn)" t nil)
26966 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26967 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26968 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26969 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26970 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26971 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26972 specified.
26974 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26976 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26977 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26978 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26979 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
26980 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26981 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26982 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26983 table structure.
26985 \(fn N)" t nil)
26987 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26988 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26989 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26990 table's rectangle structure.
26992 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26994 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26995 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26996 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26997 table's rectangle structure.
26999 \(fn N)" t nil)
27001 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
27002 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
27003 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
27004 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
27005 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
27007 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
27009 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
27010 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
27011 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
27013 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
27014 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
27015 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
27016 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
27017 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
27018 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
27019 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
27021 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
27022 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
27023 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
27024 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
27025 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
27026 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
27027 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
27029 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
27030 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
27031 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
27032 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
27033 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
27034 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
27035 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
27036 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
27038 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
27040 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
27041 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
27042 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
27043 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
27045 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27047 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
27048 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
27049 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
27051 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
27053 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
27054 Split current cell vertically.
27055 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
27057 \(fn)" t nil)
27059 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
27060 Split current cell horizontally.
27061 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
27063 \(fn)" t nil)
27065 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
27066 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
27067 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
27069 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
27071 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
27072 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
27073 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
27074 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
27076 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
27078 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
27079 Justify cell contents.
27080 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
27081 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
27082 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
27083 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
27085 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
27087 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
27088 Justify cells of a row.
27089 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
27090 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
27092 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
27094 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
27095 Justify cells of a column.
27096 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
27097 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
27099 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
27101 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
27102 Toggle fixing width mode.
27103 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
27104 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
27105 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
27107 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27109 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
27110 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
27111 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
27112 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
27113 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
27114 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
27115 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
27116 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
27117 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
27118 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
27119 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
27121 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
27123 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
27124 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
27125 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
27126 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
27127 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
27128 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
27129 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
27130 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
27131 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
27132 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
27133 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
27134 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
27135 untouched.
27137 References used for this implementation:
27139 HTML:
27140 http://www.w3.org
27142 LaTeX:
27143 http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html
27145 CALS (DocBook DTD):
27146 http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm
27147 http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751
27149 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
27151 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
27152 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
27153 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
27154 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
27155 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
27156 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
27157 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
27158 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
27159 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
27160 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
27161 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
27162 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
27163 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
27164 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
27165 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
27166 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
27167 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
27169 Example:
27171 (progn
27172 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
27173 (table-forward-cell 15)
27174 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
27175 (table-forward-cell 16)
27176 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
27177 (table-forward-cell 1)
27178 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
27180 (progn
27181 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
27182 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
27183 (table-forward-cell 1)
27184 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
27186 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
27188 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
27189 Delete N row(s) of cells.
27190 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
27191 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
27192 consists from cells of same height.
27194 \(fn N)" t nil)
27196 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
27197 Delete N column(s) of cells.
27198 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
27199 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
27200 column must consists from cells of same width.
27202 \(fn N)" t nil)
27204 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
27205 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
27206 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
27207 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
27208 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
27209 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
27210 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
27211 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
27212 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
27213 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
27214 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
27215 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
27216 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
27217 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
27218 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
27221 Example 1:
27223 1, 2, 3, 4
27224 5, 6, 7, 8
27225 , 9, 10
27227 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
27228 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
27229 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
27230 specified as 5.
27232 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27233 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
27234 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27235 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
27236 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27237 | | 9 | 10 | |
27238 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27240 Note:
27242 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
27243 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
27244 of each row is optional.
27247 Example 2:
27249 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
27250 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
27251 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
27252 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
27253 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
27255 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
27256 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
27258 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
27259 expression and raw delimiter regular
27260 expression, it parses the specified text
27261 area and extracts cell items from
27262 non-table text and then forms a table out
27263 of them.
27265 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
27266 creates a single cell table. The text in
27267 the specified region is placed in that
27268 cell.-*-
27270 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
27271 like this.
27273 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27274 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
27275 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
27277 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
27278 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
27279 | expression, it parses the specified text |
27280 | area and extracts cell items from |
27281 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
27282 | of them. |
27284 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
27285 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
27286 | the specified region is placed in that |
27287 | cell. |
27288 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27290 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
27291 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
27292 independently.
27294 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27295 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
27296 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
27297 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27298 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
27299 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
27300 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
27301 | |area and extracts cell items from |
27302 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
27303 | |of them. |
27304 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27305 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
27306 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
27307 | |the specified region is placed in that |
27308 | |cell. |
27309 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27311 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
27312 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
27313 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
27315 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
27317 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
27318 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
27319 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
27320 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
27321 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
27323 \(fn)" t nil)
27325 ;;;***
27327 ;;;### (autoloads (talk talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (18335 54516))
27328 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
27330 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
27331 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
27333 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
27335 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
27336 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
27338 \(fn)" t nil)
27340 ;;;***
27342 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (18356 12617))
27343 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
27345 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
27346 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
27347 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
27348 Letters no longer insert themselves.
27349 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
27350 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
27351 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
27353 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
27354 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
27355 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
27356 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
27358 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
27359 \\{tar-mode-map}
27361 \(fn)" t nil)
27363 ;;;***
27365 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
27366 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (18335 54543))
27367 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
27369 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
27370 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
27371 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
27372 Tab indents for Tcl code.
27373 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
27374 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
27376 Variables controlling indentation style:
27377 `tcl-indent-level'
27378 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
27379 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
27380 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
27382 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
27383 documentation for details):
27384 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
27385 Controls action of TAB key.
27386 `tcl-auto-newline'
27387 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
27388 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
27389 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
27390 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
27391 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
27393 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
27394 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
27395 already exist.
27397 Commands:
27398 \\{tcl-mode-map}
27400 \(fn)" t nil)
27402 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
27403 Run inferior Tcl process.
27404 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
27405 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
27407 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
27409 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
27410 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
27411 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
27413 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
27415 ;;;***
27417 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (18335 54538))
27418 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
27419 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
27421 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
27422 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
27423 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
27424 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
27426 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
27427 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
27428 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
27429 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
27430 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
27432 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
27433 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
27435 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
27436 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
27437 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
27438 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
27440 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
27442 ;;;***
27444 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (18341
27445 ;;;;;; 12905))
27446 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
27448 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
27449 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
27450 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
27451 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
27452 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
27453 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
27455 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
27457 (autoload 'term "term" "\
27458 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
27459 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
27460 commands to use in that buffer.
27462 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
27464 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
27466 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
27467 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
27469 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
27471 ;;;***
27473 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (18335
27474 ;;;;;; 54517))
27475 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
27477 (autoload 'terminal-emulator "terminal" "\
27478 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
27479 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
27480 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
27481 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
27482 program as keyboard input.
27484 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
27485 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
27486 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
27487 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
27489 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
27490 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
27491 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
27492 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
27493 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
27495 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
27497 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behavior
27498 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
27499 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
27500 terminal-redisplay-interval.
27502 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
27503 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
27504 subprocess started.
27506 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
27508 ;;;***
27510 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
27511 ;;;;;; (18335 54523))
27512 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
27514 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
27515 Start coverage on function under point.
27517 \(fn)" t nil)
27519 ;;;***
27521 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (18335 54541))
27522 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
27524 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
27525 Play the Tetris game.
27526 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
27527 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
27528 as to form complete rows.
27530 tetris-mode keybindings:
27531 \\<tetris-mode-map>
27532 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
27533 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
27534 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
27535 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
27536 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
27537 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
27538 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
27539 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
27541 \(fn)" t nil)
27543 ;;;***
27545 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
27546 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
27547 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27548 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
27549 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
27550 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
27551 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
27552 ;;;;;; (18335 54546))
27553 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
27555 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
27556 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
27558 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
27560 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
27561 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
27562 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
27563 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
27564 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
27566 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
27568 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
27569 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
27570 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
27571 if it matches the first line of the file,
27572 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
27574 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
27576 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
27577 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
27578 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
27579 if the variable is non-nil.")
27581 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
27583 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
27584 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
27586 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
27588 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
27589 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
27590 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27591 See the documentation of that variable.")
27593 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27595 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
27596 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
27597 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27598 See the documentation of that variable.")
27600 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27602 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
27603 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
27604 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27605 See the documentation of that variable.")
27607 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27609 (defvar tex-start-options "" "\
27610 *TeX options to use when starting TeX.
27611 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
27612 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
27613 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27615 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
27617 (defvar tex-start-commands "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
27618 *TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
27619 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
27620 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27622 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
27624 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
27625 *User defined LaTeX block names.
27626 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
27628 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
27630 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
27631 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
27632 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27633 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27635 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
27637 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
27638 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27639 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27640 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27642 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27644 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
27645 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
27646 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27647 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
27649 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
27650 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
27651 for example,
27653 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27654 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
27656 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
27657 use.")
27659 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27661 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command '(cond ((eq window-system 'x) "xdvi") ((eq window-system 'w32) "yap") (t "dvi2tty * | cat -s")) "\
27662 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
27663 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
27664 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27665 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
27667 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
27669 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
27671 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
27672 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
27673 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
27675 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
27677 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
27678 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
27679 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
27680 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
27681 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
27683 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
27685 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
27686 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27688 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
27690 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
27691 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27693 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
27695 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27696 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
27697 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
27698 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
27699 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
27700 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
27701 says which mode to use.
27703 \(fn)" t nil)
27705 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
27707 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
27709 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
27711 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27712 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
27713 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27714 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27715 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27717 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
27718 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
27719 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27720 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27721 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27722 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27723 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27725 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27726 mismatched $'s or braces.
27728 Special commands:
27729 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
27731 Mode variables:
27732 tex-run-command
27733 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27734 tex-directory
27735 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
27736 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27737 tex-dvi-print-command
27738 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27739 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27740 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27741 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27742 tex-dvi-view-command
27743 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27744 tex-show-queue-command
27745 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27746 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27748 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27749 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
27750 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27752 \(fn)" t nil)
27754 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27755 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
27756 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27757 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27758 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27760 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27761 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27762 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27763 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27764 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27765 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27766 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27768 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27769 mismatched $'s or braces.
27771 Special commands:
27772 \\{latex-mode-map}
27774 Mode variables:
27775 latex-run-command
27776 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27777 tex-directory
27778 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
27779 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27780 tex-dvi-print-command
27781 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27782 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27783 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27784 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27785 tex-dvi-view-command
27786 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27787 tex-show-queue-command
27788 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27789 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27791 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
27792 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
27793 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27795 \(fn)" t nil)
27797 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27798 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
27799 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27800 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27801 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27803 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27804 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27805 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27806 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27807 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27808 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27809 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27811 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27812 mismatched $'s or braces.
27814 Special commands:
27815 \\{slitex-mode-map}
27817 Mode variables:
27818 slitex-run-command
27819 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27820 tex-directory
27821 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
27822 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27823 tex-dvi-print-command
27824 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27825 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27826 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27827 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27828 tex-dvi-view-command
27829 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27830 tex-show-queue-command
27831 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27832 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27834 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27835 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27836 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27837 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27839 \(fn)" t nil)
27841 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
27842 Not documented
27844 \(fn)" nil nil)
27846 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27847 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27849 \(fn)" t nil)
27851 ;;;***
27853 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
27854 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (18335 54546))
27855 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27857 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
27858 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27859 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27860 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27862 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27863 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
27864 `Info-split' to do these manually.
27866 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27868 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
27869 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27870 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27871 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
27872 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27874 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27876 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27877 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27878 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27879 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27881 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27882 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27883 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27884 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27886 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27887 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27889 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27891 ;;;***
27893 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
27894 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (18335 54546))
27895 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27897 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
27898 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27900 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27902 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
27903 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27905 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27907 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27908 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27910 It has these extra commands:
27911 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27913 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27914 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27915 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27916 modified version of TeX input format.
27918 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27919 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27920 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27921 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27923 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27924 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27925 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27926 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27927 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27928 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27929 in the Texinfo file.
27931 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27932 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27933 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27934 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27935 move forward past the closing brace.
27937 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27938 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27940 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27941 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27942 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27944 Here are the functions:
27946 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27947 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27948 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27950 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27951 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27952 texinfo-master-menu
27954 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27956 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27957 which menu descriptions are indented.
27959 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27960 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27961 in the region.
27963 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27964 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27965 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27966 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27968 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27969 be the first node in the file.
27971 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27972 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27974 \(fn)" t nil)
27976 ;;;***
27978 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-compose-buffer
27979 ;;;;;; thai-compose-string thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
27980 ;;;;;; (18341 12912))
27981 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27983 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27984 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27985 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27986 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27988 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27990 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27991 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27993 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27995 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27996 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27998 \(fn)" t nil)
28000 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
28001 Not documented
28003 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
28005 ;;;***
28007 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
28008 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
28009 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (18335 54517))
28010 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
28012 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
28013 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
28015 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
28017 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28018 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
28019 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
28020 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
28021 `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
28023 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
28024 a symbol as a valid THING.
28026 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
28027 of the textual entity that was found.
28029 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
28031 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28032 Return the THING at point.
28033 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
28034 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
28035 `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
28037 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
28038 a symbol as a valid THING.
28040 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
28042 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28043 Not documented
28045 \(fn)" nil nil)
28047 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28048 Not documented
28050 \(fn)" nil nil)
28052 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28053 Not documented
28055 \(fn)" nil nil)
28057 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28058 Not documented
28060 \(fn)" nil nil)
28062 ;;;***
28064 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show thumbs-dired-show-marked
28065 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
28066 ;;;;;; (18335 54517))
28067 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
28069 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
28070 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
28072 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
28074 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
28075 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
28076 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
28077 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
28079 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
28081 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
28082 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
28084 \(fn)" t nil)
28086 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
28087 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
28089 \(fn)" t nil)
28091 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
28093 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
28094 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
28096 \(fn)" t nil)
28098 ;;;***
28100 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
28101 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
28102 ;;;;;; tibetan-composition-function tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region
28103 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-region tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan
28104 ;;;;;; tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util"
28105 ;;;;;; "language/tibet-util.el" (18341 12912))
28106 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
28108 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
28109 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
28110 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
28112 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
28114 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
28115 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
28117 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28119 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
28120 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
28121 The returned string has no composition information.
28123 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28125 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
28126 Compose Tibetan string STR.
28128 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28130 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
28131 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
28133 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
28135 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
28136 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
28137 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
28138 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
28140 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28142 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
28143 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
28144 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
28145 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
28147 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28149 (autoload 'tibetan-composition-function "tibet-util" "\
28150 Not documented
28152 \(fn POS &optional STRING)" nil nil)
28154 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
28155 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
28156 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
28158 \(fn)" t nil)
28160 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
28161 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
28162 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
28164 \(fn)" t nil)
28166 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
28167 Not documented
28169 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
28171 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
28172 Not documented
28174 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
28176 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
28177 Not documented
28179 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
28181 ;;;***
28183 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
28184 ;;;;;; (18335 54547))
28185 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
28187 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
28188 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
28189 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
28190 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
28191 parameters.
28192 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
28194 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
28196 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
28197 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
28198 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
28199 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
28200 parameters.
28201 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
28203 \(fn)" t nil)
28205 ;;;***
28207 ;;;### (autoloads (emacs-init-time emacs-uptime display-time-world
28208 ;;;;;; display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
28209 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (18367 13960))
28210 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
28212 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
28213 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
28215 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
28217 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
28218 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
28219 This display updates automatically every minute.
28220 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
28221 are displayed as well.
28222 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
28224 \(fn)" t nil)
28226 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
28227 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
28228 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28229 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28230 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28231 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
28233 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
28235 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
28236 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
28237 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
28239 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
28240 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
28241 are displayed as well.
28242 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
28244 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28246 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
28247 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
28248 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
28249 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
28251 \(fn)" t nil)
28253 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
28254 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
28255 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
28256 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
28258 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
28260 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
28261 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
28263 \(fn)" t nil)
28265 ;;;***
28267 ;;;### (autoloads (format-seconds safe-date-to-time time-to-days
28268 ;;;;;; time-to-day-in-year date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day
28269 ;;;;;; time-add time-subtract time-since days-to-time time-less-p
28270 ;;;;;; seconds-to-time time-to-seconds date-to-time) "time-date"
28271 ;;;;;; "calendar/time-date.el" (18360 55731))
28272 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
28274 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
28275 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
28277 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28279 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date" "\
28280 Convert time value TIME to a floating point number.
28281 You can use `float-time' instead.
28283 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28285 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
28286 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
28288 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
28290 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date" "\
28291 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2.
28293 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
28295 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
28296 Convert DAYS into a time value.
28298 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
28300 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
28301 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
28302 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
28304 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28306 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
28308 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date" "\
28309 Subtract two time values.
28310 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
28312 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
28314 (autoload 'time-add "time-date" "\
28315 Add two time values. One should represent a time difference.
28317 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
28319 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
28320 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
28321 DATE should be a date-time string.
28323 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28325 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
28326 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
28327 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
28329 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
28331 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
28332 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
28334 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
28336 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
28337 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
28339 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28341 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
28342 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
28343 TIME should be a time value.
28344 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
28346 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28348 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
28349 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
28350 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
28352 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28354 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
28355 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
28356 The valid format specifiers are:
28357 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
28358 %d is the number of days.
28359 %h is the number of hours.
28360 %m is the number of minutes.
28361 %s is the number of seconds.
28362 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
28363 %% is a literal \"%\".
28365 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
28366 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
28368 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
28369 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
28370 return something of the form \"001 year\".
28372 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
28373 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
28374 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
28376 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
28378 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
28380 ;;;***
28382 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
28383 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (18341 12905))
28384 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
28385 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28386 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
28387 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
28388 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28389 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28390 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
28391 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
28392 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28394 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
28395 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
28396 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
28397 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
28398 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
28399 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
28400 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
28401 look like one of the following:
28402 Time-stamp: <>
28403 Time-stamp: \" \"
28404 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
28405 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
28406 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
28407 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
28408 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
28409 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
28410 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
28411 the template.
28413 \(fn)" t nil)
28415 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
28416 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
28417 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
28419 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28421 ;;;***
28423 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
28424 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
28425 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
28426 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
28427 ;;;;;; (18335 54521))
28428 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
28430 (autoload 'timeclock-modeline-display "timeclock" "\
28431 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
28432 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
28433 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
28434 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
28435 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
28436 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
28437 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
28438 display (non-nil means on).
28440 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28442 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
28443 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
28444 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
28445 many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg
28446 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
28447 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
28448 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
28449 this function is called within a day.
28451 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
28452 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
28453 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
28454 discover the name of the project.
28456 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
28458 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
28459 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
28460 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
28461 begun during the last time segment.
28463 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
28464 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
28465 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
28466 discover the reason.
28468 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
28470 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
28471 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
28472 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
28473 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
28474 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
28476 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28478 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
28479 Change to working on a different project.
28480 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
28481 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
28482 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
28483 working on.
28485 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
28487 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
28488 Ask the user whether to clock out.
28489 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
28491 \(fn)" nil nil)
28493 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
28494 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
28495 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
28497 \(fn)" t nil)
28499 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
28500 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
28501 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
28502 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
28503 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
28504 \"relative to today\".
28506 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28508 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
28509 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
28510 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
28511 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
28513 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
28515 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
28516 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
28517 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
28518 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
28519 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
28520 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
28522 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28524 ;;;***
28526 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
28527 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
28528 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/timer.el" (18335 54523))
28529 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/timer.el
28531 (defalias 'disable-timeout 'cancel-timer)
28533 (autoload 'cancel-timer "timer" "\
28534 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers.
28536 \(fn TIMER)" nil nil)
28538 (autoload 'cancel-function-timers "timer" "\
28539 Cancel all timers which would run FUNCTION.
28540 This affects ordinary timers such as are scheduled by `run-at-time',
28541 and idle timers such as are scheduled by `run-with-idle-timer'.
28543 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
28545 (autoload 'run-at-time "timer" "\
28546 Perform an action at time TIME.
28547 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
28548 TIME should be one of: a string giving an absolute time like
28549 \"11:23pm\" (the acceptable formats are those recognized by
28550 `diary-entry-time'; note that such times are interpreted as times
28551 today, even if in the past); a string giving a relative time like
28552 \"2 hours 35 minutes\" (the acceptable formats are those
28553 recognized by `timer-duration'); nil meaning now; a number of
28554 seconds from now; a value from `encode-time'; or t (with non-nil
28555 REPEAT) meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT. REPEAT may
28556 be an integer or floating point number. The action is to call
28557 FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
28559 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
28561 \(fn TIME REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
28563 (autoload 'run-with-timer "timer" "\
28564 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
28565 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
28566 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
28567 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
28569 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
28571 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
28573 (autoload 'add-timeout "timer" "\
28574 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
28575 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
28576 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'.
28578 \(fn SECS FUNCTION OBJECT &optional REPEAT)" nil nil)
28580 (autoload 'run-with-idle-timer "timer" "\
28581 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
28582 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
28583 SECS may be an integer, a floating point number, or the internal
28584 time format (HIGH LOW USECS) returned by, e.g., `current-idle-time'.
28585 If Emacs is currently idle, and has been idle for N seconds (N < SECS),
28586 then it will call FUNCTION in SECS - N seconds from now.
28588 If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for
28589 exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle).
28591 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
28593 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
28594 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
28596 (autoload 'with-timeout "timer" "\
28597 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
28598 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
28599 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
28600 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
28601 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
28602 be detected.
28604 \(fn (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY)" nil (quote macro))
28606 ;;;***
28608 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
28609 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (18341 12911))
28610 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
28612 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
28613 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
28614 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
28615 the generated Quail package is saved.
28617 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
28619 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
28620 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
28621 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
28622 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
28623 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
28624 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
28625 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
28627 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
28629 ;;;***
28631 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
28632 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (18335 54517))
28633 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
28634 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
28635 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
28637 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
28638 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
28639 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
28640 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
28641 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
28643 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
28645 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
28646 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
28647 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
28648 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
28649 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
28651 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
28653 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
28654 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
28655 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
28656 in the menu in two ways:
28657 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
28658 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
28659 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
28661 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
28662 keymap or an alist of alists.
28663 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
28664 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
28666 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
28668 ;;;***
28670 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
28671 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
28672 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (18335 54521))
28673 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
28675 (autoload 'todo-add-category "todo-mode" "\
28676 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
28678 \(fn CAT)" t nil)
28680 (autoload 'todo-add-item-non-interactively "todo-mode" "\
28681 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
28683 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
28685 (autoload 'todo-insert-item "todo-mode" "\
28686 Insert new TODO list entry.
28687 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
28688 category.
28690 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28692 (autoload 'todo-top-priorities "todo-mode" "\
28693 List top priorities for each category.
28695 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
28696 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
28698 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
28699 between each category.
28701 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
28703 (autoload 'todo-print "todo-mode" "\
28704 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
28705 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
28706 between each category.
28708 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
28710 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
28712 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
28713 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
28715 \\{todo-mode-map}
28717 \(fn)" t nil)
28719 (autoload 'todo-cp "todo-mode" "\
28720 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
28722 \(fn)" nil nil)
28724 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
28725 Show TODO list.
28727 \(fn)" t nil)
28729 ;;;***
28731 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
28732 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame)
28733 ;;;;;; "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (18335 54517))
28734 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
28736 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
28737 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
28738 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
28740 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28742 (put 'tool-bar-mode 'standard-value '(t))
28744 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
28745 Add an item to the tool bar.
28746 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28747 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28748 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28749 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28751 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28752 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
28753 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28754 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28756 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28757 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
28759 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28761 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
28762 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
28763 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28764 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28765 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28766 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28768 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28769 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
28770 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28771 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28773 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28775 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28776 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
28777 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
28778 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28779 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28780 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28781 properties to add to the binding.
28783 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
28785 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28786 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
28788 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28790 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28791 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
28792 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
28793 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28794 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28795 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28796 properties to add to the binding.
28798 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
28799 holds a keymap.
28801 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28803 ;;;***
28805 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
28806 ;;;;;; (18367 13961))
28807 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
28809 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
28810 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
28811 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28812 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28813 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28814 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
28816 (custom-autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" nil)
28818 (autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" "\
28819 TPU/edt emulation.
28821 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28823 (defalias 'tpu-edt 'tpu-edt-on)
28825 (autoload 'tpu-edt-on "tpu-edt" "\
28826 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
28828 \(fn)" t nil)
28830 ;;;***
28832 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-mapper) "tpu-mapper" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
28833 ;;;;;; (18335 54524))
28834 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-mapper.el
28836 (autoload 'tpu-mapper "tpu-mapper" "\
28837 Create an Emacs lisp file defining the TPU-edt keypad for X-windows.
28839 This command displays an instruction screen showing the TPU-edt keypad
28840 and asks you to press the TPU-edt editing keys. It uses the keys you
28841 press to create an Emacs Lisp file that will define a TPU-edt keypad
28842 for your X server. You can even re-arrange the standard EDT keypad to
28843 suit your tastes (or to cope with those silly Sun and PC keypads).
28845 Finally, you will be prompted for the name of the file to store the key
28846 definitions. If you chose the default, TPU-edt will find it and load it
28847 automatically. If you specify a different file name, you will need to
28848 set the variable ``tpu-xkeys-file'' before starting TPU-edt. Here's how
28849 you might go about doing that in your .emacs file.
28851 (setq tpu-xkeys-file (expand-file-name \"~/.my-emacs-x-keys\"))
28852 (tpu-edt)
28854 Known Problems:
28856 Sometimes, tpu-mapper will ignore a key you press, and just continue to
28857 prompt for the same key. This can happen when your window manager sucks
28858 up the key and doesn't pass it on to Emacs, or it could be an Emacs bug.
28859 Either way, there's nothing that tpu-mapper can do about it. You must
28860 press RETURN, to skip the current key and continue. Later, you and/or
28861 your local X guru can try to figure out why the key is being ignored.
28863 \(fn)" t nil)
28865 ;;;***
28867 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (18335 54523))
28868 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
28870 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
28871 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
28872 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
28873 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
28874 to a tcp server on another machine.
28876 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
28878 ;;;***
28880 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
28881 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (18335 54523))
28882 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
28884 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
28885 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
28887 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
28889 (autoload 'trace-function "trace" "\
28890 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
28891 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
28892 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
28893 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
28894 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
28895 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
28896 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
28898 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28900 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
28901 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
28902 When this tracing is enabled, every call to FUNCTION writes
28903 a Lisp-style trace message (showing the arguments and return value)
28904 into BUFFER. This function generates advice to trace FUNCTION
28905 and activates it together with any other advice there might be.
28906 The trace output goes to BUFFER quietly, without changing
28907 the window or buffer configuration.
28909 BUFFER defaults to `trace-buffer'.
28911 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28913 ;;;***
28915 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-unload-tramp tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion
28916 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions tramp-unload-file-name-handlers
28917 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-handler tramp-syntax) "tramp" "net/tramp.el"
28918 ;;;;;; (18351 56657))
28919 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28921 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
28922 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
28924 It can have the following values:
28926 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
28927 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs (not available yet for GNU Emacs)
28928 'url -- URL-like syntax.")
28930 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
28932 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified "\\`/[^/:]+:" "\
28933 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28934 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28935 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28937 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28938 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28939 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28940 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28942 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-url "\\`/[^/:]+://" "\
28943 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
28944 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28946 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28947 *Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
28948 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
28949 \(When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28950 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
28951 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28952 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
28953 files which are not really Tramp files.
28955 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28956 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28957 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28958 updated after changing this variable.
28960 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28962 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "^\\([a-zA-Z]:\\)?/$\\|^\\([a-zA-Z]:\\)?/[^/:][^/]*$" "^/$\\|^/[^/:][^/]*$") "\
28963 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28964 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28965 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28967 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "^\\([a-zA-Z]:\\)?/\\([[][^]]*\\)?$" "^/\\([[][^]]*\\)?$") "\
28968 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28969 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28970 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28972 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "^\\([a-zA-Z]:\\)?/$\\|^\\([a-zA-Z]:\\)?/[^/:]+\\(:\\(/\\(/[^/]*\\)?\\)?\\)?$" "^/$\\|^/[^/:]+\\(:\\(/\\(/[^/]*\\)?\\)?\\)?$") "\
28973 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
28974 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28976 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28977 *Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
28978 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
28980 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28981 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28982 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28983 updated after changing this variable.
28985 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28987 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28988 Alist of completion handler functions.
28989 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations not
28990 mentioned here will be handled by `tramp-file-name-handler-alist' or the
28991 normal Emacs functions.")
28993 (defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28994 Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
28995 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28996 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28998 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28999 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
29000 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
29001 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
29003 (autoload 'tramp-file-name-handler "tramp" "\
29004 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
29005 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists.
29007 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29009 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
29010 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
29011 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if fn (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
29013 (defsubst tramp-register-file-name-handler nil "\
29014 Add Tramp file name handler to `file-name-handler-alist'." (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delete a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (let ((jka (rassoc (quote jka-compr-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (when jka (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons jka (delete jka file-name-handler-alist))))))
29015 (tramp-register-file-name-handler)
29017 (defsubst tramp-register-completion-file-name-handler nil "\
29018 Add Tramp completion file name handler to `file-name-handler-alist'." (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delete a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (when (or (not (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode))) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode)) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t)) (let ((jka (rassoc (quote jka-compr-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (when jka (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons jka (delete jka file-name-handler-alist))))))
29019 (add-hook
29020 'after-init-hook
29021 '(lambda () (tramp-register-completion-file-name-handler)))
29023 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
29024 Not documented
29026 \(fn)" nil nil)
29028 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
29029 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
29031 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
29033 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
29034 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
29036 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
29038 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
29039 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
29041 \(fn)" t nil)
29043 ;;;***
29045 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
29046 ;;;;;; (18342 43546))
29047 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
29049 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
29050 Not documented
29052 \(fn)" nil nil)
29054 ;;;***
29056 ;;;### (autoloads (help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (18335
29057 ;;;;;; 54517))
29058 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
29060 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
29061 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
29062 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
29063 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
29064 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
29065 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
29066 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
29067 any question when restarting the tutorial.
29069 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
29070 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
29071 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
29073 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
29074 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
29075 resumed later.
29077 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
29079 ;;;***
29081 ;;;### (autoloads (tai-viet-composition-function) "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el"
29082 ;;;;;; (18340 25864))
29083 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
29085 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
29086 Not documented
29088 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
29090 ;;;***
29092 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
29093 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (18335 54547))
29094 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
29095 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
29096 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
29097 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
29099 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
29100 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
29101 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
29102 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
29103 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
29104 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
29105 first and the associated buffer to its right.
29107 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
29109 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
29110 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
29111 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
29112 accepting the proposed default buffer.
29114 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
29116 \(fn)" t nil)
29118 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
29119 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
29120 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
29121 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
29122 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
29123 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
29124 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
29126 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
29127 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
29129 First column's text sSs Second column's text
29130 \\___/\\
29131 / \\
29132 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
29134 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
29136 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
29138 ;;;***
29140 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
29141 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
29142 ;;;;;; type-break-good-break-interval type-break-good-rest-interval
29143 ;;;;;; type-break-interval type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
29144 ;;;;;; (18335 54517))
29145 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
29147 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
29148 Toggle typing break mode.
29149 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
29150 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29151 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
29153 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
29155 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
29156 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
29158 (custom-autoload 'type-break-interval "type-break" t)
29160 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
29161 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
29163 When this variable is non-nil, Emacs checks the idle time between
29164 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
29165 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
29167 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
29168 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
29170 (custom-autoload 'type-break-good-rest-interval "type-break" t)
29172 (defvar type-break-good-break-interval nil "\
29173 *Number of seconds considered to be an adequate explicit typing rest.
29175 When this variable is non-nil, its value is considered to be a \"good\"
29176 length (in seconds) for a break initiated by the command `type-break',
29177 overriding `type-break-good-rest-interval'. This provides querying of
29178 break interruptions when `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil.")
29180 (custom-autoload 'type-break-good-break-interval "type-break" t)
29182 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
29183 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
29184 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
29186 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
29187 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
29188 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
29189 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
29190 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
29191 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
29193 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
29194 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
29195 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
29196 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
29198 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
29199 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
29201 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
29202 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
29204 (custom-autoload 'type-break-keystroke-threshold "type-break" t)
29206 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
29207 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
29208 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
29210 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
29211 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
29212 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
29213 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
29214 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
29215 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
29216 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
29218 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
29219 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
29221 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
29222 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
29223 reset the keystroke counter.
29225 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
29226 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
29227 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
29228 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
29230 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
29231 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
29232 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
29233 `type-break-schedule' command.
29235 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
29236 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
29237 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
29238 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
29239 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
29240 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
29241 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
29242 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
29243 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
29245 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
29246 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
29247 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
29248 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
29249 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
29251 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
29252 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
29253 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
29254 approximate good values for this.
29256 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
29257 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
29259 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
29260 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
29261 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
29262 `type-break-warning-repeat'
29263 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
29264 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
29266 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
29267 a typing break occur. They include:
29269 `type-break-query-mode'
29270 `type-break-query-function'
29271 `type-break-query-interval'
29273 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
29275 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
29276 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
29277 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
29278 problems.
29280 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
29282 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
29283 Take a typing break.
29285 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
29286 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
29288 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
29289 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
29291 \(fn)" t nil)
29293 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
29294 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
29295 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
29296 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
29298 \(fn)" t nil)
29300 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
29301 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
29303 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
29304 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
29305 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
29306 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
29307 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
29308 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
29309 average typing speed.)
29311 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
29312 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
29313 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
29314 the computed maximum threshold.
29316 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
29317 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
29318 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
29319 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
29320 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
29322 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
29324 ;;;***
29326 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
29327 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (18335 54547))
29328 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
29330 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
29331 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
29332 Works by overstriking underscores.
29333 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
29334 which specify the range to operate on.
29336 \(fn START END)" t nil)
29338 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
29339 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
29340 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
29341 which specify the range to operate on.
29343 \(fn START END)" t nil)
29345 ;;;***
29347 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
29348 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (18335 54537))
29349 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
29351 (autoload 'undigestify-rmail-message "undigest" "\
29352 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
29353 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages.
29355 \(fn)" t nil)
29357 (autoload 'unforward-rmail-message "undigest" "\
29358 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
29359 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
29360 following the containing message.
29362 \(fn)" t nil)
29364 ;;;***
29366 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
29367 ;;;;;; (18335 54537))
29368 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
29370 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
29371 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
29372 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
29373 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
29374 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
29375 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
29377 \(fn)" nil nil)
29379 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
29380 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
29382 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
29384 ;;;***
29386 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (18335
29387 ;;;;;; 54523))
29388 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
29390 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
29391 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
29392 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
29393 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
29395 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
29397 ;;;***
29399 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve-synchronously url-retrieve) "url"
29400 ;;;;;; "url/url.el" (18335 54549))
29401 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
29403 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
29404 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
29405 URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
29407 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
29408 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
29409 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
29410 STATUS is a list with an even number of elements representing
29411 what happened during the request, with most recent events first,
29412 or an empty list if no events have occurred. Each pair is one of:
29414 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
29415 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
29416 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
29418 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
29419 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
29420 the callback is not called).
29422 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
29423 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
29424 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
29425 take effect.
29427 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
29429 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
29430 Retrieve URL synchronously.
29431 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
29432 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
29433 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
29435 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29437 ;;;***
29439 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
29440 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (18335 54547))
29441 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
29443 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
29444 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
29445 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
29447 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
29448 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
29449 `url-generic-parse-url'
29450 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
29451 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
29452 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
29453 realm
29454 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
29455 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
29456 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
29457 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
29458 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
29459 what type of auth to use
29460 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
29461 if one cannot be found in the cache
29463 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
29465 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
29466 Register an HTTP authentication method.
29468 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method. This
29469 should be the same thing you expect to get returned in an Authenticate
29470 header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
29471 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information. This
29472 defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE
29473 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
29474 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
29475 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
29477 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
29479 ;;;***
29481 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-expired url-cache-extract url-is-cached
29482 ;;;;;; url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (18335
29483 ;;;;;; 54547))
29484 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
29486 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
29487 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
29489 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
29491 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
29492 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
29494 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29496 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
29497 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache
29499 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
29501 (autoload 'url-cache-expired "url-cache" "\
29502 Return t if a cached file has expired.
29504 \(fn URL MOD)" nil nil)
29506 ;;;***
29508 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (18335 54547))
29509 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
29511 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
29512 Not documented
29514 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29516 ;;;***
29518 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav"
29519 ;;;;;; "url/url-dav.el" (18335 54547))
29520 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
29522 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
29523 Not documented
29525 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29527 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
29528 Not documented
29530 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29532 ;;;***
29534 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (18335
29535 ;;;;;; 54547))
29536 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
29538 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
29539 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
29541 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
29543 ;;;***
29545 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
29546 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (18335 54548))
29547 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
29549 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
29550 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
29552 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
29554 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
29555 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
29556 Args per `open-network-stream'.
29557 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
29558 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
29560 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
29562 ;;;***
29564 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
29565 ;;;;;; url-file-handler url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el"
29566 ;;;;;; (18346 23602))
29567 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
29569 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
29570 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
29571 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
29572 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29573 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
29574 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
29576 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
29578 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
29579 Use URL to handle URL-like file names.
29581 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29583 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
29584 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
29585 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
29586 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
29588 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29590 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
29591 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
29592 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
29593 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
29594 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
29595 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
29596 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
29597 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
29598 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
29600 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME)" nil nil)
29602 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
29603 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
29604 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
29605 accessible.
29607 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
29609 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
29610 Not documented
29612 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
29614 ;;;***
29616 ;;;### (autoloads (url-http-options url-http-file-attributes url-http-file-exists-p
29617 ;;;;;; url-http) "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (18335 54548))
29618 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
29620 (autoload 'url-http "url-http" "\
29621 Retrieve URL via HTTP asynchronously.
29622 URL must be a parsed URL. See `url-generic-parse-url' for details.
29623 When retrieval is completed, the function CALLBACK is executed with
29624 CBARGS as the arguments.
29626 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
29628 (autoload 'url-http-file-exists-p "url-http" "\
29629 Not documented
29631 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29633 (defalias 'url-http-file-readable-p 'url-http-file-exists-p)
29635 (autoload 'url-http-file-attributes "url-http" "\
29636 Not documented
29638 \(fn URL &optional ID-FORMAT)" nil nil)
29640 (autoload 'url-http-options "url-http" "\
29641 Return a property list describing options available for URL.
29642 This list is retrieved using the `OPTIONS' HTTP method.
29644 Property list members:
29646 methods
29647 A list of symbols specifying what HTTP methods the resource
29648 supports.
29651 A list of numbers specifying what DAV protocol/schema versions are
29652 supported.
29654 dasl
29655 A list of supported DASL search types supported (string form)
29657 ranges
29658 A list of the units available for use in partial document fetches.
29661 The `Platform For Privacy Protection' description for the resource.
29662 Currently this is just the raw header contents. This is likely to
29663 change once P3P is formally supported by the URL package or
29664 Emacs/W3.
29666 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29668 (defconst url-https-default-port 443 "\
29669 Default HTTPS port.")
29671 (defconst url-https-asynchronous-p t "\
29672 HTTPS retrievals are asynchronous.")
29674 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-http-expand-file-name)
29675 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
29676 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
29677 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
29678 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
29680 ;;;***
29682 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (18335 54548))
29683 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
29685 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
29686 Not documented
29688 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29690 ;;;***
29692 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (18335
29693 ;;;;;; 54548))
29694 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
29696 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
29697 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
29698 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
29699 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
29700 `url-generic-parse-url'.
29702 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29704 ;;;***
29706 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
29707 ;;;;;; (18335 54548))
29708 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
29710 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
29711 Not documented
29713 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29715 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
29716 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
29718 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29720 ;;;***
29722 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
29723 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (18335 54548))
29724 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
29726 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
29727 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
29729 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29731 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
29732 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
29734 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29736 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
29737 Not documented
29739 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29741 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29743 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29745 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29747 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
29748 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
29750 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29752 ;;;***
29754 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
29755 ;;;;;; (18335 54548))
29756 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
29758 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
29759 Not documented
29761 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29763 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
29764 Not documented
29766 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29768 ;;;***
29770 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
29771 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
29772 ;;;;;; (18335 54549))
29773 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
29775 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
29776 Not documented
29778 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29780 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
29781 Not documented
29783 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
29785 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
29786 Not documented
29788 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29790 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
29791 Not documented
29793 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29795 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
29796 Not documented
29798 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
29800 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
29801 Not documented
29803 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
29805 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
29806 Not documented
29808 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
29810 ;;;***
29812 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
29813 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (18335 54549))
29814 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
29816 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
29817 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
29819 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
29821 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
29822 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
29823 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
29824 TYPE USER PASSWORD HOST PORTSPEC FILENAME TARGET ATTRIBUTES FULLNESS.
29826 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29828 ;;;***
29830 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
29831 ;;;;;; (18335 54549))
29832 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
29834 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
29835 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
29837 \(fn)" t nil)
29839 ;;;***
29841 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
29842 ;;;;;; url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-parse-query-string
29843 ;;;;;; url-file-nondirectory url-file-directory url-percentage url-display-percentage
29844 ;;;;;; url-pretty-length url-strip-leading-spaces url-eat-trailing-space
29845 ;;;;;; url-get-normalized-date url-lazy-message url-normalize-url
29846 ;;;;;; url-insert-entities-in-string url-parse-args url-debug url-debug)
29847 ;;;;;; "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (18335 54549))
29848 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29850 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29851 *What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29852 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29854 If t, all messages will be logged.
29855 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29856 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29858 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
29860 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
29861 Not documented
29863 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29865 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
29866 Not documented
29868 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29870 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
29871 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29872 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
29873 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
29874 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
29875 & ==> &amp;
29876 < ==> &lt;
29877 > ==> &gt;
29878 \" ==> &quot;
29880 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29882 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
29883 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
29884 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29886 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29888 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
29889 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29890 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29892 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29894 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
29895 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29897 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29899 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
29900 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29902 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29904 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
29905 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29907 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29909 (autoload 'url-pretty-length "url-util" "\
29910 Not documented
29912 \(fn N)" nil nil)
29914 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
29915 Not documented
29917 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29919 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
29920 Not documented
29922 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29924 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
29925 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29927 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29929 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29930 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29932 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29934 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29935 Not documented
29937 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29939 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29940 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a url.
29941 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29942 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29943 forbidden in URL encoding.
29945 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29947 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29948 Return a new string that is STRING URI-encoded.
29949 First, STRING is converted to utf-8, if necessary. Then, for each
29950 character in the utf-8 string, those found in `url-unreserved-chars'
29951 are left as-is, all others are represented as a three-character
29952 string: \"%\" followed by two lowercase hex digits.
29954 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29956 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29957 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29958 If optional variable X is t,
29959 then return the basename of the file with the extension stripped off.
29961 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29963 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29964 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters or less wide.
29965 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29967 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29969 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29970 View the current document's URL.
29971 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29972 the minibuffer.
29974 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29976 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29978 ;;;***
29980 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
29981 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (18335 54517))
29982 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29984 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29985 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29986 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29987 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29988 to refrain from editing the file
29989 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29990 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29991 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29992 in any way you like.
29994 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29996 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29997 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29998 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29999 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
30000 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
30002 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
30003 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
30005 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
30007 ;;;***
30009 ;;;### (autoloads (utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion utf-7-pre-write-conversion
30010 ;;;;;; utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion utf-7-post-read-conversion)
30011 ;;;;;; "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (18341 12911))
30012 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
30014 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
30015 Not documented
30017 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30019 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
30020 Not documented
30022 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30024 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
30025 Not documented
30027 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30029 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
30030 Not documented
30032 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30034 ;;;***
30036 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
30037 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el"
30038 ;;;;;; (18335 54537))
30039 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
30041 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
30042 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
30043 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
30044 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
30046 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
30048 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
30049 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
30050 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
30052 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
30054 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
30055 Uudecode region between START and END.
30056 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
30058 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
30060 ;;;***
30062 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-branch-part vc-trunk-p vc-update-change-log
30063 ;;;;;; vc-rename-file vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-update
30064 ;;;;;; vc-rollback vc-revert vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot vc-create-snapshot
30065 ;;;;;; vc-status vc-directory vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-revision-other-window
30066 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-version-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-do-command
30067 ;;;;;; edit-vc-file with-vc-file vc-before-checkin-hook vc-checkin-hook
30068 ;;;;;; vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (18368 4863))
30069 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
30071 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
30072 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
30073 See `run-hooks'.")
30075 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
30077 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
30078 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
30079 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
30081 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
30083 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
30084 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
30085 See `run-hooks'.")
30087 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
30089 (autoload 'with-vc-file "vc" "\
30090 Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary, then execute BODY.
30091 Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed.
30092 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
30093 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or you are
30094 using a locking version-control system and the file is locked by
30095 somebody else, signal error.
30097 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
30099 (autoload 'edit-vc-file "vc" "\
30100 Edit FILE under version control, executing body.
30101 Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY.
30102 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
30103 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer.
30105 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
30107 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc" "\
30108 Execute a VC command, notifying user and checking for errors.
30109 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or *vc* if BUFFER is nil or the
30110 current buffer if BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not
30111 already current, set it up properly and erase it. The command is
30112 considered successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
30113 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is `async', that
30114 means not to wait for termination of the subprocess; if it is t it means to
30115 ignore all execution errors). FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file;
30116 it may be a list of files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect
30117 a file name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
30118 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
30120 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
30122 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
30123 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
30124 This requires that all files in the fileset be in the same state.
30126 For locking systems:
30127 If every file is not already registered, this registers each for version
30128 control.
30129 If every file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
30130 a writable and locked file of each ready for editing.
30131 If every file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
30132 first checks to see if each file has changed since checkout. If not,
30133 it performs a revert on that file.
30134 If every file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
30135 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
30136 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
30137 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
30138 read-only copy of each changed file is left in place afterwards.
30139 If the affected file is registered and locked by someone else, you are
30140 given the option to steal the lock(s).
30142 For merging systems:
30143 If every file is not already registered, this registers each one for version
30144 control. This does an add, but not a commit.
30145 If every file is added but not committed, each one is committed.
30146 If every working file is changed, but the corresponding repository file is
30147 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
30148 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
30149 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
30150 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
30151 merge in the changes into your working copy.
30153 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
30155 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
30156 Register into a version control system.
30157 If FNAME is given register that file, otherwise register the current file.
30158 With prefix argument SET-REVISION, allow user to specify initial revision
30159 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
30161 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
30162 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
30163 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
30164 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
30165 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
30166 first backend that could register the file is used.
30168 \(fn &optional FNAME SET-REVISION COMMENT)" t nil)
30170 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
30171 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
30173 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
30175 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
30176 Display diffs between file revisions.
30177 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
30178 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
30179 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
30181 If no current fileset is available (that is, we are not in
30182 VC-Dired mode and the visited file of the current buffer is not
30183 under version control) and we're in a Dired buffer, use
30184 the current directory.
30185 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
30186 saving the buffer.
30188 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
30190 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
30191 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
30192 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
30193 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
30195 \(fn REV)" t nil)
30197 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
30198 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
30199 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
30200 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
30202 \(fn)" t nil)
30204 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
30205 Merge changes between two revisions into the current buffer's file.
30206 This asks for two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
30207 first revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
30208 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
30209 from the current branch.
30211 See Info node `Merging'.
30213 \(fn)" t nil)
30215 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
30217 (autoload 'vc-directory "vc" "\
30218 Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR.
30220 See Info node `VC Dired Mode'.
30222 With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override
30223 `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing.
30225 \(fn DIR READ-SWITCHES)" t nil)
30227 (autoload 'vc-status "vc" "\
30228 Show the VC status for DIR.
30230 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
30232 (autoload 'vc-create-snapshot "vc" "\
30233 Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME.
30234 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
30235 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
30236 given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files are
30237 checked out in that new branch.
30239 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
30241 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-snapshot "vc" "\
30242 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
30243 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions.
30244 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
30245 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
30246 allowed and simply skipped).
30248 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
30250 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
30251 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
30252 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave the point at that revision.
30254 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION)" t nil)
30256 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
30257 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
30258 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
30259 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
30261 \(fn)" t nil)
30263 (autoload 'vc-rollback "vc" "\
30264 Roll back (remove) the most recent changeset committed to the repository.
30265 This may be either a file-level or a repository-level operation,
30266 depending on the underlying version-control system.
30268 \(fn)" t nil)
30270 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
30272 (autoload 'vc-update "vc" "\
30273 Update the current fileset's files to their tip revisions.
30274 For each one that contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply
30275 replaces the work file with the latest revision on its branch. If the file
30276 contains changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent
30277 changes from the current branch are merged into the working file.
30279 \(fn)" t nil)
30281 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
30282 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
30283 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
30284 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
30285 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
30286 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
30287 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
30289 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
30291 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
30292 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
30293 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
30294 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
30295 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
30296 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
30297 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
30298 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
30299 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
30301 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
30303 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
30304 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise.
30306 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
30308 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
30309 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
30310 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
30311 directory.
30313 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
30315 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
30316 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
30317 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
30319 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
30320 log entries should be gathered.
30322 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
30324 (autoload 'vc-trunk-p "vc" "\
30325 Return t if REV is a revision on the trunk.
30327 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
30329 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
30330 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
30332 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
30334 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc" "\
30335 Display the edit history of the current file using colors.
30337 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
30338 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
30339 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
30340 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
30341 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
30342 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
30344 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
30345 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number; then the buffer
30346 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
30347 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
30348 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
30349 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
30350 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
30351 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
30353 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
30355 Customization variables:
30357 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
30358 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
30359 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
30360 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
30362 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO)" t nil)
30364 ;;;***
30366 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc-arch.el" (18335 54517))
30367 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-arch.el
30368 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
30369 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
30370 (progn
30371 (load "vc-arch")
30372 (vc-arch-registered file))))
30374 ;;;***
30376 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc-bzr.el" (18368 4859))
30377 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-bzr.el
30379 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
30380 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
30382 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format"))
30383 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
30384 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
30385 (progn
30386 (load "vc-bzr")
30387 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
30389 ;;;***
30391 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (18370 635))
30392 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
30393 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
30394 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
30395 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
30396 (load "vc-cvs")
30397 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
30399 ;;;***
30401 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc-git.el" (18367 13960))
30402 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-git.el
30403 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
30404 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
30405 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; short cut
30406 (progn
30407 (load "vc-git")
30408 (vc-git-registered file))))
30410 ;;;***
30412 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc-hg.el" (18368 4862))
30413 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-hg.el
30414 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
30415 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
30416 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
30417 (progn
30418 (load "vc-hg")
30419 (vc-hg-registered file))))
30421 ;;;***
30423 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mcvs" "vc-mcvs.el" (18370 635))
30424 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mcvs.el
30425 (defun vc-mcvs-registered (file)
30426 (if (vc-find-root file "MCVS/CVS")
30427 (progn
30428 (load "vc-mcvs")
30429 (vc-mcvs-registered file))))
30431 ;;;***
30433 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc-mtn.el" (18335 54517))
30434 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mtn.el
30436 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN")
30438 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format"))
30439 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
30440 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
30441 (progn
30442 (load "vc-mtn")
30443 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
30445 ;;;***
30447 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
30448 ;;;;;; (18370 636))
30449 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
30451 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s") "\
30452 *Where to look for RCS master files.
30453 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30455 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
30456 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
30458 ;;;***
30460 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
30461 ;;;;;; (18370 636))
30462 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
30464 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir) "\
30465 *Where to look for SCCS master files.
30466 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30468 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
30469 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
30471 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
30472 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
30473 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
30474 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
30476 ;;;***
30478 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc-svn.el" (18367 13960))
30479 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-svn.el
30480 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
30481 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
30482 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
30483 "_svn")
30484 (t ".svn"))))
30485 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
30486 (concat admin-dir "/entries")
30487 (file-name-directory f)))
30488 (load "vc-svn")
30489 (vc-svn-registered f))))
30491 (add-to-list 'completion-ignored-extensions ".svn/")
30493 ;;;***
30495 ;;;### (autoloads (vera-mode) "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el"
30496 ;;;;;; (18335 54543))
30497 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
30498 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.vr[hi]?\\'" . vera-mode))
30500 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
30501 Major mode for editing Vera code.
30503 Usage:
30504 ------
30506 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
30507 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
30508 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
30509 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
30511 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
30512 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
30513 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
30514 completions.
30516 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
30517 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
30519 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
30520 uncomments a region if already commented out.
30522 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
30523 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
30524 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
30526 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
30529 Maintenance:
30530 ------------
30532 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
30533 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30535 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
30537 Official distribution is at
30538 <http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html>.
30541 The Vera Mode Maintainer
30542 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
30544 Key bindings:
30545 -------------
30547 \\{vera-mode-map}
30549 \(fn)" t nil)
30551 ;;;***
30553 ;;;### (autoloads (verilog-mode) "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
30554 ;;;;;; (18369 28764))
30555 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
30557 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
30558 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
30559 \\<verilog-mode-map>
30560 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
30561 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
30563 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
30565 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
30566 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
30568 Supports highlighting.
30570 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
30571 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
30573 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
30575 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
30576 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
30577 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
30578 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
30579 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
30580 on the left side of your screen.
30581 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
30582 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
30583 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
30584 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
30585 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
30586 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
30587 function keyword.
30588 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
30589 Indentation of `ifdef/`endif blocks.
30590 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
30591 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
30592 if (a)
30593 begin
30594 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
30595 Indentation for case statements.
30596 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
30597 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
30598 mark after an end.
30599 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
30600 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
30601 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
30602 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
30603 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
30604 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
30605 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
30606 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
30607 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
30608 if (a)
30609 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
30610 otherwise you get:
30611 if (a)
30612 begin
30613 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
30614 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
30615 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
30616 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
30617 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
30618 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
30619 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
30620 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
30621 comments in tight quarters.
30622 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default `(all))
30623 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
30625 Variables controlling other actions:
30627 `verilog-linter' (default surelint)
30628 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
30629 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
30631 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
30633 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
30635 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
30636 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
30637 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
30639 Some other functions are:
30641 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
30642 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
30643 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
30644 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
30645 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
30647 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
30648 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
30649 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end;.
30650 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
30652 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert a always @(AS) begin .. end block.
30653 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
30654 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
30655 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30656 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
30657 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a nice header block at the top of file.
30658 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
30659 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
30660 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
30661 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
30662 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
30663 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
30664 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
30665 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30666 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30667 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30668 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
30669 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
30670 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
30671 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
30672 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
30673 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
30674 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
30675 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
30676 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
30677 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
30678 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
30679 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
30681 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
30682 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
30684 \\{verilog-mode-map}
30686 \(fn)" t nil)
30688 ;;;***
30690 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
30691 ;;;;;; (18335 54543))
30692 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
30694 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
30695 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
30697 Usage:
30698 ------
30700 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
30701 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
30702 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
30703 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
30704 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
30705 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
30706 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
30707 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
30708 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
30710 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
30711 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
30712 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
30713 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
30715 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
30716 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
30717 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
30718 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
30719 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
30721 Template styles can be customized in customization group
30722 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
30725 HEADER INSERTION:
30726 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
30727 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
30728 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
30731 STUTTERING:
30732 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
30733 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
30734 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
30735 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
30737 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
30738 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
30739 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
30740 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
30741 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
30744 WORD COMPLETION:
30745 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
30746 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
30747 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
30748 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
30750 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
30751 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
30752 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
30753 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
30754 beginning with \"std\").
30756 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
30757 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
30758 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
30759 stop.
30762 COMMENTS:
30763 `--' puts a single comment.
30764 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
30765 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
30766 with a comment in between.
30767 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
30768 out following lines.
30769 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
30770 uncomments a region if already commented out.
30772 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
30773 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
30774 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
30775 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
30776 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
30777 non-nil.
30779 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
30780 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
30781 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
30782 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
30783 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
30784 multi-line comments.
30787 INDENTATION:
30788 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
30789 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
30790 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
30791 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
30793 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
30794 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
30795 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
30796 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
30798 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
30799 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
30800 and vice versa.
30802 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
30803 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
30806 ALIGNMENT:
30807 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
30808 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
30809 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
30810 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
30811 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
30812 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
30813 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
30814 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
30816 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
30817 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
30818 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
30819 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
30820 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
30821 is non-nil.
30823 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
30824 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
30825 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
30827 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
30828 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
30831 CODE FILLING:
30832 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
30833 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
30834 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
30835 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
30836 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
30837 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
30840 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
30841 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
30842 buffer respectively. This inludes indentation, alignment, and case
30843 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
30844 command:
30846 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
30849 PORT TRANSLATION:
30850 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
30851 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
30852 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
30853 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
30854 internal signal initializations (menu).
30856 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
30857 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
30858 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
30860 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
30861 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
30862 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
30863 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
30864 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
30865 in subsequent paste operations.)
30867 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
30868 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
30869 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
30872 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
30873 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
30874 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
30875 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
30876 association list with formals).
30879 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
30880 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
30881 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
30882 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
30883 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
30884 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
30885 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
30886 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
30887 `vhdl-testbench'.
30890 KEY BINDINGS:
30891 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
30894 VHDL MENU:
30895 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
30898 FILE BROWSER:
30899 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
30900 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
30901 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
30903 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
30904 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
30907 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
30908 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
30909 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
30910 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
30912 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
30913 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
30914 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
30916 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
30917 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
30918 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
30919 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
30921 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
30922 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
30923 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
30924 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
30925 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
30927 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
30928 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
30929 required by secondary units.
30932 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
30933 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
30934 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30935 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30936 (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
30937 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30938 and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
30939 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30940 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30941 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30942 inputs to this component -> input port created
30943 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30944 outputs from this component -> output port created
30945 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30946 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30948 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30949 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30950 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30951 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30952 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30954 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30955 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30957 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30958 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30959 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
30960 component instantiation is also supported (option
30961 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30963 | Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30964 | the menu (`C-c C-c C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30965 | the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
30966 | configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30967 | component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30968 | `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30969 | (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
30970 | subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30971 | (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
30972 | can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30973 | generating the configuration.
30975 | Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30976 | declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30977 | configurations in speedbar.
30979 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30982 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30983 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30984 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
30985 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
30986 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30987 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30988 information. New compilers can be added.
30990 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30991 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30994 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30995 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30996 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
30997 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
30998 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
31000 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
31001 command:
31003 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
31004 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
31005 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
31007 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
31008 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
31009 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
31010 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
31011 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
31012 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
31013 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
31015 Limitations:
31016 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
31017 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
31018 not (yet) supported.
31019 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
31020 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
31021 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
31024 PROJECTS:
31025 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
31026 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
31027 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
31028 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
31029 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
31030 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
31031 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
31032 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
31034 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
31035 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
31036 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
31037 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
31038 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
31039 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
31040 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
31041 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
31042 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
31043 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
31044 `vhdl-project-alist'.
31047 SPECIAL MENUES:
31048 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
31049 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
31050 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
31051 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
31052 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
31053 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
31054 current directory for VHDL source files.
31057 VHDL STANDARDS:
31058 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
31059 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
31062 KEYWORD CASE:
31063 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
31064 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
31065 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
31066 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
31067 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
31068 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
31069 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
31070 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
31073 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
31074 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
31075 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
31076 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
31077 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
31078 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
31079 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
31081 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
31082 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
31083 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
31084 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
31085 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
31086 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
31088 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
31089 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
31090 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
31091 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
31092 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
31093 visually.
31095 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
31096 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
31097 highlighted if written in lower case.
31099 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
31100 highlighted using a different background color if option
31101 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
31103 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
31104 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
31105 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
31106 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
31107 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
31110 USER MODELS:
31111 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
31112 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
31113 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
31116 HIDE/SHOW:
31117 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
31118 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
31119 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
31120 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
31121 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
31124 CODE UPDATING:
31125 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
31126 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
31127 Limitations:
31128 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
31129 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
31130 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
31131 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
31132 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
31133 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
31134 (used to obtain the port names).
31137 CODE FIXING:
31138 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
31139 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
31142 PRINTING:
31143 Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
31144 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
31145 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
31146 postscript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
31147 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
31148 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
31149 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
31150 printers.
31153 OPTIONS:
31154 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
31155 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
31156 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
31157 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
31158 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
31160 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
31161 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
31162 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
31163 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
31164 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
31165 INSTALL file).
31167 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
31168 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
31171 FILE EXTENSIONS:
31172 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
31173 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
31174 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
31176 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
31179 HINTS:
31180 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
31181 a VHDL file first, use the command:
31183 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
31185 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
31187 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
31190 RELEASE NOTES:
31191 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
31194 Maintenance:
31195 ------------
31197 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
31198 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
31200 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
31202 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
31203 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
31204 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
31205 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
31207 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
31208 http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
31209 where the latest version can be found.
31212 Known problems:
31213 ---------------
31215 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
31216 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
31217 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
31220 The VHDL Mode Authors
31221 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
31223 Key bindings:
31224 -------------
31226 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
31228 \(fn)" t nil)
31230 ;;;***
31232 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (18277 61683))
31233 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
31235 (autoload 'vi-mode "vi" "\
31236 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
31237 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
31238 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
31240 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
31241 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
31242 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
31243 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
31244 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
31246 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
31247 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
31249 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
31251 * Limitations and unsupported features
31252 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
31253 not supported.
31254 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
31255 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
31257 * Modifications
31258 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
31259 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
31260 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
31261 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
31262 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
31263 for undoing a repeated change command.
31264 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
31265 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
31266 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
31268 * Extensions
31269 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
31270 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
31271 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
31272 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
31273 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
31274 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
31275 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
31276 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
31278 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
31280 \(fn)" t nil)
31282 ;;;***
31284 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
31285 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
31286 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
31287 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (18341 12912))
31288 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
31290 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
31291 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
31293 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
31295 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
31296 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
31297 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
31298 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
31300 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
31302 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
31303 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
31305 \(fn)" t nil)
31307 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
31308 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
31309 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
31310 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
31312 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
31314 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
31315 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
31317 \(fn)" t nil)
31319 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
31320 Not documented
31322 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
31324 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
31325 Not documented
31327 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
31329 ;;;***
31331 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-return-to-alist-update
31332 ;;;;;; view-mode view-buffer-other-frame view-buffer-other-window
31333 ;;;;;; view-buffer view-file-other-frame view-file-other-window
31334 ;;;;;; view-file kill-buffer-if-not-modified view-remove-frame-by-deleting)
31335 ;;;;;; "view" "view.el" (18341 12906))
31336 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
31338 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
31339 *Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
31340 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
31342 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
31344 (defvar view-mode nil "\
31345 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
31346 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
31347 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
31349 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
31351 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
31352 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
31354 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
31356 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
31357 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
31358 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
31359 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
31360 moving around in the buffer.
31361 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31362 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31364 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31366 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
31368 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
31369 View FILE in View mode in another window.
31370 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
31371 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
31373 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
31374 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
31375 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31376 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31377 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31379 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31381 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
31383 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
31384 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
31385 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
31386 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
31387 buffer.
31389 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
31390 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
31391 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31392 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31393 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31395 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31397 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
31399 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
31400 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
31401 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
31402 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
31403 moving around in the buffer.
31404 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31405 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31407 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31409 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31410 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31411 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31413 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
31414 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
31415 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
31416 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
31418 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31420 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
31421 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
31422 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is
31423 non-nil. Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
31424 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are
31425 defined for moving around in the buffer.
31426 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31427 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31429 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31431 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31432 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31433 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31435 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31437 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
31438 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
31439 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is
31440 non-nil. Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
31441 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are
31442 defined for moving around in the buffer.
31443 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31444 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31446 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31448 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31449 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31450 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31452 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31454 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
31455 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
31456 With prefix argument ARG, turn View mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
31457 turn it off.
31459 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
31460 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
31461 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
31462 read-only.
31463 \\<view-mode-map>
31464 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
31465 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
31466 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
31467 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
31468 commands default to a repeat count of one.
31470 H, h, ? This message.
31471 Digits provide prefix arguments.
31472 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
31473 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
31474 > move to the end of buffer.
31475 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
31476 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
31477 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
31478 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
31479 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
31480 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
31481 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
31482 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
31483 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
31484 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
31485 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
31486 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
31487 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
31488 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
31489 Use this to view a changing file.
31490 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
31491 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
31492 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
31493 . set the mark.
31494 x exchanges point and mark.
31495 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
31496 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
31497 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
31498 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
31499 ' go to position saved in character register.
31500 s do forward incremental search.
31501 r do reverse incremental search.
31502 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
31503 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
31504 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
31505 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
31506 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
31507 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
31508 p searches backward for last regular expression.
31509 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
31510 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
31511 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
31512 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
31513 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
31514 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
31515 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
31516 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
31517 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
31518 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
31520 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
31521 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
31522 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
31523 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
31524 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
31525 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
31526 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
31527 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
31528 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
31530 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31532 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31534 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
31535 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
31536 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
31537 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
31538 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a decsription of items
31539 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
31540 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
31541 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
31542 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
31544 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
31546 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
31547 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
31548 RETURN-TO non-nil means add RETURN-TO as an element to the buffer
31549 local alist `view-return-to-alist'. Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer
31550 local variable `view-exit-action'. It should be either nil or a
31551 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
31552 called by `view-mode-exit'.
31554 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view
31555 mode, or must have the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
31556 WINDOW is the window used for viewing. OLD-WINDOW is nil or the
31557 window to select after viewing. OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do
31558 with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
31559 1) nil Do nothing.
31560 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window and
31561 `view-remove-frame-by-deleting' is non-nil, its
31562 frame.
31563 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
31564 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
31565 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
31566 5) keep-frame Like case 2) but do not delete the frame.
31568 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31570 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31572 \(fn &optional RETURN-TO EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
31574 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
31575 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
31577 \(fn)" t nil)
31579 ;;;***
31581 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (18367
31582 ;;;;;; 13961))
31583 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
31585 (autoload 'vip-setup "vip" "\
31586 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
31588 \(fn)" nil nil)
31590 (autoload 'vip-mode "vip" "\
31591 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
31593 \(fn)" t nil)
31595 ;;;***
31597 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
31598 ;;;;;; (18335 54524))
31599 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
31601 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
31602 Toggle Viper on/off.
31603 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
31605 \(fn)" t nil)
31607 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
31608 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
31610 \(fn)" t nil)
31612 ;;;***
31614 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
31615 ;;;;;; (18335 54523))
31616 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
31618 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
31619 Function to generate warning prefixes.
31620 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
31621 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
31622 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
31623 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
31624 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
31625 the beginning of the warning.")
31627 (defvar warning-series nil "\
31628 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
31629 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
31630 which is the start of the current series; it means that
31631 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
31632 t means the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
31633 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
31634 also call that function before the next warning.")
31636 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
31637 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
31639 (defvar warning-type-format " (%s)" "\
31640 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
31641 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
31642 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
31644 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
31645 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
31646 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31647 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31648 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
31649 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
31651 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31652 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31653 Default is :warning.
31655 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31656 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31657 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
31658 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
31659 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
31660 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31662 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
31663 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
31664 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
31666 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
31668 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
31669 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
31671 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
31673 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
31674 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31675 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31676 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
31678 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31679 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31680 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
31681 can be whatever you like.)
31683 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31684 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31686 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31687 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31688 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
31689 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
31690 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31692 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31694 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
31695 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31696 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31697 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
31698 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
31700 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31702 ;;;***
31704 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
31705 ;;;;;; (18360 55731))
31706 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
31708 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
31709 Put a dired buffer in a mode in which filenames are editable.
31710 \\<wdired-mode-map>
31711 This mode allows the user to change the names of the files, and after
31712 typing \\[wdired-finish-edit] Emacs renames the files and directories
31713 in disk.
31715 See `wdired-mode'.
31717 \(fn)" t nil)
31719 ;;;***
31721 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (18335 54539))
31722 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
31724 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
31725 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
31727 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
31728 hotlist.
31730 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
31731 <nwv@acm.org>.
31733 \(fn)" t nil)
31735 ;;;***
31737 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
31738 ;;;;;; (18335 54543))
31739 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
31740 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
31741 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
31743 (defalias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode)
31745 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
31746 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
31747 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31748 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31749 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31750 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
31752 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
31754 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
31755 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
31756 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
31757 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
31759 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on if arg is positive,
31760 and off otherwise.
31762 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31764 ;;;***
31766 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-buffer whitespace-cleanup-region whitespace-cleanup
31767 ;;;;;; global-whitespace-toggle-options whitespace-toggle-options
31768 ;;;;;; whitespace-mode) "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (18340 43875))
31769 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
31770 (put 'whitespace-check-buffer-leading 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
31771 (put 'whitespace-check-buffer-trailing 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
31772 (put 'whitespace-check-buffer-indent 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
31773 (put 'whitespace-check-buffer-spacetab 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
31774 (put 'whitespace-check-buffer-ateol 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
31776 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31777 Toggle whitespace minor mode visualization (\"ws\" on modeline).
31779 If ARG is null, toggle whitespace visualization.
31780 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
31781 otherwise, turn off visualization.
31782 Only useful with a windowing system.
31784 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31786 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31787 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
31789 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31790 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
31792 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31793 and restart local whitespace-mode.
31795 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
31797 CHAR MEANING
31798 t toggle TAB visualization
31799 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31800 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31801 b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31802 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31803 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31804 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31805 i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31806 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31807 a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31808 c toggle color faces
31809 m toggle visual mark
31810 x restore `whitespace-chars' value
31811 z restore `whitespace-style' value
31812 ? display brief help
31814 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31815 The valid symbols are:
31817 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31818 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31819 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31820 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31821 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31822 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31823 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31824 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31825 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31826 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31827 color toggle color faces
31828 mark toggle visual mark
31829 whitespace-chars restore `whitespace-chars' value
31830 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31832 Only useful with a windowing system.
31834 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31836 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31837 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
31839 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31840 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
31842 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31843 and restart global whitespace-mode.
31845 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
31847 CHAR MEANING
31848 t toggle TAB visualization
31849 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31850 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31851 b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31852 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31853 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31854 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31855 i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31856 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31857 a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31858 c toggle color faces
31859 m toggle visual mark
31860 x restore `whitespace-chars' value
31861 z restore `whitespace-style' value
31862 ? display brief help
31864 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31865 The valid symbols are:
31867 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31868 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31869 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31870 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31871 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31872 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31873 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31874 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31875 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31876 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31877 color toggle color faces
31878 mark toggle visual mark
31879 whitespace-chars restore `whitespace-chars' value
31880 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31882 Only useful with a windowing system.
31884 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31886 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
31887 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
31889 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
31890 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
31891 applies to the region when it is not in transiente mark mode, the
31892 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before calling
31893 `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
31895 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
31897 The problems cleaned up are:
31899 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31900 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31901 If `whitespace-chars' includes the value `empty', remove all
31902 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
31904 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31905 If `whitespace-chars' includes the value `indentation', replace
31906 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31908 4. SPACEs before TAB.
31909 If `whitespace-chars' includes the value `space-before-tab',
31910 replace SPACEs by TABs.
31912 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31913 If `whitespace-chars' includes the value `trailing', remove all
31914 SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31916 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31917 If `whitespace-chars' includes the value `space-after-tab',
31918 replace SPACEs by TABs.
31920 \(fn)" t nil)
31922 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
31923 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
31925 The problems cleaned up are:
31927 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31928 If `whitespace-chars' includes the value `indentation', replace
31929 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31931 2. SPACEs before TAB.
31932 If `whitespace-chars' includes the value `space-before-tab',
31933 replace SPACEs by TABs.
31935 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31936 If `whitespace-chars' includes the value `trailing', remove all
31937 SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31939 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31940 If `whitespace-chars' includes the value `space-after-tab',
31941 replace SPACEs by TABs.
31943 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31945 (autoload 'whitespace-buffer "whitespace" "\
31946 Turn on `whitespace-mode' forcing some settings.
31948 It forces `whitespace-style' to have `color'.
31950 It also forces `whitespace-chars' to have:
31952 trailing
31953 indentation
31954 space-before-tab
31955 empty
31956 space-after-tab
31958 So, it is possible to visualize the following problems:
31960 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31961 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31962 indentation 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31963 space-before-tab 4. SPACEs before TAB.
31964 trailing 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31965 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31967 See `whitespace-chars' and `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31968 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31969 cleaning up these problems.
31971 \(fn)" nil nil)
31973 ;;;***
31975 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
31976 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (18335 54517))
31977 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
31979 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
31980 Browse the widget under point.
31982 \(fn POS)" t nil)
31984 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
31985 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
31987 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
31989 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
31990 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
31992 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
31994 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
31995 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
31996 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.
31998 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32000 ;;;***
32002 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
32003 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (18351
32004 ;;;;;; 56657))
32005 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
32007 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
32008 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
32010 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
32012 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
32013 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
32014 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
32016 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
32018 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
32019 Create widget of TYPE.
32020 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
32022 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
32024 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
32025 Delete WIDGET.
32027 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
32029 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
32030 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
32032 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
32034 (defalias 'advertised-widget-backward 'widget-backward)
32036 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'advertised-widget-backward) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
32037 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
32038 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.")
32040 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
32041 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
32043 \(fn)" nil nil)
32045 ;;;***
32047 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
32048 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (18335
32049 ;;;;;; 54517))
32050 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
32052 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
32053 Select the window to the left of the current one.
32054 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
32055 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
32056 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
32057 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
32058 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32060 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32062 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
32063 Select the window above the current one.
32064 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
32065 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
32066 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
32067 negative ARG) of the current window.
32068 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32070 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32072 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
32073 Select the window to the right of the current one.
32074 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
32075 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
32076 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
32077 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
32078 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32080 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32082 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
32083 Select the window below the current one.
32084 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
32085 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
32086 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
32087 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
32088 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32090 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32092 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
32093 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
32094 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
32095 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
32097 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
32099 ;;;***
32101 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
32102 ;;;;;; (18335 54517))
32103 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
32105 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
32106 Toggle Winner mode.
32107 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32108 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
32110 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
32112 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
32113 Toggle Winner mode.
32114 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
32116 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32118 ;;;***
32120 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman woman-locale)
32121 ;;;;;; "woman" "woman.el" (18351 56657))
32122 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
32124 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
32125 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
32126 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
32127 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
32128 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
32130 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
32132 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
32133 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
32134 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
32135 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
32136 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
32137 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
32138 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
32139 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
32141 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
32142 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
32144 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
32146 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
32147 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
32149 \(fn)" t nil)
32151 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
32152 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
32153 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
32154 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
32155 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
32156 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
32157 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
32158 `woman' command for further details.
32160 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
32162 ;;;***
32164 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
32165 ;;;;;; (18335 54524))
32166 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
32168 (autoload 'wordstar-mode "ws-mode" "\
32169 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
32171 BUGS:
32172 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
32173 are not implemented
32174 - Options for search and replace
32175 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
32176 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
32178 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
32179 Emacs-like.
32181 The key bindings are:
32183 C-a backward-word
32184 C-b fill-paragraph
32185 C-c scroll-up-line
32186 C-d forward-char
32187 C-e previous-line
32188 C-f forward-word
32189 C-g delete-char
32190 C-h backward-char
32191 C-i indent-for-tab-command
32192 C-j help-for-help
32193 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
32194 C-l ws-repeat-search
32195 C-n open-line
32196 C-p quoted-insert
32197 C-r scroll-down-line
32198 C-s backward-char
32199 C-t kill-word
32200 C-u keyboard-quit
32201 C-v overwrite-mode
32202 C-w scroll-down
32203 C-x next-line
32204 C-y kill-complete-line
32205 C-z scroll-up
32207 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
32208 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
32209 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
32210 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
32211 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
32212 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
32213 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
32214 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
32215 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
32216 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
32217 C-k b ws-begin-block
32218 C-k c ws-copy-block
32219 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
32220 C-k f find-file
32221 C-k h ws-show-markers
32222 C-k i ws-indent-block
32223 C-k k ws-end-block
32224 C-k p ws-print-block
32225 C-k q kill-emacs
32226 C-k r insert-file
32227 C-k s save-some-buffers
32228 C-k t ws-mark-word
32229 C-k u ws-exdent-block
32230 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
32231 C-k v ws-move-block
32232 C-k w ws-write-block
32233 C-k x kill-emacs
32234 C-k y ws-delete-block
32236 C-o c wordstar-center-line
32237 C-o b switch-to-buffer
32238 C-o j justify-current-line
32239 C-o k kill-buffer
32240 C-o l list-buffers
32241 C-o m auto-fill-mode
32242 C-o r set-fill-column
32243 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
32244 C-o wd delete-other-windows
32245 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
32246 C-o wo other-window
32247 C-o wv split-window-vertically
32249 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
32250 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
32251 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
32252 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
32253 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
32254 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
32255 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
32256 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
32257 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
32258 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
32259 C-q a ws-query-replace
32260 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
32261 C-q c end-of-buffer
32262 C-q d end-of-line
32263 C-q f ws-search
32264 C-q k ws-to-block-end
32265 C-q l ws-undo
32266 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
32267 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
32268 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
32269 C-q w ws-last-error
32270 C-q y ws-kill-eol
32271 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
32273 \(fn)" t nil)
32275 ;;;***
32277 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
32278 ;;;;;; (18341 12906))
32279 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
32281 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
32282 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
32283 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
32284 Returns the top node with all its children.
32285 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
32286 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
32288 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
32290 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
32291 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
32292 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
32293 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
32294 is not well-formed XML.
32295 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
32296 and returned as the first element of the list.
32297 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
32299 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
32301 ;;;***
32303 ;;;### (autoloads (xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position) "xmltok"
32304 ;;;;;; "nxml/xmltok.el" (18335 54541))
32305 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
32307 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
32308 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
32309 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
32310 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
32311 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
32312 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
32313 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
32314 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML declaration,
32315 return nil. Otherwise, return t.
32316 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
32318 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
32320 ;;;***
32322 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (18335
32323 ;;;;;; 54518))
32324 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
32326 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
32327 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
32328 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
32329 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32330 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32331 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
32333 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
32335 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
32336 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
32337 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn
32338 it off.
32340 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
32341 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
32342 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
32343 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
32344 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
32345 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
32347 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32349 ;;;***
32351 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
32352 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (18335 54533))
32353 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
32355 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
32356 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
32358 \(fn START END)" t nil)
32360 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
32361 Extract file name from an yenc header.
32363 \(fn)" nil nil)
32365 ;;;***
32367 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
32368 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (18335 54541))
32369 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
32371 (autoload 'yow "yow" "\
32372 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
32374 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
32376 (autoload 'insert-zippyism "yow" "\
32377 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
32379 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
32381 (autoload 'apropos-zippy "yow" "\
32382 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
32383 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
32385 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
32387 (autoload 'psychoanalyze-pinhead "yow" "\
32388 Zippy goes to the analyst.
32390 \(fn)" t nil)
32392 ;;;***
32394 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (18335 54541))
32395 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
32397 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
32398 Zone out, completely.
32400 \(fn)" t nil)
32402 ;;;***
32404 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("bindings.el" "buff-menu.el" "calc/calc-aent.el"
32405 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-alg.el" "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el"
32406 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-comb.el" "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el"
32407 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-ext.el" "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el"
32408 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-frac.el" "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el"
32409 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-help.el" "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el"
32410 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-lang.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
32411 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el"
32412 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el"
32413 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el"
32414 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el"
32415 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el"
32416 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-undo.el" "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el"
32417 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-yank.el" "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el"
32418 ;;;;;; "calc/calccomp.el" "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-bahai.el"
32419 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-china.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el" "calendar/cal-french.el"
32420 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el" "calendar/cal-iso.el"
32421 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el"
32422 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el"
32423 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-x.el" "case-table.el" "cdl.el" "cus-dep.el"
32424 ;;;;;; "cus-load.el" "cus-start.el" "custom.el" "dframe.el" "dired.el"
32425 ;;;;;; "doc-view.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "ediff-diff.el"
32426 ;;;;;; "ediff-init.el" "ediff-merg.el" "ediff-ptch.el" "ediff-vers.el"
32427 ;;;;;; "ediff-wind.el" "electric.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
32428 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el"
32429 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/byte-run.el" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el"
32430 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
32431 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el"
32432 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el"
32433 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/float-sup.el" "emacs-lisp/gulp.el" "emacs-lisp/levents.el"
32434 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp.el"
32435 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el" "emacs-lisp/lucid.el" "emacs-lisp/map-ynp.el"
32436 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/regi.el" "emacs-lisp/sregex.el" "emacs-lisp/syntax.el"
32437 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el"
32438 ;;;;;; "emacs-lock.el" "emerge.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/cua-rect.el"
32439 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-pc.el"
32440 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-edt.el" "emulation/tpu-extras.el"
32441 ;;;;;; "emulation/vip.el" "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el"
32442 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-init.el" "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el"
32443 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-mous.el" "emulation/viper-util.el" "env.el"
32444 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-button.el" "erc/erc-dcc.el"
32445 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-goodies.el" "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" "erc/erc-lang.el"
32446 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-match.el" "erc/erc-track.el" "erc/erc.el" "eshell/em-alias.el"
32447 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el"
32448 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el"
32449 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el"
32450 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el"
32451 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el"
32452 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el"
32453 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-groups.el" "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-maint.el"
32454 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el"
32455 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el" "ezimage.el" "faces.el"
32456 ;;;;;; "ffap.el" "files.el" "finder-inf.el" "foldout.el" "follow.el"
32457 ;;;;;; "font-core.el" "font-lock.el" "format-spec.el" "format.el"
32458 ;;;;;; "forms-d2.el" "forms-pass.el" "frame.el" "fringe.el" "generic-x.el"
32459 ;;;;;; "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/deuglify.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el"
32460 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el"
32461 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el"
32462 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-group.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el"
32463 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el"
32464 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el"
32465 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-sum.el" "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el"
32466 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-util.el" "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
32467 ;;;;;; "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el"
32468 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/message.el"
32469 ;;;;;; "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
32470 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-encode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el"
32471 ;;;;;; "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/mml.el" "gnus/mml2015.el" "gnus/nnagent.el"
32472 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndb.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el"
32473 ;;;;;; "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el"
32474 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el" "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el"
32475 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el"
32476 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnslashdot.el" "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el"
32477 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnultimate.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnwarchive.el"
32478 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/nnwfm.el" "gnus/pop3.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el"
32479 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el"
32480 ;;;;;; "gnus/sieve-manage.el" "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el"
32481 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-wash.el" "gnus/starttls.el" "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/webmail.el"
32482 ;;;;;; "help.el" "hex-util.el" "hilit-chg.el" "ielm.el" "image-mode.el"
32483 ;;;;;; "indent.el" "international/characters.el" "international/charprop.el"
32484 ;;;;;; "international/cp51932.el" "international/eucjp-ms.el" "international/fontset.el"
32485 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
32486 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/latin1-disp.el"
32487 ;;;;;; "international/mule-cmds.el" "international/mule-conf.el"
32488 ;;;;;; "international/mule-diag.el" "international/mule-util.el"
32489 ;;;;;; "international/mule.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/robin.el"
32490 ;;;;;; "international/uni-bidi.el" "international/uni-category.el"
32491 ;;;;;; "international/uni-combining.el" "international/uni-comment.el"
32492 ;;;;;; "international/uni-decimal.el" "international/uni-decomposition.el"
32493 ;;;;;; "international/uni-digit.el" "international/uni-lowercase.el"
32494 ;;;;;; "international/uni-mirrored.el" "international/uni-name.el"
32495 ;;;;;; "international/uni-numeric.el" "international/uni-old-name.el"
32496 ;;;;;; "international/uni-titlecase.el" "international/uni-uppercase.el"
32497 ;;;;;; "isearch.el" "jit-lock.el" "jka-cmpr-hook.el" "json.el" "kermit.el"
32498 ;;;;;; "language/burmese.el" "language/cham.el" "language/chinese.el"
32499 ;;;;;; "language/cyrillic.el" "language/czech.el" "language/english.el"
32500 ;;;;;; "language/ethiopic.el" "language/european.el" "language/georgian.el"
32501 ;;;;;; "language/greek.el" "language/hebrew.el" "language/indian.el"
32502 ;;;;;; "language/japanese.el" "language/khmer.el" "language/korean.el"
32503 ;;;;;; "language/lao.el" "language/misc-lang.el" "language/romanian.el"
32504 ;;;;;; "language/sinhala.el" "language/slovak.el" "language/tai-viet.el"
32505 ;;;;;; "language/thai-word.el" "language/thai.el" "language/tibetan.el"
32506 ;;;;;; "language/tv-util.el" "language/utf-8-lang.el" "language/vietnamese.el"
32507 ;;;;;; "ldefs-boot.el" "linum.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el"
32508 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mailpost.el"
32509 ;;;;;; "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el"
32510 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" "mail/uce.el" "mail/vms-pmail.el" "md4.el"
32511 ;;;;;; "menu-bar.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el"
32512 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-comp.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-e.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el"
32513 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el"
32514 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
32515 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
32516 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
32517 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
32518 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "misc.el" "mouse-copy.el"
32519 ;;;;;; "mouse-drag.el" "mouse.el" "net/ange-ftp.el" "net/dig.el"
32520 ;;;;;; "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el"
32521 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el" "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el"
32522 ;;;;;; "net/imap.el" "net/ldap.el" "net/net-utils.el" "net/netrc.el"
32523 ;;;;;; "net/ntlm.el" "net/rcirc.el" "net/sasl-cram.el" "net/sasl-digest.el"
32524 ;;;;;; "net/sasl-ntlm.el" "net/sasl.el" "net/socks.el" "net/tls.el"
32525 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-cache.el" "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el"
32526 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-fish.el" "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-smb.el"
32527 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/trampver.el" "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el"
32528 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-ns.el" "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el"
32529 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-rap.el" "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el"
32530 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-maint.el" "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el"
32531 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el"
32532 ;;;;;; "nxml/xsd-regexp.el" "password-cache.el" "patcomp.el" "paths.el"
32533 ;;;;;; "pcvs-info.el" "pcvs-parse.el" "pcvs-util.el" "pgg-def.el"
32534 ;;;;;; "pgg-parse.el" "pgg-pgp.el" "pgg-pgp5.el" "play/gamegrid.el"
32535 ;;;;;; "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
32536 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/cap-words.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el"
32537 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el"
32538 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-engine.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el"
32539 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-langs.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
32540 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" "progmodes/compile.el" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el"
32541 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el"
32542 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el"
32543 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/gdb-ui.el" "progmodes/gud.el"
32544 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el" "progmodes/idlw-help.el"
32545 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el" "progmodes/modula2.el"
32546 ;;;;;; "progmodes/python.el" "progmodes/scheme.el" "progmodes/sym-comp.el"
32547 ;;;;;; "progmodes/verilog-mode.el" "progmodes/xscheme.el" "ps-def.el"
32548 ;;;;;; "ps-mule.el" "ps-print.el" "ps-samp.el" "register.el" "replace.el"
32549 ;;;;;; "rfn-eshadow.el" "s-region.el" "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el"
32550 ;;;;;; "scroll-bar.el" "select.el" "soundex.el" "startup.el" "subdirs.el"
32551 ;;;;;; "subr.el" "tempo.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "textmodes/ispell.el"
32552 ;;;;;; "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/org-mouse.el" "textmodes/org.el"
32553 ;;;;;; "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/page.el" "textmodes/refbib.el"
32554 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
32555 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el"
32556 ;;;;;; "textmodes/sgml-mode.el" "textmodes/spell.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el"
32557 ;;;;;; "textmodes/text-mode.el" "time.el" "timezone.el" "tooltip.el"
32558 ;;;;;; "tree-widget.el" "uniquify.el" "url/url-about.el" "url/url-cookie.el"
32559 ;;;;;; "url/url-dired.el" "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-history.el"
32560 ;;;;;; "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el" "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el"
32561 ;;;;;; "url/url-vars.el" "url/vc-dav.el" "vc-bzr.el" "vc-cvs.el"
32562 ;;;;;; "vc-git.el" "vc-hg.el" "vc-hooks.el" "vc-mcvs.el" "vc-rcs.el"
32563 ;;;;;; "vc-sccs.el" "vc-svn.el" "vc.el" "vcursor.el" "version.el"
32564 ;;;;;; "vms-patch.el" "vmsproc.el" "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el"
32565 ;;;;;; "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "widget.el" "window.el" "x-dnd.el")
32566 ;;;;;; (18370 4500 578000))
32568 ;;;***
32570 ;; Local Variables:
32571 ;; version-control: never
32572 ;; no-byte-compile: t
32573 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
32574 ;; End:
32575 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here